Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
     
þ   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended   December 31, 2007
or
     
o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                          to                       
Commission file number   1-1023
THE MCGRAW-HILL COMPANIES, INC.
 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
     
New York   13-1026995
State or other jurisdiction of   (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization   Identification No.)
     
1221 AVENUE OF THE AMERICAS, NEW YORK, N.Y.   10020
 
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code   (212) 512-2000
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
     
Title of each class   Name of each exchange on which registered
     
Common Stock — $1 par value   New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act:
NONE
 
(Title of class)
 
(Title of class)
     Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.      þ Yes      o No
     Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.      o Yes      þ No
     Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.      þ Yes      o No
     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.       o
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
             
Large accelerated filer  þ   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  o   Smaller reporting company  o
    (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
     Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12-b-2 of the Act).      o Yes      þ No
     The aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant as of the last business day of the second fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2007, was $23,070,469,142, based on the closing price of the common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange of $68.08 per common share. For purposes of this calculation, it is assumed that directors, executive officers and beneficial owners of more than 10% of the registrant outstanding stock are affiliates.
     The number of shares of common stock of the Registrant outstanding as of February 15, 2008 was 322,785,554 shares.
     Part I, Part II and Part III incorporate information by reference from the Annual Report to Shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2007. Part III incorporates information by reference from the definitive proxy statement mailed to shareholders March 20, 2008 for the annual meeting of shareholders to be held on April 30, 2008.
 
 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
             
Item       Page
 
 
      PART I    
 
           
 
           
 
  1.   Business   1
 
           
 
  1a.   Risk Factors   2
 
           
 
  1b.   Unresolved Staff Comments   4
 
           
 
  2.   Properties   5
 
           
 
  3.   Legal Proceedings   7
 
           
 
  4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders   7
 
      Executive Officers of the Registrant   8
 
           
 
      PART II    
 
           
 
  5.   Market for the Registrant’s Common Stock and Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities   9
 
           
 
  6.   Selected Financial Data   10
 
           
 
  7.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   10
 
           
 
  7a.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk   10
 
           
 
  8.   Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data   10
 
           
 
  9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure   10
 
           
 
  9a.   Controls and Procedures   10
 
           
 
  9b.   Other Information   11
 
           
 
      PART III    
 
           
 
  10.   Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant   12
 
           
 
  11.   Executive Compensation   12
 
           
 
  12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters   12
 
           
 
  13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions   13
 
           
 
  14.   Principal Accounting Fees and Services   13
 
           
 
      PART IV    
 
           
 
  15.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules   13
 
           
 
            Index to Financial Statements, Financial Statement Schedules and Exhibits   14
 
           
 
            Supplementary Schedule   15
 
           
 
            Signatures   16
 
           
 
            Exhibit Index and Exhibits   19
  EX-10.9: KEY EXECUTIVE SHORT-TERM INCENTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN, AS AMENDED
  EX-10.11: MANAGEMENT SEVERANCE PLAN, AS AMENDED
  EX-10.12: EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE PLAN, AS AMENDED
  EX-10.13: SENIOR EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE PLAN, AS AMENDED
  EX-10.15: EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT PLAN SUPPLEMENT, AS AMENDED
  EX-10.16: 401(K) SAVINGS AND PROFIT SHARING SUPPLEMENT, AS AMENDED
  EX-10.18: SENIOR EXECUTIVE SUPPLEMENTAL DEATH, DISABILITY & RETIREMENT BENEFITS PLAN, AS AMENDED
  EX-10.22: DIRECTOR DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN, AS AMENDED.
  EX-10.23: DIRECTOR DEFERRED STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN, AS AMENDED AND RESTATED
  EX-12: COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
  EX-13: 2007 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
  EX-21: SUBSIDIARIES
  EX-23: CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP
  EX-31.1: CERTIFICATION
  EX-31.2: CERTIFICATION
  EX-32: CERTIFICATIONS

 


Table of Contents

PART I
Item 1. Business
The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (the Registrant or the Company), incorporated in December 1925, is a leading global information services provider serving the financial services, education and business information markets with a wide range of information products and services. Additional markets include energy, construction, aerospace and defense, and marketing information services. The Company serves its customers through a broad range of distribution channels, including printed books, magazines and newsletters, online via Internet Websites and digital platforms, through wireless and traditional on-air broadcasting, and through a variety of conferences and trade shows.
The Registrant’s 21,171 employees are located worldwide. They perform the vital functions of analyzing the nature of changing demands for information and of channeling the resources necessary to fill those demands. By virtue of the numerous copyrights and licensing, trademark, and other agreements, which are essential to such a business, the Registrant is able to collect, compile, and disseminate this information. The Company’s books and magazines are printed by third parties. The Registrant’s principal raw material is paper, and the Registrant has assured sources of supply, at competitive prices, adequate for its business needs.
Descriptions of the Company’s principal products, broad services and markets, and significant achievements are hereby incorporated by reference from Exhibit (13), pages 24 and 25, containing textual material of the Registrant’s 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders.
The Registrant has an investor kit available online and in print that includes the current (and prior years) Annual Report, Proxy Statement, Form 10-Qs, Form 10-K, all filings through EDGAR with the Securities and Exchange Commission, the current earnings release and information with respect to the Dividend Reinvestment and Direct Stock Purchase Program. For online access go to www.mcgraw-hill.com/investor_relations and click on Digital Investor Kit. Requests for printed copies, free of charge, can be e-mailed to investor_relations@mcgraw-hill.com or mailed to Investor Relations, The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., 1221 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10020-1095. You can call Investor Relations toll free at 866-436-8502. International callers may dial 212-512-2192.
The Registrant has adopted a Code of Ethics for the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers that applies to its chief executive officer, chief financial officer, and chief accounting officer. To access such code, go to the Corporate Governance section of the Company’s Investor Relations Web site at www.mcgraw-hill.com/investor_relations. Any waivers that may in the future be granted from such Code will be posted at such Web site address. In addition to its Code of Ethics for the Chief Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers noted above, the following topics may be found on the Registrant’s Web site at the above Web site address:
    Code of Business Ethics for all employees;
 
    Corporate Governance Guidelines;
 
    Audit Committee Charter;
 
    Compensation Committee Charter; and
 
    Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Charter.
The foregoing documents are also available in print, free of charge, to any shareholder who requests them. Requests for printed copies may be e-mailed to corporate_secretary@mcgraw-hill.com or mailed to the Corporate Secretary, The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., 1221 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10020-1095.
You may also read and copy materials that the Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) at the SEC’s public reference room located at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 1024, Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room. In addition, the Company’s filings with the Commission are available to the public on the Commission’s Web site at www.sec.gov. Several years of SEC filings

1


Table of Contents

are also available at the Company’s Investor Relations Web site. Go to www.mcgraw-hill.com/investor_relations and click on the SEC Filings link.
      Certifications
The Company has filed the required certifications under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 as Exhibits (31.1) and (31.2) to its annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007. In addition the Company has filed the required certifications under Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 as Exhibit (32) to its annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007. After the 2008 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, the Company intends to file with the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) the CEO certification regarding the Company’s compliance with the NYSE’s corporate governance listing standards as required by NYSE rule 303A.12. Last year, the Company filed this CEO certification with the NYSE on May 17, 2007.
      Information as to Operating Segments
The relative contribution of the operating segments of the Registrant and its subsidiaries to operating revenue, operating profit, long-lived assets and geographic information for the three years ended December 31, 2007, are included in Exhibit (13), on pages 63 and 64 in the Registrant’s 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders and is hereby incorporated by reference.
Item 1a. Risk Factors
As required the Company is providing the following cautionary statements which identify factors that could cause the Company’s actual results to differ materially from historical and expected results. It is not possible to foresee or identify all such factors. Investors should not consider this list an exhaustive statement of all risks and uncertainties.
    Historical Growth Rates
 
    Continuance of the Company’s historical growth rate depends upon a number of uncertain events including the outcome of the Company’s strategies of expanding its penetration in global markets, introduction of new products and services, and acquisitions. Difficulties, delays or failure of the Company’s strategies could cause the future growth of the Company to differ materially from its historical growth rate.
 
  Changes in the Volume of Debt Securities Issued in Domestic and/or Global Capital Markets and Changes in Interest Rates and Other Volatility in the Financial Markets
 
    The Company’s results could be adversely affected by a reduction in the volume of debt securities issued in domestic and/or global capital markets. Unfavorable financial or economic conditions that either reduce investor demand for debt securities or reduce issuers’ willingness or ability to issue such securities could reduce the number and dollar volume of debt issuance for which Standard & Poor’s provides ratings services. In addition, increases in interest rates or credit spreads, volatility in financial markets or the interest rate environment, significant political or economic events, defaults of significant issuers and other market and economic factors may negatively impact the general level of debt issuance, the debt issuance plans of certain categories of borrowers, and/or the types of credit-sensitive products being offered. A sustained period of market decline or weakness could have a material adverse effect on the Company. The Company’s results could also be adversely affected because of public statements or actions by market participants, government officials and others who may be advocates of increased regulation, regulatory scrutiny or litigation.
 
  Changes in Educational Funding
 
    The Company’s U.S. educational textbook and testing businesses may be adversely affected by changes in state educational funding as a result of changes in legislation, both at the federal and state level, changes in the state procurement process and changes in the condition of the local, state or U.S. economy. While in the past few years the availability of state and federal funding for elementary and high school education has improved due to legislative mandates such as No Child Left Behind (“NCLB”) and Reading First, future changes in federal funding and the state and local tax base could create an unfavorable environment, leading to budget issues resulting in a decrease in educational funding.

2


Table of Contents

    Cyclical Nature of Customers’ Businesses
 
    A significant portion of the Company’s sales are to customers in educational markets. The School Education Group and the industry it serves are influenced strongly by the magnitude and timing of state adoption opportunities. Approximately 20 states currently use an adoption process to purchase textbooks. In the remaining states, known as “open territories”, textbooks are purchased independently by local districts or individual schools. The 2008 adoption market is projected to increase by approximately 10% to 15% as compared to 2007. While the adoption opportunities in 2008 and beyond are expected to increase there is no guarantee that the Company will be successful in the new state adoption market or in open territories.
 
  Changes in the Global Advertising Markets / Affiliation Agreements
 
    Although advertising’s impact on the McGraw-Hill Companies is less than 5% of revenue, advertising is still a significant source of revenue in the Information & Media segment. In general, demand for advertising tends to correlate with changes in the level of economic activity in the United States and in the markets the Company serves. In addition, world, national and local events may affect advertising demand. Competition from other forms of media such as other magazines, broadcasters and Web sites, affects the Company’s ability to attract and retain advertisers. In addition, significant changes in the Company’s network affiliation agreements could affect the profitability of the Company’s broadcasting operations.
 
  Possible Loss of Market Share or Revenue Through Competition or Regulation
 
    The markets for credit ratings as well as research, investment and advisory services are very competitive. The Financial Services segment competes domestically and internationally on the basis of a number of factors, including quality of ratings, research and investment advice, client service, reputation, price, geographic scope, range of products and services, and technological innovation. In addition, in some of the countries in which Standard & Poor’s competes, governments may provide financial or other support to locally-based rating agencies and may from time to time establish official credit rating agencies, credit ratings criteria or procedures for evaluating local issuers. The financial services industry is also subject to the potential for increasing regulation in the United States and abroad. The businesses conducted by the Financial Services segment are in certain cases regulated under the U.S. Credit Rating Agency Reform Act of 2006, Investment Advisers Act of 1940, the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the National Association of Securities Dealers and/or the laws of the states or other jurisdictions in which they conduct business. In the past several years the U.S. Congress, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), the European Commission, through the Committee of European Securities Regulators (“CESR”) and the International Organization of Securities Commissions (“IOSCO”), a global group of securities commissioners, have been reviewing the role of rating agencies and their processes and the need for greater oversight or regulations concerning the issuance of credit ratings or the activities of credit rating agencies. Local, national and multinational bodies have considered and adopted other legislation and regulations relating to credit rating agencies from time to time and are likely to continue to do so in the future. The Company does not believe that any new or currently proposed legislation, regulations or judicial determinations would have a materially adverse effect on its financial condition or results of operations. However, new legislation, regulations or judicial determinations applicable to credit rating agencies in the United States and abroad could affect the competitive position of Standard & Poor’s ratings services. Additional information on the SEC’s activities regarding rating agencies is provided in the Management’s Discussion and Analysis section of the Company’s 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders.
 
  Broadcasting Regulations
 
    The Company’s broadcast stations are subject to regulatory developments that may affect their future profitability. All television stations are subject to Federal Communication Commission (“FCC”) regulation. Television stations broadcast under licenses that are generally granted and renewed for a period of eight years. The FCC regulates television station operations in several ways, including, but not limited to, employment practices, political advertising, indecency and obscenity, sponsorship identification, children’s programming, issue-responsive programming, signal carriage, ownership, and engineering, transmissions, antenna and other technical matters.
 
  Introduction of New Products or Technologies
 
    The Company operates in highly competitive markets that are subject to rapid change, and the Company must continue to invest and adapt to remain competitive. There are substantial uncertainties associated with the Company’s efforts to develop new products and services for the markets it serves. The Company makes significant investments in new products and services that may not be profitable and even if they are profitable, operating margins for new products and businesses may be lower than the margins the Company has experienced historically. The Company also could experience threats to its existing businesses from the rise of new competitors due to the rapidly changing environment within which the Company operates. The Company relies on its information technology environment and certain critical databases, systems and applications to support key product and service offerings. The Company believes it has appropriate policies, processes and internal controls to ensure the stability of its information technology including security from unauthorized access and business continuity. The Company’s operating results may be adversely impacted by unanticipated system failures or data corruption.

3


Table of Contents

  Operating Costs and Expenses
 
    The Company’s major expense categories include employee compensation and printing, paper, and distribution costs for product-related manufacturing. The Company offers its employees competitive salary and benefit packages in order to attract and retain the quality employees required to grow and expand its businesses. Compensation costs are influenced by general economic factors, including those affecting the cost of health insurance and postretirement benefits, and any trends specific to the employee skill sets the Company requires. In addition, the Company’s reported earnings may be adversely affected by changes in pension costs and funding requirements due to poor investment returns and/or changes in pension regulations. Paper prices fluctuate based on the worldwide demand and supply for paper in general and for the specific types of paper used by the Company. The Company’s overall paper price increase is currently limited due to negotiated price reductions, long-term agreements, and short-term price caps for a portion of paper purchases that are not protected by long-term agreements. The Company’s books and magazines are printed by third parties. The Company typically has multi-year contracts for the production of books and magazines, a practice which reduces price fluctuations over the contract term. Any significant increase in these costs could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations. The Company makes significant investments in information technology data centers and other technology initiatives. Additionally, the Company makes significant investments in the development of programs for the el-hi market place. While the Company believes it is prudent in its investment strategies and execution of its implementation plans there is, however, no assurance as to the ultimate recoverability of these investments.
 
  Protection of Intellectual Property Rights
 
    The Company’s products comprise intellectual property delivered through a variety of media, including print, broadcast and digital. The ability to achieve anticipated results depends in part on the Company’s ability to defend its intellectual property against infringement. The Company’s operating results may be adversely affected by inadequate legal and technological protections for intellectual property and proprietary rights in some jurisdictions and markets.
 
  Exposure to Litigation
 
    The Company is involved in legal actions and claims arising from its business practices, as discussed in the Management’s Discussion and Analysis section of the Company’s Annual Report to Shareholders, and faces the risk that additional actions and claims will be filed in the future. Due to the inherent uncertainty of the litigation process, the resolution of any particular legal proceeding or change in applicable legal standards could have a material effect on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.
 
  Risk of Doing Business Abroad
 
    As the Company expands its operations overseas, it faces the increased risks of doing business abroad, including inflation, fluctuation in interest rates and currency exchange rates, changes in applicable laws and regulatory requirements, export and import restrictions, tariffs, nationalization, expropriation, limits on repatriation of funds, civil unrest, terrorism, unstable governments and legal systems, and other factors. Adverse developments in any of these areas could cause actual results to differ materially from historical and/or expected operating results.
Item 1b. Unresolved Staff Comments
      None.

4


Table of Contents

Item 2. Properties
The Registrant leases office facilities at 230 locations: 117 are in the United States. In addition, the Registrant owns real property at 22 locations, of which 10 are in the United States. The principal facilities of the Registrant are as follows:
                     
    Owned     Square      
    or     Feet      
Locations   Leased     (thousands)     Segment
 
Domestic
                   
New York, NY
                   
55 Water Street
  Leased     1,071     Financial Services
2 Penn Plaza
  Leased     534     Various Segments
1221 Avenue of the Americas
  Leased     420     Corporate Headquarters
 
                  Various Segments
 
                   
Blacklick, OH
                   
Book Distr. Ctr.
  Owned     558     McGraw-Hill Education
Office
  Owned     73     McGraw-Hill Education
 
                   
Ashland, OH
  Leased     602     McGraw-Hill Education
 
                   
Groveport, OH
  Leased     506     McGraw-Hill Education
 
                   
Columbus, OH
                   
Orion Place
  Owned     170     McGraw-Hill Education
East Commons
  Leased     66     McGraw-Hill Education
 
                   
East Windsor, NJ
  Owned            
Office & Data Center
            415     Various Segments
Warehouse
            407     Vacant
 
                   
Delran, NJ
  Leased     108     McGraw-Hill Education
 
                   
DeSoto, TX
  Leased            
Book Distr. Ctr.
            382     McGraw-Hill Education
Assembly Plant
            418     McGraw-Hill Education
 
                   
Monterey, CA
  Owned     215     McGraw-Hill Education
 
                   
Salinas, CA
                   
Moffitt Street
  Leased     98     Vacant
El Camino Road
  Leased     79     McGraw-Hill Education
 
                   
Westlake Village, CA
  Leased     102     Information & Media
 
                   
Mather, CA
  Leased     56     McGraw-Hill Education
 
                   
San Francisco, CA
  Leased     53     Various Segments
 
                   
San Diego, CA
  Owned     43     Information & Media
 
                   
Dubuque, IA
                   
Chavenelle Drive
  Leased     331     McGraw-Hill Education
Bell Street
  Owned     139     McGraw-Hill Education
 
                   
Chicago, IL
  Leased     152     Various Segments

5


Table of Contents

                     
    Owned     Square      
    or     Feet      
Locations   Leased     (thousands)     Segment
 
Burr Ridge, IL
  Leased     137     McGraw-Hill Education
 
                   
Centennial, CO
  Owned     133     Various Segments
 
                   
Denver, CO
  Owned     88     Information & Media
 
                   
Boulder, CO
  Leased     66     Information & Media
 
                   
Indianapolis, IN
                   
North Michigan Road
  Leased     127     McGraw-Hill Education
North Meridian Street
  Owned     54     Information & Media
 
                   
Washington, DC
  Leased     69     Various Segments
 
                   
Norcross, GA
  Leased     66     McGraw-Hill Education
 
                   
Lake Mary, FL
  Leased     58     McGraw-Hill Education
 
                   
Troy, MI
  Leased     47     Information & Media
 
                   
Boston, MA
  Leased     42     Financial Services
 
                   
Bothell, WA
  Leased     39     McGraw-Hill Education
 
                   
Foreign
                   
Canary Wharf, England
  Leased     266     Various Segments
 
                   
Maidenhead, England
  Leased     83     Various Segments
 
                   
Wooburn, England
  Leased     45     McGraw-Hill Education
 
                   
Mexico City, Mexico
  Leased     102     McGraw-Hill Education
 
                   
Whitby, Canada
  Owned            
Office
            80     McGraw-Hill Education
Book Distr. Ctr.
            80     McGraw-Hill Education
 
                   
Madrid, Spain
  Leased     97     McGraw-Hill Education
 
                   
Jurong, Singapore
  Leased     92     McGraw-Hill Education
 
                   
New Delhi, India
  Leased     52     McGraw-Hill Education
 
                   
Frankfurt, Germany
  Leased     39     Various Segments
In October 2007 the Company moved from a leased facility in Dubuque, Iowa to a new owned facility.
During 2007, leased domestic properties decreased slightly due to expirations and lease buyouts.

6


Table of Contents

Item 3. Legal Proceedings
A writ of summons was served on The McGraw-Hill Companies, SRL and on The McGraw-Hill Companies, SA (both indirect subsidiaries of the Company) (collectively, “Standard & Poor’s”) on September 29, 2005 and October 7, 2005, respectively, in an action brought in the Tribunal of Milan, Italy by Enrico Bondi (“Bondi”), the Extraordinary Commissioner of Parmalat Finanziaria S.p.A. and Parmalat S.p.A. (collectively, “Parmalat”). Bondi has brought numerous other lawsuits in both Italy and the United States against entities and individuals who had dealings with Parmalat. In this suit, Bondi claims that Standard & Poor’s, which had issued investment grade ratings on Parmalat until shortly before Parmalat’s collapse in December 2003, breached its duty to issue an independent and professional rating and negligently and knowingly assigned inflated ratings in order to retain Parmalat’s business. Alleging joint and several liability, Bondi claims damages of euros 4,073,984,120 (representing the value of bonds issued by Parmalat and the rating fees paid by Parmalat) with interest, plus damages to be ascertained for Standard & Poor’s alleged complicity in aggravating Parmalat’s financial difficulties and/or for having contributed in bringing about Parmalat’s indebtedness towards its bondholders, and legal fees. The Company believes that Bondi’s allegations and claims for damages lack legal or factual merit. Standard & Poor’s filed its answer, counterclaim and third-party claims on March 16, 2006 and will continue to vigorously contest the action.
In a separate proceeding, the prosecutor’s office in Parma, Italy is conducting an investigation into the bankruptcy of Parmalat. In June 2006, the prosecutor’s office issued a Note of Completion of an Investigation (“Note of Completion”) concerning allegations, based on Standard & Poor’s investment grade ratings of Parmalat, that individual Standard & Poor’s rating analysts conspired with Parmalat insiders and rating advisors to fraudulently or negligently cause the Parmalat bankruptcy. The Note of Completion was served on eight Standard & Poor’s rating analysts. While not a formal charge, the Note of Completion indicates the prosecutor’s intention that the named rating analysts should appear before a judge in Parma for a preliminary hearing, at which hearing the judge will determine whether there is sufficient evidence against the rating analysts to proceed to trial. No date has been set for the preliminary hearing. On July 7, 2006, a defense brief was filed with the Parma prosecutor’s office on behalf of the rating analysts. The Company believes that there is no basis in fact or law to support the allegations against the rating analysts, and they will be vigorously defended by the subsidiaries involved.
The Company has learned that on August 9, 2007 a pro se action titled Blomquist v. Washington Mutual, et al ., was filed in the District Court for the Northern District of California against numerous financial institutions, government agencies and individuals, including the Company and Mr. Harold McGraw III, the CEO of the Company, alleging various state and federal claims. The claims against the Company and Mr. McGraw concern Standard & Poor’s ratings of subprime mortgage-backed securities. An amended Complaint was filed in the Blomquist action on September 10, 2007 which added two other rating agencies as defendants. On February 19, 2008 the Company was served with the Complaint. In addition, the Company has learned that on August 28, 2007 a putative shareholder class action titled Reese v. Bahash , was filed in the District Court for the District of Columbia against Mr. Robert Bahash, the CFO of the Company, alleging claims under the federal securities laws and state tort law concerning Standard & Poor’s ratings, particularly its ratings of subprime mortgage-backed securities. Mr. Bahash has not been served with the Complaint. On February 11, 2008, the District Court in the Reese matter entered an order appointing a lead plaintiff in that action and permitting plaintiffs to amend the Complaint on or before April 16, 2008 to add additional defendants. The Company believes both Complaints to be without merit and intends to vigorously defend in the event that service is effected.
In addition, in the normal course of business both in the United States and abroad, the Company and its subsidiaries are defendants in numerous legal proceedings and are involved, from time to time, in governmental and self-regulatory agency proceedings, which may result in adverse judgments, damages, fines or penalties. Also, various governmental and self-regulatory agencies regularly make inquiries and conduct investigations concerning compliance with applicable laws and regulations. Based on information currently known by the Company’s management, the Company does not believe that any pending legal, governmental or self-regulatory proceedings or investigations will result in a material adverse effect on its financial condition or results of operations.
Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
No matters were submitted to a vote of Registrant’s security holders during the last quarter of the period covered by this Report.

7


Table of Contents

Executive Officers of the Registrant
             
Name   Age   Position
 
           
Harold McGraw III
    59     Chairman of the Board,
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
           
Robert J. Bahash
    62     Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
 
           
Peter C. Davis
    53     Executive Vice President, Global Strategy
 
           
Bruce D. Marcus
    59     Executive Vice President and
Chief Information Officer
 
           
David L. Murphy
    62     Executive Vice President, Human Resources
 
           
Kenneth M. Vittor
    58     Executive Vice President and General Counsel
 
           
David B. Stafford
    45     Senior Vice President, Corporate Affairs
and Executive Assistant to the
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
All of the above executive officers of the Registrant have been full-time employees of the Registrant for more than five years except for Peter Davis.
Mr. Davis, prior to becoming an officer of the Registrant on November 1, 2006 was a managing director at Novantas LLC, where he was responsible for the capital markets, asset management, and commercial and private banking practices. Prior to his tenure at Novantas, he was a partner at Booz Allen Hamilton.
Mr. Marcus, prior to becoming an officer of the Registrant on January 19, 2005, was Senior Vice President, Enterprise Systems, with responsibility for systems development across the Company. Prior to that, he was Vice President, Business Operations and Technology for Platts.
Mr. Murphy, prior to becoming an officer of the Registrant on July 22, 2002, spent most of his professional career with the Ford Motor Company where, most recently, he was Vice President, Human Resources.
Mr. Stafford, prior to becoming an officer of the Registrant on February 2, 2006, was Associate General Counsel in the Company’s Legal Department.

8


Table of Contents

PART II
Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Stock and Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
On February 15, 2008, the closing price of the Registrant’s common stock was $40.94 per share as reported on the New York Stock Exchange. The approximate number of record holders of the Registrant’s common stock as of February 15, 2008 was 7,474.
                 
    2007   2006
Dividends per share of common stock:
               
$0.205 per quarter in 2007
  $ 0.82          
$0.1815 per quarter in 2006
          $ 0.726  
On January 24, 2006 the Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase program authorizing the purchase of up to 45 million shares, which was approximately 12.1% of the total shares of the Company’s outstanding common stock as of January 24, 2006. As of December 31, 2006, 20 million shares remained available under the 2006 repurchase program. On January 31, 2007 the Board of Directors approved a new stock repurchase program authorizing the purchase of up to 45 million additional shares, which was approximately 12.7% of the total shares of the Company’s outstanding common stock as of January 31, 2007. In 2007, the Company repurchased 37 million shares, including the 20 million shares remaining under the 2006 program and 17 million shares from the 2007 program. As of December 31, 2007, 28 million shares remained available under the 2007 repurchase program. The repurchase program has no expiration date. The repurchased shares may be used for general corporate purposes, including the issuance of shares in connection with the exercise of employee stock options. Purchases under this program may be made from time to time on the open market and in private transactions, depending on market conditions.
The following table provides information on purchases made by the Company of its outstanding common stock during the fourth quarter of 2007 pursuant to the stock repurchase program authorized by the Board of Directors on January 31, 2007 (column c). In addition to purchases under the 2007 stock repurchase program, the number of shares in column (a) includes: 1) shares of common stock that are tendered to the Registrant to satisfy the employees’ tax withholding obligations in connection with the vesting of awards of restricted performance shares (such shares are repurchased by the Registrant based on their fair market value on the vesting date), and 2) shares of the Registrant deemed surrendered to the Registrant to pay the exercise price and to satisfy the employees’ tax withholding obligations in connection with the exercise of employee stock options. There were no other share repurchases during the quarter outside the stock repurchases noted below:
                                 
                    (c)Total Number of   (d) Maximum Number
    (a)Total Number of           Shares Purchased as   of Shares that may
    Shares   (b)Average Price   Part of Publicly   yet be Purchased
    Purchased   Paid per   Announced Programs   Under the Programs
Period   (in millions)   Share   (in millions)   (in millions)
(Oct. 1 — Oct. 31, 2007)
                      35.0  
(Nov. 1 — Nov. 30, 2007)
    4.9     $ 46.53       4.9       30.1  
(Dec. 1 — Dec. 31, 2007)
    2.1     $ 45.14       2.1       28.0  
Total — Qtr
    7.0     $ 46.11       7.0       28.0  
Information concerning the high and low stock price of the Registrant’s common stock on the New York Stock Exchange is incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit (13), from page 82 of the 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders.
A performance graph that compares the Registrant’s cumulative total shareholder return during the previous five years with a performance indicator of the overall market (i.e., S&P 500), and the Registrant’s peer group is incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit (13), from page 2 of the 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders.

9


Table of Contents

Item 6. Selected Financial Data
Incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit (13), from the 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders, pages 80 and 81.
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit (13), from the 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders, pages 24 to 52.
Item 7a. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk
Incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit (13), from the 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders, page 51.
Item 8. Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit (13), from the 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders, pages 53 to 79.
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
Item 9a. Controls and Procedures
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the Company’s reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
As of December 31, 2007, an evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the CEO and CFO, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Based on that evaluation, the Company’s management, including the CEO and CFO, concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2007.
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Section 404) and as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, management is required to provide the following report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting:
  1.   The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Company.
  2.   The Company’s management has evaluated the system of internal control using the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) framework. Management has selected the COSO framework for its evaluation as it is a control framework recognized by the SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board that is free from bias, permits reasonably consistent qualitative and quantitative measurement of the Company’s internal controls, is sufficiently complete so that relevant controls are not omitted and is relevant to an evaluation of internal controls over financial reporting.

10


Table of Contents

  3.   Based on management’s evaluation under this framework, we have concluded that the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting were effective as of December 31, 2007. There are no material weaknesses in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that have been identified by management.
  4.   The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP, have audited the consolidated financial statements of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2007, and have issued their reports on the financial statements and the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting. These reports are located on pages 77 and 78 of the 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders.
      Other Matters
There have been no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the most recent quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Item 9b. Other Information
None.

11


Table of Contents

PART III
Item 10.   Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant
 
Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement dated March 20, 2008 for the annual meeting of shareholders to be held on April 30, 2008.
Item 11.   Executive Compensation
 
Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement dated March 20, 2008 for the annual meeting of shareholders to be held on April 30, 2008.
Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
 
Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement dated March 20, 2008 for the annual meeting of shareholders to be held April 30, 2008.
 
The following table details the Registrant’s equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2007:
Equity Compensation Plans’ Information
                         
                    (c)
                    Number of securities
            (b)   remaining available
    (a)   Weighted-average   for future issuance
    Number of securities to   exercise price of   under equity
    be issued upon exercise   outstanding   compensation plans
    of outstanding options,   options, warrants   (excluding securities reflected
Plan Category   warrants and rights   and rights   in column (a))
 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
    32,048,615     $ 39.6238       23,585,795  
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
    0       0       0  
 
Total
    32,048,615 (1)   $ 39.6238       23,585,795 (2) (3)
 
(1)   Included in this number are 31,837,143 shares to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options under the Company’s Stock Incentive Plans and 211,472 deferred units already credited but to be issued under the Director Deferred Stock Ownership Plan.
 
(2)   Included in this number are 559,953 shares reserved for issuance under the Director Deferred Stock Ownership Plan. The remaining 23,025,842 shares are reserved for issuance under the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2002 Plan”) for Performance Stock, Restricted Stock, Other Stock-Based Awards, Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights (“SARs”).
 
(3)   Under the terms of the 2002 Plan, shares subject to an award (other than a stock option, SAR, or dividend equivalent) or shares paid in settlement of a dividend equivalent reduce the number of shares available under the 2002 Plan by one share for each such share granted or paid; shares subject to a stock option or SAR reduce the number of shares available under the 2002 Plan by one-third of a share for each such share granted. The 2002 Plan stipulates that in no case, as a result of such share counting, may more than 19,000,000 shares of stock be issued thereunder. Accordingly, for purposes of setting forth the figures in this column, the base figure from which issuances of stock awards are deducted, is deemed to be 19,000,000 shares for the 2002 Plan plus shares reserved for grant immediately prior to the amendments to the 2002 Plan of April 28, 2004.
 
    The 2002 Plan is also governed by certain share recapture provisions. The aggregate number of shares of stock available under the 2002 Plan for issuance are increased by the number of shares of stock granted as an award under the 2002 Plan or 1993 Employee Stock Incentive Plan (the “1993 Plan”)(other than stock option, SAR or 1993 Plan stock option awards) or by one-third of the number of shares of stock in the case of stock option, SAR or 1993 Plan stock option awards that are, in each case: forfeited, settled in cash or property other than stock, or otherwise not distributable under an award under the Plan; tendered or withheld to pay the exercise or purchase price of an award under the 2002 or 1993 Plans or to satisfy applicable wage or other required tax withholding in connection with the exercise, vesting or payment of, or other event related to, an award under the 2002 or 1993 Plan; or repurchased by the Company with the option proceeds in respect of the exercise of a stock option under the 2002 or 1993 Plans.

12


Table of Contents

Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
 
Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement dated March 20, 2008 for the annual meeting of shareholders to be held April 30, 2008.
 
On March 30, 2006, as part of its previously announced stock buyback program, the Company acquired 8.4 million shares of the Corporation’s stock from the holdings of the recently deceased William H. McGraw. The shares were purchased through the mixture of available cash and borrowings at a discount of approximately 2.4% from the March 30th New York Stock Exchange closing price through a private transaction with Mr. McGraw’s estate. This transaction closed on April 5, 2006 and the total purchase amount of $468.8 million was funded through a combination of cash on hand and borrowings in the commercial paper market. The transaction was approved by the Financial Policy and Audit Committees of the Company’s Board of Directors, and the Corporation received independent financial and legal advice concerning the purchase.
Item 14.   Principal Accounting Fees and Services
 
During the year ended December 31, 2007, Ernst & Young LLP audited the consolidated financial statements of the Corporation and its subsidiaries.
 
Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement dated March 20, 2008 for the annual meeting of shareholders to be held April 30, 2008.
PART IV
Item 15.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
(a)   1.   Financial Statements
 
      The Index to Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule on page 14 is incorporated herein by reference as the list of financial statements required as part of this report.
 
  2.   Financial Statement Schedules
 
      The Index to Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule on page 14 is incorporated herein by reference as the list of financial statements required as part of this report.
 
  3.   Exhibits
 
      The exhibits filed as part of this annual report on Form 10-K are listed in the Exhibit Index on pages 19 to 20, immediately preceding such Exhibits, and such Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

13


Table of Contents

The McGraw-Hill Companies
Index to Financial Statements,
Financial Statement Schedules and Exhibits
                 
    Reference  
            Annual Report  
    Form     to Share-  
    10-K     holders (page)  
Data incorporated by reference from Annual Report to Shareholders:
               
Report of Management
            76  
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
            77  
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
            78  
Consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2007 and 2006
            54-55  
Consolidated statement of income for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007
            53  
Consolidated statement of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007
            56  
Consolidated statement of shareholders’ equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007
            57  
Notes to consolidated financial statements
            58-75  
Quarterly financial information
            79  
Financial Statement Schedule:
               
Consolidated schedule for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007
               
II — Reserves for doubtful accounts and sales returns
  15      
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  Exhibit 23
All other schedules have been omitted since the required information is not present or not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the information required is included in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.
The financial statements listed in the above index which are included in the annual report to shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2007 are hereby incorporated by reference in Exhibit (13). With the exception of the pages listed in the above index, the 2007 annual report to shareholders is not to be deemed filed as part of Item 15 (a)(1).

14


Table of Contents

THE McGRAW-HILL COMPANIES, INC.
SCHEDULE II — RESERVES FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS AND SALES RETURNS
(Thousands of dollars)
                                         
    Balance at                             Balance  
    beginning     Charged                     at end  
Additions/(deductions)   of year     to income     Deductions     Other     of year  
                    (A)     (B)          
 
                                       
Year ended 12/31/07
                                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 73,405     $ 14,991     $ (17,810 )   $     $ 70,586  
Allowance for returns
    188,515       8,580                   197,095  
 
                             
 
  $ 261,920     $ 23,571     $ (17,810 )   $     $ 267,681  
 
                             
 
                                       
Year ended 12/31/06
                                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 74,396     $ 19,577     $ (20,568 )   $     $ 73,405  
Allowance for returns
    187,348       1,167                   188,515  
 
                             
 
  $ 261,744     $ 20,744     $ (20,568 )   $     $ 261,920  
 
                             
 
                                       
Year ended 12/31/05
                                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 80,570     $ 18,896     $ (23,044 )   $ (2,026 )   $ 74,396  
Allowance for returns
    178,128       9,220                   187,348  
 
                             
 
  $ 258,698     $ 28,116     $ (23,044 )   $ (2,026 )   $ 261,744  
 
                             
 
(A)   Accounts written off, less recoveries.
 
(B)   In 2005, amounts primarily relate to the disposition of Corporate Value Consulting and the acquisitions of J.D. Power and Associates and Vista Research, Inc.

15


Table of Contents

Signatures
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Registrant has duly caused this annual report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
         
     
The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.      
                   Registrant     
     
         
By:   /s/ Kenneth M. Vittor      
  Kenneth M. Vittor     
  Executive Vice President and      
  General Counsel     
  February 29, 2008     
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed on February 29, 2008 on behalf of Registrant by the following persons who signed in the capacities as set forth below under their respective names. Registrant’s board of directors is comprised of twelve members and the signatures set forth below of individual board members, constitute at least a majority of such board.
         
/s/ Harold W. McGraw III      
Harold W. McGraw III     
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer 
   
 
         
/s/ Robert J. Bahash      
Robert J. Bahash     
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer 
   
 
         
/s/ Luc Grégoire      
Luc Grégoire     
Senior Vice President and
Corporate Controller 
   

16


Table of Contents

         
         
     
/s/ Pedro Aspe      
Pedro Aspe     
Director     
         
     
/s/ Sir Winfried F.W. Bischoff      
Sir Winfried F.W. Bischoff     
Director     
         
     
/s/ Douglas N. Daft      
Douglas N. Daft     
Director     
         
     
/s/ Linda Koch Lorimer      
Linda Koch Lorimer     
Director     
         
     
/s/ Robert P. McGraw      
Robert P. McGraw     
Director     
         
     
/s/ Hilda Ochoa-Brillembourg      
Hilda Ochoa-Brillembourg     
Director     
         
     
/s/ Sir Michael Rake      
Sir Michael Rake     
Director     

17


Table of Contents

         
         
     
/s/ James H. Ross      
James H. Ross     
Director     
         
     
/s/ Edward B. Rust, Jr.      
Edward B. Rust, Jr.     
Director     
         
     
/s/ Kurt L. Schmoke      
Kurt L. Schmoke     
Director     
         
     
/s/ Sidney Taurel      
Sidney Taurel     
Director     

18


Table of Contents

         
     
Exhibit    
Number   Exhibit Index
 
   
(3)
  Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant, incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993 and Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1998.
 
   
(3)
  Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant, incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Form 8-K filed April 27, 2005.
 
   
(3)
  By-laws of Registrant, incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2000.
 
   
(4)
  Indenture dated as of November 2, 2007 between the Registrant, as issuer, and The Bank of New York, as trustee, incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Form 8-K dated November 2, 2007.
 
   
(10.1)
  Form of Indemnification Agreement between Registrant and each of its directors and certain of its executive officers, incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.
 
   
(10.2)*
  Registrant’s 1987 Key Employee Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated as of December 6, 2006, incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006.
 
   
(10.3)*
  Registrant’s Amended and Restated 1993 Employee Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated as of December 6, 2006, incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006.
 
   
(10.4)*
  Registrant’s Amended and Restated 2002 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated as of December 6, 2006, incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006.
 
   
(10.5)*
  Form of Restricted Performance Share Terms and Conditions, incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.
 
   
(10.6)*
  Form of Restricted Performance Share Award, incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.
 
   
(10.7)*
  Form of Stock Option Award, incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.
 
   
(10.8)*
  Registrant’s Key Executive Short Term Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2006, incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006.
 
   
(10.9)*
  Registrant’s Key Executive Short-Term Incentive Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated as of January 1, 2008.
 
   
(10.10)*
  Registrant’s Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Form SE filed March 28, 1991 and in connection with Registrant’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1990.
 
   
(10.11)*
  Registrant’s Management Severance Plan, as amended and restated as of January 1, 2008.
 
   
(10.12)*
  Registrant’s Executive Severance Plan, as amended and restated as of January 1, 2008.
 
   
(10.13)*
  Registrant’s Senior Executive Severance Plan, as amended and restated as of January 1, 2008.
 
   
(10.14)
  $1,200,000 Five-Year Credit Agreement dated as of July 20, 2004 among the Registrant, the lenders listed therein, and JP Morgan Chase Bank, as administrative agent, incorporated by reference from The Registrant’s Form 8-K dated July 22, 2004.
 
   
(10.15)*
  Registrant’s Employee Retirement Plan Supplement, as amended and restated as of January 1, 2008.
 
   
(10.16)*
  Registrant’s 401(k) Savings and Profit Sharing Supplement, as amended and restated as of January 1, 2008.

19


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit    
Number   Exhibit Index
 
   
(10.17)*
  Registrant’s Management Supplemental Death and Disability Benefits Plan, as amended January 24, 2006, incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005.
 
   
(10.18)*
  Registrant’s Senior Executive Supplemental Death, Disability & Retirement Benefits Plan, as amended and restated as of January 1, 2008.
 
   
(10.19)*
  Resolutions amending certain of Registrant’s equity and compensation plans, as adopted on February 23, 2000, with respect to definitions of “Cause” and “Change of Control” contained therein, incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000.
 
   
(10.20)*
  Registrant’s Director Retirement Plan, incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Form SE filed March 29, 1990 in connection with Registrant’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1989.
 
   
(10.21)*
  Resolutions Freezing Existing Benefits and Terminating Additional Benefits under Registrant’s Directors Retirement Plan, as adopted on January 31, 1996, incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996.
 
   
(10.22)*
  Registrant’s Director Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated as of January 1, 2008.
 
   
(10.23)*
  Registrant’s Director Deferred Stock Ownership Plan, as amended and restated as of January 1, 2008.
 
   
(10.24)*
  Aircraft Timeshare Agreement, dated as of September 15, 2004, by and between Standard & Poor’s Securities Evaluations, Inc. and Harold McGraw III, incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004.
 
   
(12)
  Computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges.
 
   
(13)
  Registrant’s 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders. Such Report, except for those portions thereof which are expressly incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K, is furnished for the information of the Commission and is not deemed “filed” as part of this Form 10-K.
 
   
(21)
  Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
 
   
(23)
  Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
 
   
(31.1)
  Annual Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
   
(31.2)
  Annual Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
   
(32)
  Annual Certification of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
   
(99)
  Amendment to Rights Agreement, dated as of July 27, 2005, by and between the Registrant and The Bank of New York, as Rights Agent, incorporated by reference from Form 8-A/A filed August 3, 2005.
 
*   These exhibits relate to management contracts or compensatory plan arrangements.

20

 

     Exhibit 10.9
(THE MCGRAW-HILL COMPANIES LOGO)
THE McGRAW-HILL COMPANIES, INC.
KEY EXECUTIVE SHORT-TERM INCENTIVE
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
(Amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008)

 


 

THE McGRAW-HILL COMPANIES, INC.
KEY EXECUTIVE SHORT-TERM INCENTIVE
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
(Amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008)
ARTICLE I
PURPOSE
     It is intended that the Plan will aid in retaining and attracting employees by providing such employees with a means to defer receipt of Incentive Compensation to a future date. The Plan is intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.
ARTICLE II
DEFINITIONS
     The following words and phrases as used herein shall have the following meanings:
      SECTION 2.01 Beneficiary ” means the person, persons or entity designated by the Participant to receive any benefits payable under the Plan. Any Participant’s Beneficiary designation shall be made in a written instrument filed with the Company and shall become effective only when received, accepted and acknowledged in writing by the Company.
      SECTION 2.02 Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
      SECTION 2.03 Change in Control ” means the first to occur of any of the following events:
     (i) An acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (a “ Person ”) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 20% or more of either (1) the then outstanding shares of Common Stock (the “ Outstanding Common Stock ”) or (2) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “ Outstanding Voting Securities ”); excluding , however , the following: (1) any acquisition directly from the Company, other than an acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege unless the security being so converted was itself acquired directly from the Company; (2) any acquisition by the Company; (3) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any entity controlled by the Company; or (4) any acquisition pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (A), (B) and (C) of subsection (iii) of this Section 2.03; or

2


 

     (ii) A change in the composition of the Board such that the Directors who, as of the effective date of the Plan, constitute the Board (such Board shall be hereinafter referred to as the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided , however , for purposes of this Section 2.03, that any individual who becomes a Director subsequent to the effective date of the Plan, whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of those Directors who were members of the Incumbent Board (or deemed to be such pursuant to this proviso) shall be considered as though such Director were a member of the Incumbent Board; but, provided , further , that any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened election contest (as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board shall not be so considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; or
     (iii) Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (“ Corporate Transaction ”); excluding, however, such a Corporate Transaction pursuant to which (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who are the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Common Stock and Outstanding Voting Securities immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock, and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction, of the Outstanding Common Stock and Outstanding Voting Securities, as the case may be, (B) no Person (other than the Company, any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction) will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction or the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Corporate Transaction, and (C) individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board will constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction; or
     (iv) The approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
      SECTION 2.04 Claimant ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01 of the Plan.

3


 

      SECTION 2.05 Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
      SECTION 2.06 Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.
      SECTION 2.07 Common Stock ” means the common stock, $1.00 par value per share, of the Company.
      SECTION 2.08 Company ” means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of New York, or any successor corporation.
      SECTION 2.09 Deferred Account ” means a bookkeeping account maintained by the Company for a Participant representing the Participant’s interest in the Incentive Compensation credited to such account pursuant to Sections 6.01 and 6.02 of the Plan.
      SECTION 2.10 Determination Date ” means the date on which the amount of a Participant’s Deferred Account is determined as provided in Sections 6.01 and 6.02 of the Plan. The last day of each calendar month shall be a Determination Date.
      SECTION 2.11 Director ” means an individual who is a member of the Board.
      SECTION 2.12 Disability ” means a Participant’s becoming disabled within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(C) of the Code.
      SECTION 2.13 Employment Termination Date ” means the date of a Participant’s “separation from service” from the Company, as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code.
      SECTION 2.14 ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
      SECTION 2.15 Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
      SECTION 2.16 Extension Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01 of the Plan.
      SECTION 2.17 Incentive Compensation ” means any short-term compensation cash award, payable by the Company to a Participant in a Plan Year pursuant to the provisions of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Key Executive Short-Term Incentive Compensation Plan, and successor programs thereto, and/or such other cash compensation as determined by the Committee.
      SECTION 2.18 Participant ” means each employee who participates in the Plan, as provided in Section 4.01 of the Plan.

4


 

      SECTION 2.19 Participation Agreement ” means a deferral agreement, on such form as may be prescribed by the Committee, executed and filed by a Participant prior to the beginning of the first period for which the Participant’s Incentive Compensation is to be deferred pursuant to the Plan. A new Participation Agreement shall be executed and filed by a Participant for each Incentive Compensation deferral election.
      SECTION 2.20 Plan ” means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Key Executive Short-Term Incentive Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended from time to time.
      SECTION 2.21 Plan Administrator ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01 of the Plan.
      SECTION 2.22 Plan Year ” means the calendar year.
      SECTION 2.23 Specified Employee ” means a specified employee within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code.
ARTICLE III
ADMINISTRATION
      SECTION 3.01 Administration . The Plan shall be administered by the Executive Vice President, Human Resources of the Company (the “ Plan Administrator ”), who shall have full authority to construe and interpret the Plan, to establish, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, and to take all such actions and make all such determinations in connection with the Plan as he may deem necessary or desirable. Subject to Article IX of the Plan, decisions of the Plan Administrator shall be reviewable by the Committee. Subject to Article IX of the Plan, the Committee shall also have the full authority to make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan and decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of the Plan, as may arise in connection with the Plan.
      SECTION 3.02 Binding Effect of Decisions . Subject to Article IX of the Plan, the decision or action of the Plan Administrator or Committee in respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Plan.
      SECTION 3.03 Indemnification . To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Plan Administrator, the Committee and the Board (and each member thereof), and any employee of the Company to whom fiduciary responsibilities have been delegated shall be indemnified by the Company against any claims, and the expenses of defending against such claims, resulting from any action or conduct relating to the administration of the Plan, except claims arising from gross negligence, willful neglect or willful misconduct.

5


 

ARTICLE IV
PARTICIPATION
      SECTION 4.01 Eligible Participants . Any individual who was a Participant in the Plan immediately prior to the effective date of this amendment and restatement shall continue to be a Participant on such date, subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan. Thereafter, participation in the Plan shall be limited to such Participants and to other executives selected by the Committee who elect to participate in the Plan by filing a Participation Agreement with the Company.
ARTICLE V
PARTICIPATION AGREEMENTS
      SECTION 5.01 Initial Participation Agreement . Each new Participant in the Plan may file an irrevocable Participation Agreement to defer payment of all or part of his Incentive Compensation to be earned during the Plan Year in which the individual becomes a Participant in the Plan and to have the Participant’s Deferred Account credited with such deferred amounts. In order to make a deferral pursuant to this Section 5.01, the Participant must file an executed Participation Agreement with the Company. This Participation Agreement must be filed within 30 days of the date on which the individual becomes eligible to participate in the Plan (or in any other account balance plan described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(c)(2)(i)(A), or any successor provision thereto) and shall be effective with respect to compensation earned after the date of filing thereof.
      SECTION 5.02 Annual Participation Agreements . A Participant may file a Participation Agreement on an annual basis to defer payment of all or part of his Incentive Compensation to be earned during the next succeeding Plan Year and to have the Participant’s Deferred Account credited with such deferred amounts. In order to make a deferral pursuant to this Section 5.02, the Participant must file an executed Participation Agreement with the Company. The Participation Agreement must be filed not later than, and such Participation Agreement shall become irrevocable on, the last business day prior to the commencement of the Plan Year to which the Participation Agreement relates.
      SECTION 5.03 Applicability of Participation Agreement . With respect to Incentive Compensation deferrals, the deferral selected in each Participation Agreement shall apply only to the Participant’s Incentive Compensation paid for the Plan Year for which the respective Participation Agreement is applicable.
      SECTION 5.04 Elective Deferred Incentive Compensation. The amount of Incentive Compensation that a Participant elects to defer in his Participation Agreement shall be credited by the Company to the Participant’s Deferred Account at such times as the compensation would have been paid had it not been deferred.

6


 

ARTICLE VI
DEFERRED ACCOUNTS
      SECTION 6.01 Accounts . Each Participant’s Deferred Account, as of each Determination Date, shall consist of the balance of the Participant’s Deferred Account as of the immediately preceding Determination Date. The Deferred Account of each Participant shall then be increased by any deferred Incentive Compensation credited to or reduced by the amount of all distributions, if any, made from such Deferred Account since the preceding Determination Date.
      SECTION 6.02 Interest Credit . As of each Determination Date, the Participant’s Deferred Account shall be increased by the amount of interest earned since the preceding Determination Date. Interest shall be credited at a rate determined to be in effect for each Plan Year based on 120% of the Applicable Federal Long-Term Rate as prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service in December of the year prior to the year in which the Incentive Compensation is credited. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant’s Deferred Account is paid in installments in accordance with Section 7.05 of the Plan, interest shall be credited, (i) for retired Participants, at the rate determined to be in effect during the Plan Year in which the Participant retires, and (ii) for all other installment payments, at the rate determined to be in effect during the Plan Year in which such payments commence.
      SECTION 6.03 Statement of Accounts . The Company shall submit to each Participant, by July 1 following the close of each Plan Year, a statement in such form as the Company deems desirable, setting forth the balance to the credit of such Participant in his Deferred Account as of the last day of the preceding Plan Year.
      SECTION 6.04 Vesting of Accounts . A Participant shall be 100% vested in his Deferred Account at all times.
ARTICLE VII
DISTRIBUTIONS
      SECTION 7.01 Payment Elections . A Participant may elect in any Participation Agreement whether payment of the balance of the amounts credited to his Deferred Account shall be made or commence (i) on a date specified by the Participant in the Participation Agreement, or (ii) upon the occurrence of an event described in Sections 7.02, 7.03 or 7.04 of the Plan. The Participant shall be entitled to the balance of the amounts credited to his Deferred Account, as determined under Sections 6.01 and 6.02 of the Plan and as payable in accordance with Section 7.05 of the Plan, as of the Determination Date coincident with or immediately following such specified date or the occurrence of such event.
      SECTION 7.02 Employment Termination . Payment of a Participant’s Deferred Account shall be made or commence as of the Determination Date coincident with or immediately following the Participant’s Employment Termination Date; provided , however , if such Participant is a Specified Employee as of the Participant’s Employment Termination Date then the payment shall be made or commence as of the six-month anniversary of the

7


 

Determination Date coincident with or immediately following the Participant’s Employment Termination Date.
      SECTION 7.03 Death . If a Participant dies after the commencement of payments of his Deferred Account, or if a Participant dies while employed prior to any payments of the balance of the amounts credited to his Deferred Account, his Beneficiary shall receive a lump-sum payment equal to the balance of the amounts credited to his Deferred Account as of the Determination Date coincident with or immediately following the date of the Participant’s death.
      SECTION 7.04 Disability . In the event of a Participant’s Disability prior to his Employment Termination Date, such Participant shall receive a lump-sum payment of the balance of the amounts credited to his Deferred Account as of the Determination Date coincident with or immediately following the date of the Participant’s Disability.
      SECTION 7.05 Payment of Benefit . Except as otherwise provided in the Participant’s Participation Agreements, upon, or commencing upon, the first scheduled payroll date of the first calendar month following the earliest of the happening of the specified date, if any, or the occurrence of an event described in Sections 7.02, 7.03 or 7.04 of the Plan, the Company shall pay to the Participant the applicable portion of the balance of the amounts credited to his Deferred Account in a lump sum or in equal annual installments, as elected in the applicable Participation Agreements. If a Participant elects to receive payments in installments, payment of such portion of the balance of the amounts credited to his Deferred Account shall be in an amount which amortizes the Deferred Account balance thereof in equal annual payments of principal and interest over a period not to exceed 15 years. For purposes of determining the amount of the annual payment, the assumed rate of interest shall be the rate specified under the terms of Section 6.02 of the Plan.
      SECTION 7.06 Change in Election . No change in a Participant’s payment election shall be valid unless it is made in a Participation Agreement that is executed and filed with the Company in accordance with this Section 7.06. Any change in a Participant’s payment election with respect to his Deferred Account may not take effect until at least 12 months after the date on which the election is made in a Participation Agreement that is executed and filed with the Company and, in the case of a payment to be made or commenced on a specified date, the election is made in a Participation Agreement that is not executed and filed with the Company less than 12 months prior to the date of the Participant’s first such payment scheduled under the Plan. The first payment with respect to which the election is made must be deferred for a period of not less than five years from the date such payment would otherwise have been made.
ARTICLE VIII
EFFECT OF CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS
      SECTION 8.01 Change in Control . (a) Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, in the event of a Change in Control that is a “change in control event” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code, the Company shall immediately

8


 

pay to each Participant in a lump sum the then remaining balance in his Deferred Account. The terms of Sections 11.01 and 11.02 of the Plan shall not be applicable following a Change in Control.
     (b) The reasonable legal fees incurred by any Participant to enforce his valid rights under this Section 8.01 shall be paid for by the Company to the Participant in addition to sums otherwise due hereunder, whether or not the Participant is successful in enforcing his rights or whether or not the matter is settled; provided that such payment shall be made not later than the end of the taxable year following the year in which such legal fees are incurred; provided , further , that no such payment shall be made after the last day of the sixth year following the expiration of the period described under Section 9.03 of the Plan.
ARTICLE IX
CLAIMS PROCEDURE
      SECTION 9.01 Claims . In the event any person or his authorized representative (a “ Claimant ”) disputes the amount of, or his entitlement to, any benefits under the Plan or their method of payment, such Claimant shall file a claim in writing with, and on the form prescribed by, the Plan Administrator for the benefits to which he believes he is entitled, setting forth the reason for his claim. The Claimant shall have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim and shall be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records or other information relevant to the claim. The Plan Administrator shall consider the claim and within 90 days of receipt of such claim, unless special circumstances exist which require an extension of the time needed to process such claim, the Plan Administrator shall inform the Claimant of its decision with respect to the claim. In the event of special circumstances, the response period can be extended for an additional 90 days, as long as the Claimant receives written notice advising of the special circumstances and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to make a determination (the “ Extension Notice” ) before the end of the initial 90- day response period indicating the reasons for the extension and the date by which a decision is expected to be made. If the Plan Administrator denies the claim, the Plan Administrator shall give to the Claimant (i) a written notice setting forth the specific reason or reasons for the denial of the claim, including references to the applicable provisions of the Plan, (ii) a description of any additional material or information necessary to perfect such claim along with an explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and (iii) appropriate information as to the Plan’s appeals procedures as set forth in Section 9.02 of the Plan.
      SECTION 9.02 Appeal of Denial . A Claimant whose claim is denied by the Plan Administrator and who wishes to appeal such denial must request a review of the Plan Administrator’s decision by filing a written request with the Committee for such review within 60 days after such claim is denied. Such written request for review shall contain all relevant comments, documents, records and additional information that the Claimant wishes the Committee to consider, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial review of the claim by the Plan Administrator. In connection with that review, the Claimant may examine, and receive free of charge, copies of pertinent Plan documents and submit such written comments as may be appropriate. Written notice of the decision on review

9


 

shall be furnished to the Claimant within 60 days after receipt by the Committee of a request for review. In the event of special circumstances which require an extension of the time needed for processing, the response period can be extended for an additional 60 days, as long as the Claimant receives an Extension Notice. If the Committee denies the claim on review, notice of the Committee’s decision shall include (i) the specific reasons for the adverse determination, (ii) references to applicable Plan provisions, (iii) a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to the claim and (iv) a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring an action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following an adverse benefit determination on a review and a description of the applicable limitations period under the Plan. The Claimant shall be notified no later than five days after a decision is made with respect to the appeal.
      SECTION 9.03 Statute of Limitations . A Claimant wishing to seek judicial review of an adverse benefit determination under the Plan, whether in whole or in part, must file any suit or legal action, including, without limitation, a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA, within three years of the date the final decision on the adverse benefit determination on review is issued or should have been issued under Section 9.02 of the Plan or lose any rights to bring such an action. If any such judicial proceeding is undertaken, the evidence presented shall be strictly limited to the evidence timely presented to the Plan Administrator. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, a Claimant must exhaust all administrative remedies available to such Claimant under the Plan before such Claimant may seek judicial review pursuant to Section 502(a) of ERISA.
ARTICLE X
BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
      SECTION 10.01 Beneficiary Designation . Each Participant shall have the right, at any time, to designate any person, persons, entity or entities as his Beneficiary or Beneficiaries (both primary as well as contingent) to whom payment under the Plan shall be paid in the event of his death prior to complete distribution to the Participant of the benefits due him under the Plan.
      SECTION 10.02 Amendments . Any Beneficiary designation may be changed by a Participant by the written filing of such change on a form prescribed by the Company. The new Beneficiary designation form shall cancel all Beneficiary designations previously filed.
      SECTION 10.03 No Beneficiary Designation . If a Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary as provided above, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Participant, then any amounts to be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be paid to the Participant’s estate.
      SECTION 10.04 Effect of Payment . The payment under this Article X of the amounts due to a Participant under the Plan to a Beneficiary shall completely discharge the Company’s obligations in respect of the Participant under the Plan.

10


 

ARTICLE XI
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN
      SECTION 11.01 Amendment. The Board or the Committee may from time to time make such amendments to the Plan as it may deem proper and in the best interest of the Company; provided , however , that, subject to Section 11.03 of the Plan, no amendment shall be effective to decrease or restrict any Deferred Account at the time of such amendment.
      SECTION 11.02 Company’s Right to Terminate . The Board or the Committee may terminate the Plan at any time with respect to future deferrals of Incentive Compensation if, in its judgment, the continuance of the Plan, the tax, accounting, or other effects thereof, or potential payments thereunder would not be in the best interests of the Company. The Board or the Committee may also terminate the Plan in its entirety at any time, and, upon any such termination, the Company shall immediately pay to each Participant in a lump sum the then remaining balance in his Deferred Account, subject to and in accordance with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix) (or any successor provision thereto).
      SECTION 11.03 Section 409A . If, in the good faith judgment of the Committee, any provision of the Plan or any Participation Agreement could otherwise cause any person to be subject to the interest and penalties imposed under Section 409A of the Code, such provision shall be modified by the Committee in its sole discretion to maintain, to the maximum extent practicable, the original intent of the applicable provision without causing the interest and penalties under Section 409A of the Code to apply, and, notwithstanding any provision therein to the contrary, the Committee shall have broad authority to amend or to modify the Plan or any Participation Agreement, without advance notice to or consent by any person, to the extent necessary or desirable to ensure that no Deferred Accounts are subject to tax under Section 409A of the Code. Any determinations made by the Committee under this Section 11.03 shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons.
ARTICLE XII
MISCELLANEOUS
      SECTION 12.01 Unsecured General Creditor . The Plan is an unfunded deferred compensation plan for a select group of management or highly compensated employees within the meaning of ERISA, and shall be construed and administered accordingly. Participants and their Beneficiaries shall have no legal or equitable rights, interest or claims in any property or assets of the Company. The assets of the Company shall not be held under any trust for the benefit of Participants or their Beneficiaries or held in any way as collateral security for the fulfilling of the obligations of the Company under the Plan. Any and all of the Company’s assets shall be, and remain, the general, unpledged, unrestricted assets of the Company. The Company’s obligation under the Plan shall be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise of the Company to pay money in the future.
      SECTION 12.02 Nonassignability . Each Participant’s rights under the Plan shall be nontransferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Subject to the foregoing, neither a Participant nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate or

11


 

convey in advance of actual receipt the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, which are, and all rights to which are, expressly declared to be nonassignable and non-transferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, nor be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Participant’s or any other person’s bankruptcy or insolvency.
      SECTION 12.03 Not a Contract of Employment . The terms and conditions of the Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment with the Participant, and the Participant (or his Beneficiary) shall have no rights against the Company except as specifically provided herein. Moreover, nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to give a Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Company or to interfere with the rights of the Company to discipline or discharge him at any time.
      SECTION 12.04 Binding Effect . The Plan shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Participant or his Beneficiary, his heirs and legal representatives, and the Company.
      SECTION 12.05 Protective Provisions . A Participant will cooperate with the Company by furnishing any and all information requested by the Company, in order to facilitate the payment of benefits hereunder, and by taking such other action as may be requested by the Company.
      SECTION 12.06 Withholding; Payroll Taxes . To the extent that the Company is required to withhold any taxes or other amounts from the employee’s deferred compensation pursuant to any state, federal or local law, such amounts shall first be taken out of the portion of the Participant’s Incentive Compensation that is not deferred under the Plan, or the Participant’s base salary. To the extent required by the law in effect at the time payments are made, the Company shall withhold from payments made hereunder any taxes or other amounts required to be withheld for any federal, state or local government and other authorized deductions.
      SECTION 12.07 Severability . In the event that any provision or portion of the Plan shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions and portions of the Plan shall be unaffected thereby and shall remain in full force and effect to the fullest extent permitted by law.
      SECTION 12.08 Governing Law . The Plan shall be construed under the laws of the State of New York, to the extent not preempted by federal law.
      SECTION 12.09 Headings . The section headings used in this document are for ease of reference only and shall not be controlling with respect to the application and interpretation of the Plan.
      SECTION 12.10 Rules of Construction . Any words herein used in the masculine shall be read and construed in the feminine where they would so apply. Words in the singular shall be read and construed as though used in the plural in all cases where they would so

12


 

apply. All references to sections are, unless otherwise indicated, to sections of the Plan. The Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and shall be interpreted and construed consistent with such intent.

13

 

Exhibit 10.11
(THE MCGRAW-HILL COMPANIES LOGO)
THE McGRAW-HILL COMPANIES, INC.
MANAGEMENT SEVERANCE PLAN
(Amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008)

 


 

THE McGRAW-HILL COMPANIES, INC.
MANAGEMENT SEVERANCE PLAN
(Amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008)
ARTICLE I
PURPOSE
          The purpose of the Plan is to provide managers who are in a position to contribute to the success of the Company Group with reasonable compensation in the event of their termination of employment with the Company Group. The Plan is intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code with respect to amounts subject thereto.
ARTICLE II
DEFINITIONS
          The following words and phrases as used herein shall have the following meanings:
          SECTION 2.01 “ Attorneys’ Fees ” means any reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements incurred in pursuing a Disputed Claim.
          SECTION 2.02 “ Beneficiary ” means the person, persons or entity designated by the Participant to receive any benefits payable under the Plan. Any Participant’s Beneficiary designation shall be made in a written instrument filed with the Company and shall become effective only when received, accepted and acknowledged in writing by the Company.
          SECTION 2.03 “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
          SECTION 2.04 “ Cause ” means the Participant’s misconduct in respect of the Participant’s obligations to the Company Group or other acts of misconduct by the Participant occurring during the course of the Participant’s employment, which in either case results in or could reasonably be expected to result in material damage to the property, business or reputation of the Company Group; that in no event shall unsatisfactory job performance alone be deemed to be “Cause”; and, provided , further , that no termination of employment that is carried out at the request of a person seeking to accomplish a Change in Control or otherwise in anticipation of a Change in Control shall be deemed to be for “Cause.”
          SECTION 2.05 “ CEO ” means the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.
          SECTION 2.06 “ Change in Control ” means the first to occur of any of the following events:
     (i) An acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (a “ Person ”) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 20% or more of either (1) the then outstanding shares of

2


 

Common Stock (the “ Outstanding Common Stock ”) or (2) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “ Outstanding Voting Securities ”); excluding, however, the following: (1) any acquisition directly from the Company, other than an acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege unless the security being so converted was itself acquired directly from the Company; (2) any acquisition by the Company; (3) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any entity controlled by the Company; or (4) any acquisition pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (A), (B) and (C) of subsection (iii) of this Section 2.06; or
     (ii) A change in the composition of the Board such that the Directors who, as of the Effective Date, constitute the Board (such Board shall be hereinafter referred to as the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided , however , for purposes of this Section 2.06, that any individual who becomes a Director subsequent to the Effective Date, whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of those Directors who were members of the Incumbent Board (or deemed to be such pursuant to this proviso) shall be considered as though such Director were a member of the Incumbent Board; but, provided , further , that any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened election contest (as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board shall not be so considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; or
     (iii) Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (“ Corporate Transaction ”); excluding , however , such a Corporate Transaction pursuant to which (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who are the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Common Stock and Outstanding Voting Securities immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock, and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction, of the Outstanding Common Stock and Outstanding Voting Securities, as the case may be, (B) no Person (other than the Company, any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction) will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction or the combined voting power of the

3


 

outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Corporate Transaction, and (C) individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board will constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction; or
     (iv) The approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
          SECTION 2.07 “ Claimant ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01 of the Plan.
          SECTION 2.08 “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
          SECTION 2.09 “ Commencement Date ” means the first day of the first regular payroll cycle coincident with or next following the date of the Participant’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code.
          SECTION 2.10 “ Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.
          SECTION 2.11 “ Common Stock ” means the common stock, $1.00 par value per share, of the Company.
          SECTION 2.12 “ Company ” means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of New York, or any successor corporation.
          SECTION 2.13 “ Company Group ” means the Company and its Subsidiaries.
          SECTION 2.14 “ Comparable Position ” has the meaning that shall be determined by the CEO after taking into account the job requirements of a Participant’s then current position and the position offered to a Participant, the duties of the two positions, the base pay of the two positions and such other factors as the CEO deems relevant. A Comparable Position may require a Participant to utilize different skills from those used in the Participant’s then current position. Aggregate levels of benefits, cash bonus opportunities and titles do not need to be taken into account by the CEO in assessing whether a position qualifies as a Comparable Position.
          SECTION 2.15 “ Director ” means an individual who is a member of the Board.
          SECTION 2.16 “ Disability ” means a Participant’s long-term disability pursuant to a determination of disability under the Company’s Long-Term Disability Plan.
          SECTION 2.17 “ Disputed Claim ” means a claim for payments under the Plan that is disputed by the Company.
          SECTION 2.18 “ Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.08 of the Plan.

4


 

          SECTION 2.19 “ ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
          SECTION 2.20 “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
          SECTION 2.21 “ Excise Tax ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.05 of the Plan.
          SECTION 2.22 “ Extension Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01 of the Plan.
          SECTION 2.23 “ Local Position ” has the meaning that shall be determined by the CEO using standards that are similar to the standards utilized under the Code (including, without limitation, the distance standard in Section 217(c)(1)(A) of the Code), for purposes of moving expense deductions, and such other factors as the CEO deems relevant.
          SECTION 2.24 “Long-Term Disability Plan ” means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Long-Term Disability Plan, as amended from time to time (or any successor plan).
          SECTION 2.25 “ Judgment or Award ” means a nonappealable, final judgment from a court of competent jurisdiction or a binding arbitration award granting the Participant all or substantially all of the amount sought in a Disputed Claim.
          SECTION 2.26 “ Monthly Base Salary ” means a Participant’s highest regular monthly salary during the preceding 24-month period, excluding any of the following: year-end or other bonuses, incentive compensation, whether short-term or long-term, commissions, reimbursed expenses, and any payments on account of premiums on insurance or other contributions made to other welfare or benefit plans.
          SECTION 2.27 “ Participant ” means each employee who participates in the Plan, as provided in Section 4.01 of the Plan.
           SECTION 2.28 “ Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.06 of the Plan.
          SECTION 2.29 “ Plan ” means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Management Severance Plan, as amended from time to time.
          SECTION 2.30 “ Plan Administrator ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01 of the Plan.
          SECTION 2.31 “ Protection Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.01 of the Plan.
          SECTION 2.32 “ Release ” means a termination and release agreement in the form approved by the Plan Administrator, which shall, among other things, release the Company

5


 

Group, and each of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, successors and assigns, from any and all claims that the Participant has or may have against the Company Group and each of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, successors and assigns.
          SECTION 2.33 “ Separation Pay ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a)(i) of the Plan.
          SECTION 2.34 “ Separation Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a)(i) of the Plan.
          SECTION 2.35 “ Separation Pay Plan ” means the Separation Pay Plan of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., as amended from time to time (or any successor plan).
          SECTION 2.36 “ Specified Employee ” means a Participant who is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(b)(i) of the Code.
          SECTION 2.37 “ Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary of the Company at least 20% of whose voting shares are owned directly or indirectly by the Company.
          SECTION 2.38 “ Substitute Position ” means a position which may not be comparable in title, duties and responsibilities to a prior position, but which affords the Participant a comparable level of base pay and which, in the judgment of the CEO, is consistent with the experience, education or skills of the Participant. A Substitute Position may require a Participant to utilize different skills from those used in the Participant’s then current position. Aggregate levels of benefits, cash bonus opportunities and titles do not need to be taken into account by the CEO in assessing whether a position qualifies as a Substitute Position.
          SECTION 2.39 “ Supplemental Separation Pay ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a)(ii) of the Plan.
          SECTION 2.40 “ Supplemental Separation Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a)(ii) of the Plan.
          SECTION 2.41 “ Termination of Employment at Company Convenience ” means termination of the employment of a Participant initiated by the Company Group, other than for Cause, and other than by reason of death, Disability, voluntary resignation by a Participant, or lawful Company Group mandated retirement at normal retirement age.
ARTICLE III
ADMINISTRATION
          SECTION 3.01 Administration . The Plan shall be administered by the Executive Vice President, Human Resources of the Company (the “ Plan Administrator ”), who shall have full authority to construe and interpret the Plan, to establish, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, and to take all such actions and make all such determinations in connection with the Plan as he may deem necessary or desirable. Subject to Article VIII, decisions of the Plan Administrator shall be reviewable by the CEO. Subject to Article VIII, the

6


 

CEO shall also have the full authority to make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan and decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of the Plan, as may arise in connection with the Plan.
          SECTION 3.02 Binding Effect of Decisions . Subject to Article VIII, the decision or action of the CEO or Plan Administrator in respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Plan.
          SECTION 3.03 Indemnification . To the fullest extent permitted by law, the CEO, the Plan Administrator, the Board (and each member thereof), and any employee of the Company Group to whom fiduciary responsibilities have been delegated shall be indemnified by the Company against any claims, and the expenses of defending against such claims, resulting from any action or conduct relating to the administration of the Plan, except claims arising from gross negligence, willful neglect or willful misconduct.
ARTICLE IV
PARTICIPATION
          SECTION 4.01 Eligible Participants . Subject to the approval of the CEO, the Plan Administrator shall from time to time select Participants from among those employees who are in Grade Level 25 or above (or equivalent successor grade) and who are determined by the Plan Administrator to be in a position to contribute to the success of the Company Group.
          SECTION 4.02 Participation Notification; Participation Agreement . The Company shall notify each Participant in writing of his participation in the Plan, and such notice shall also set forth the payments and benefits to which the Participant may become entitled. The Company may also enter into such agreements as the CEO deems necessary or appropriate with respect to a Participant’s rights under the Plan. Any such notice or agreement may contain such terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan, including but not limited to provisions for the extension or renewal of any such agreement, as shall be determined by the CEO, in his sole discretion.
          SECTION 4.03 Termination of Participation . A Participant shall cease to be a Participant in the Plan upon the earlier of (i) his receipt of all of the payments, if any, to which he is or becomes entitled under the terms of the Plan and the terms of any notice or agreement issued by the Company with respect to his participation hereunder, or (ii) the termination of his employment with the Company Group under circumstances not requiring payments under the terms of the Plan. In addition, a Participant shall cease to be a Participant in the Plan if, prior to the occurrence of a Termination of Employment at Company Convenience, the Participant is no longer in Grade Level 25 or above (or equivalent successor grade).

7


 

ARTICLE V
PAYMENTS UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
          SECTION 5.01 Separation Pay . (a) In the event of a Termination of Employment at Company Convenience, the Participant shall be entitled to the following:
     (i) an amount of separation pay (the “ Separation Pay ”) equal to the Participant’s Monthly Base Salary for the number of months following the Participant’s Commencement Date (the “ Separation Period ”) equal to the number of full and partial years of the Participant’s continuous service with the Company Group, up to a maximum of 20 years, multiplied by 0.3, and payable over the Separation Period in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices in effect from time to time; provided that the Separation Pay shall not be less than three times such Monthly Base Salary and the Separation Period shall not be less than three months;
     (ii) if, not later than the date and time specified by the Plan Administrator, the Participant delivers to the Company a signed and valid Release, a supplemental amount of separation pay (the “ Supplemental Separation Pay ”) equal and in addition to the amount of the Participant’s Separation Pay and payable following the Separation Period over the number of months in the Separation Period (the “ Supplemental Separation Period ”) in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices in effect from time to time; provided , however , that a Release shall not be deemed delivered by the Participant if it is revoked by the Participant during any applicable revocation period set forth in the Release;
     (iii) active participation in all Company-sponsored retirement, life, medical, dental, accidental death and disability insurance benefit plans or programs in which the Participant was participating at the time of his termination for the Separation Period and any Supplemental Separation Period, but only to the extent permitted by applicable law as determined by the Company and not otherwise provided under the terms of such plans and programs, it being understood that continued participation in Company-sponsored retirement plans or programs shall be limited to such plans or programs that are not intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) or 401(k) of the Code; provided that the Participant shall be responsible for any required payments for participation in such plans or programs; provided , further, that, except with respect to amounts subject to Section 409A of the Code, the CEO may authorize, in his sole discretion, in lieu of the payments and benefits provided under this Section 5.01(a) of the Plan, payment to the Participant of a single lump sum equal to 110% of the sum of the Participant’s Separation Pay and any Supplemental Separation Pay (100% of Monthly Base Salary for the Separation Period and any Supplemental Separation Period in lieu of salary continuation, and 10% of Monthly Base Salary for such periods in lieu of benefits continuation).
          (b) The payments and benefits described in Section 5.01(a) of the Plan shall be in lieu of any other payments under the Plan or under any other severance pay or separation allowance plan, program or policy of the Company Group, including the Company’s Separation

8


 

Pay Plan; provided, however, if payments pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Company’s Separation Pay Plan would result in greater payments to a Participant than would be payable under the Plan, said Participant shall in such event receive payments pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Company’s Separation Pay Plan in lieu of payments pursuant to the Plan.
          SECTION 5.02 Death . In the event a Participant dies after the commencement of payments pursuant to Section 5.01(a) of the Plan, the balance of said payments shall be payable in accordance with Article IX of the Plan.
          SECTION 5.03 Transfers . A Participant’s transfer to another employment location shall not by itself entitle a Participant to any payments or benefits under the Plan.
          SECTION 5.04 Corporate Transactions . A Participant shall not receive any payments or benefits under the Plan in the event of a sale of the business unit of the Company Group with which the Participant is associated, if the Participant (i) is offered a Local Position that is either a Comparable Position or a Substitute Position with the buyer or the Company Group, whether or not such offer is accepted by the Participant, or (ii) is employed following such transaction by the buyer or the Company Group.
          SECTION 5.05 Specified Employees . With respect to amounts subject to Section 409A of the Code, notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article V, no payment to a Specified Employee under the Plan shall be made or commenced prior to the date that is six months following the Specified Employee’s Commencement Date; provided that amounts under the Plan that are otherwise payable to the Specified Employee prior to such date shall be paid to the Specified Employee on or within 30 days after such date.
          SECTION 5.06 Section 280G . In the event that any payment or benefit received or to be received by any Participant pursuant to the Plan or any other plan or arrangement with the Company (each, a “ Payment ”) would constitute an “excess parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(1) of the Code, or would otherwise be subject to the excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code, or any similar federal or state law (an “ Excise Tax ”), as determined by an independent certified public accounting firm selected by the Company, the amount of the Participant’s Separation Pay (and Supplemental Separation Pay, if any) shall be limited to the largest amount payable, if any, that would not result in the imposition of any Excise Tax to the Participant, but only if, notwithstanding such limitation, the total Payments, net of all taxes imposed on the Participant with respect thereto, would be greater if no Excise Tax were imposed.
ARTICLE VI
MITIGATION AND OFFSET
          SECTION 6.01 Mitigation . No Participant shall be required to mitigate the amount of any payment under the Plan by seeking employment or otherwise, and there shall be no right of set-off or counterclaim, in respect of any claim, debt or obligation, against any payments to the Participant, his dependents, Beneficiaries or estate provided for in the Plan.

9


 

          SECTION 6.02 Offset . If, after a Participant’s termination of employment with the Company Group, the Participant is employed by another entity or becomes self-employed, the amounts (if any) payable under the Plan to the Participant shall not be offset by the amounts (if any) payable to the Participant from such new employment with respect to services rendered during the severance period applicable to such Participant under the Plan.
ARTICLE VII
ATTORNEYS’ FEES FOR DISPUTED CLAIMS
          SECTION 7.01 General . If a Participant makes a Disputed Claim, the Company shall reimburse the Participant for Attorneys’ Fees; provided that the Participant enters into a repayment agreement with the Company, which shall require the Participant (i) to repay the Company for any reimbursements made pursuant to this Section 7.01 if the Participant does not obtain a Judgment or Award and (ii) to provide adequate security with respect to the amount subject to repayment under this Section 7.01. With respect to amounts subject to Section 409A, such reimbursement shall be made no later than the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the applicable Attorneys’ Fee expense was incurred, subject to the timely presentation to the Company in writing of any periodic statements for Attorneys’ Fees. Unless the Judgment or Award specifies whether it constitutes “all or substantially all of the amount sought,” such determination shall be made by the Plan Administrator in its sole and absolute discretion.
          SECTION 7.02 Change in Control . If a Disputed Claim is made with respect to a termination of employment occurring during a period beginning on the date of a Change in Control and ending 24 months thereafter, the Participant shall be entitled to reimbursement of Attorneys’ Fees, whether or not the Participant obtains a Judgment or Award. Such reimbursement shall be made on a “pay-as-you-go” basis, as soon as practicable after presentation to the Company in writing of any periodic statements for Attorneys’ Fees, but in no event later than the last day of the Participant’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the applicable Attorneys’ Fees were incurred.
          SECTION 7.03 Six Month Period Prior to Change in Control . Without affecting the rights of a Participant under Section 7.01 of the Plan, a Participant shall be entitled to reimbursement of Attorneys’ Fees for a Disputed Claim in accordance with the terms of Section 7.02 of the Plan with respect to termination of employment occurring six months prior to a Change in Control, whether or not the Participant obtains a Judgment or Award; provided, however, that no reimbursement shall be made under this Section 7.03 in such case (i) unless and until the Change in Control actually occurs or (ii) if reimbursement has been made under Section 7.01 of the Plan.
          SECTION 7.04 Section 409A . The reimbursements made to a Participant under this Article VII during any calendar year shall not affect the amounts eligible for reimbursement in any other calendar year. No reimbursement of Attorneys’ Fees made pursuant to this Article VII shall be paid to any Participant following the last day of the sixth year following the termination of the period described in Section 8.03 of the Plan.

10


 

ARTICLE VIII
CLAIMS PROCEDURE
          SECTION 8.01 Claims . In the event any person or his authorized representative (a “ Claimant ”) disputes the amount of, or his entitlement to, any benefits under the Plan or their method of payment, such Claimant shall file a claim in writing with, and on the form prescribed by, the Plan Administrator for the benefits to which he believes he is entitled, setting forth the reason for his claim. The Claimant shall have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim and shall be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records or other information relevant to the claim. The Plan Administrator shall consider the claim and within 90 days of receipt of such claim, unless special circumstances exist which require an extension of the time needed to process such claim, the Plan Administrator shall inform the Claimant of its decision with respect to the claim. In the event of special circumstances, the response period can be extended for an additional 90 days, as long as the Claimant receives written notice advising of the special circumstances and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to make a determination (the “ Extension Notice ”) before the end of the initial 90-day response period indicating the reasons for the extension and the date by which a decision is expected to be made. If the Plan Administrator denies the claim, the Plan Administrator shall give to the Claimant (i) a written notice setting forth the specific reason or reasons for the denial of the claim, including references to the applicable provisions of the Plan, (ii) a description of any additional material or information necessary to perfect such claim along with an explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and (iii) appropriate information as to the Plan’s appeals procedures as set forth in Section 8.02 of the Plan.
          SECTION 8.02 Appeal of Denial . A Claimant whose claim is denied by the Plan Administrator and who wishes to appeal such denial must request a review of the Plan Administrator’s decision by filing a written request with the CEO for such review within 60 days after such claim is denied. Such written request for review shall contain all relevant comments, documents, records and additional information that the Claimant wishes the CEO to consider, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial review of the claim by the Plan Administrator. In connection with that review, the Claimant may examine, and receive free of charge, copies of pertinent Plan documents and submit such written comments as may be appropriate. Written notice of the decision on review shall be furnished to the Claimant within 60 days after receipt by the CEO of a request for review. In the event of special circumstances which require an extension of the time needed for processing, the response period can be extended for an additional 60 days, as long as the Claimant receives an Extension Notice. If the CEO denies the claim on review, notice of the CEO’s decision shall include (i) the specific reasons for the adverse determination, (ii) references to applicable Plan provisions, (iii) a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to the claim and (iv) a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring an action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following an adverse benefit determination on a review and a description of the applicable limitations period under the Plan. The Claimant shall be notified no later than five days after a decision is made with respect to the appeal.

11


 

          SECTION 8.03 Statute of Limitations . A Claimant wishing to seek judicial review of an adverse benefit determination under the Plan, whether in whole or in part, must file any suit or legal action, including, without limitation, a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA, within three years of the date the final decision on the adverse benefit determination on review is issued or should have been issued under Section 8.02 of the Plan or lose any rights to bring such an action. If any such judicial proceeding is undertaken, the evidence presented shall be strictly limited to the evidence timely presented to the Plan Administrator. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, a Claimant must exhaust all administrative remedies available to such Claimant under the Plan before such Claimant may seek judicial review pursuant to Section 502(a) of ERISA.
          SECTION 8.04 Change in Control . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the authority granted pursuant to Articles III, VII and VIII to the Plan Administrator and to persons making determinations on claims for benefits and reviews of claims shall, when exercised (i) during the period of 24 months following a Change in Control or (ii) with respect to any termination of employment that occurs during the period of 24 months following a Change in Control or that is carried out at the request of a person seeking to accomplish a Change in Control or otherwise in anticipation of a Change in Control, shall not be “discretionary,” but shall be subject to de novo review by a court of competent jurisdiction or an arbitrator, as applicable.
ARTICLE IX
BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
          SECTION 9.01 Beneficiary Designation . Each Participant shall have the right, at any time, to designate any person, persons, entity or entities as his Beneficiary or Beneficiaries (both primary as well as contingent) to whom payment under the Plan shall be paid in the event of his death prior to complete distribution to the Participant of the benefits due him under the Plan.
          SECTION 9.02 Amendments . Any Beneficiary designation may be changed by a Participant by the written filing of such change on a form prescribed by the Company. The new Beneficiary designation form shall cancel all Beneficiary designations previously filed.
          SECTION 9.03 No Beneficiary Designation . If a Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary as provided above, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Participant, then any amounts to be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be paid to the Participant’s estate.
          SECTION 9.04 Effect of Payment . The payment under this Article IX of the amounts due to a Participant under the Plan to a Beneficiary shall completely discharge the Company’s obligations in respect of the Participant under the Plan.

12


 

ARTICLE X
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN
          SECTION 10.01 Amendment and Termination . (a) The Company shall have the right at any time, in its discretion, to amend the Plan, in whole or in part, or to terminate the Plan, by resolution of the Board or Committee or delegate thereof, except that no amendment or termination shall impair or abridge the obligations of the Company to any Participant or the rights of any Participant under the Plan without the express written consent of the affected Participant (i) with respect to any termination of employment that occurred before such amendment or termination, or (ii) in all other cases, until 6 months have elapsed from the time of the amendment or termination. In addition, in no event shall the Plan be amended or terminated (x) during the period of 24 months following a Change in Control (the “ Protection Period ”), or (y) to the extent that it is carried out at the request of a person seeking to accomplish a Change in Control or otherwise in anticipation of a Change in Control, in each case without the express written consent of the affected Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except with respect to a termination of employment that occurs during the Protection Period, the Company shall have the right to terminate the Plan at any time following the Protection Period.
          (b) Except for the amendments made in accordance with Section 10.01(a) of the Plan, no modifications, alternations and/or changes made to the terms and/or provisions of the Plan, either globally or for an individual participant, will be effective unless evidenced by a writing that directly refers to the Plan and which is signed and dated by the Plan Administrator.
          SECTION 10.02 Section 409A . If, in the good faith judgment of the Plan Administrator, any provision of the Plan would violate the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, or otherwise cause any person to be subject to the interest and penalties imposed under Section 409A of the Code, such provision shall be modified by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion to maintain, to the maximum extent practicable, the original intent of the applicable provision without causing the interest and penalties under Section 409A of the Code to apply, and, notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the Plan Administrator shall have broad authority to amend or to modify the Plan, without advance notice to or consent by any person, to the extent necessary or desirable to ensure that no payment or benefit under the Plan is subject to tax under Section 409A of the Code. Any determinations made by the Plan Administrator under this Section 10.02 shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons.
ARTICLE XI
MISCELLANEOUS
          SECTION 11.01 Effect on Other Plans . Except as expressly provided in Article V of the Plan with respect to the Company’s Separation Pay Plan, (i) nothing in the Plan shall affect the level of benefits provided to or received by any Participant (or the Participant’s estate or Beneficiaries) as part of any employee benefit plan of the Company, and (ii) the Plan shall not be construed to affect in any way the Participant’s rights and obligations under any other plan maintained by the Company on behalf of employees.

13


 

          SECTION 11.02 Unsecured General Creditor . Participants and their Beneficiaries shall have no legal or equitable rights, interest or claims in any property or assets of the Company Group. The assets of the Company Group shall not be held under any trust for the benefit of Participants or their Beneficiaries or held in any way as collateral security for the fulfilling of the obligations of the Company Group under the Plan. Any and all of the assets of the Company Group shall be, and remain, the general, unpledged, unrestricted assets of the Company Group. The obligation of the Company Group under the Plan shall be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise of the Company Group to pay money in the future.
          SECTION 11.03 Nonassignability . Each Participant’s rights under the Plan shall be nontransferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and except insofar as applicable law may otherwise require. Subject to the foregoing, neither a Participant nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate or convey in advance of actual receipt the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, which are, and all rights to which are, expressly declared to be nonassignable and non-transferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, nor be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Participant’s or any other person’s bankruptcy or insolvency.
          SECTION 11.04 Not a Contract of Employment . The terms and conditions of the Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment with the Participant, and the Participant (or his Beneficiary) shall have no rights against the Company Group except as specifically provided herein. Moreover, nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to give a Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Company Group or to interfere with the rights of the Company Group to discipline or discharge him at any time.
          SECTION 11.05 Binding Effect . The Plan shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Participant or his Beneficiary, his heirs and legal representatives, and the Company.
          SECTION 11.06 Withholding; Payroll Taxes . To the extent required by the law in effect at the time payments are made, the Company shall withhold from payments made hereunder any taxes or other amounts required to be withheld for any federal, state or local government and other authorized deductions.
          SECTION 11.07 Severability . In the event that any provision or portion of the Plan shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions and portions of the Plan shall be unaffected thereby and shall remain in full force and effect to the fullest extent permitted by law.
          SECTION 11.08 Effective Date . The Plan was initially effective as of January 28, 1987 (the “ Effective Date ”). This amendment and restatement is effective as of January 1, 2008.
          SECTION 11.09 Governing Law . The Plan shall be construed under the laws of the State of New York, to the extent not preempted by federal law.

14


 

          SECTION 11.10 Headings . The section headings used in this document are for ease of reference only and shall not be controlling with respect to the application and interpretation of the Plan.
          SECTION 11.11 Rules of Construction . Any words herein used in the masculine shall be read and construed in the feminine where they would so apply. Words in the singular shall be read and construed as though used in the plural in all cases where they would so apply. All references to sections are, unless otherwise indicated, to sections of the Plan.

15

 

(THE MCGRAW-HILL COMPANIES LOGO)
Exhibit 10.12
THE McGRAW-HILL COMPANIES, INC.
EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE PLAN
(Amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008)

 


 

THE McGRAW-HILL COMPANIES, INC.
EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE PLAN
(Amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008)
ARTICLE I
PURPOSE
          The purpose of the Plan is to provide executives who are in a position to contribute materially to the success of the Company Group with reasonable compensation in the event of their termination of employment with the Company Group. The Plan is intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code with respect to amounts subject thereto.
ARTICLE II
DEFINITIONS
          The following words and phrases as used herein shall have the following meanings:
          SECTION 2.01 “ Adverse Change in Conditions of Employment ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:
     (i) An adverse change by the Company in the Participant’s function, duties or responsibilities, which change would cause the Participant’s position with the Company to become one of substantially less responsibility, importance or scope; or
     (ii) A 10% or larger reduction by the Company (in one or more steps) of the Participant’s Monthly Base Salary.
provided , however , that the Participant shall notify the Company within 90 days of the occurrence of a change described in Sections 2.01(i) or (ii) above and the Company shall have 30 days to cure such change to the reasonable satisfaction of the Participant (including retroactively with respect to monetary matters), which change, to the extent so cured, shall not be considered an Adverse Change in Conditions of Employment.
          SECTION 2.02 “ Adverse Change in Conditions of Employment After a Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following after a Change in Control:
     (i) The failure to pay base salary to the Participant at a monthly rate at least equal to the highest rate paid to the Participant at any time during or after the 24-month period prior to the Change in Control, except as the result of a Company-wide reduction in base salaries pursuant to which the Participant’s Monthly Base Salary is decreased less than 10%;

2


 

     (ii) The Participant’s annual incentive opportunity, taking into account all material factors such as targeted payment amounts and performance goals, is materially less favorable to the Participant than the most favorable such opportunity at any time during or after the 24-month period prior to the Change in Control;
     (iii) The Participant’s opportunity to earn long-term incentive payments, on the basis of the grant-date fair value of awards and taking into account vesting requirements and termination provisions of awards, is materially less favorable to the Participant than the most favorable such opportunity in effect at any time during or after the 24 months prior to the Change in Control;
     (iv) A material reduction by the Company in the aggregate value to the Participant of the pension and welfare benefit plans in which the Participant is eligible to participate;
     (v) The transfer of the Participant to a principal business location that increases by more than 35 miles the distance between the Participant’s principal business location and place of residence;
     (vi) Any adverse change in the Participant’s title or reporting relationship or adverse change by the Company in the Participant’s authority, functions, duties or responsibilities (other than which results solely from the Company ceasing to have a publicly traded class of common stock or the Participant no longer serving as the chief executive, or reporting to the chief executive, of an independent, publicly traded company as a result thereof), which change would cause the Participant’s position with the Company to become one of substantially less responsibility, importance or scope; or
     (vii) Any failure by a successor entity to the Company (including any entity that succeeds to the business or assets of the Company) to adopt the Plan;
provided , however , that the Participant shall notify the Company within 90 days of the facts and circumstances described in any of Sections 2.02(i) through (vii) above and the Company shall have 30 days to cure such facts and circumstances to the reasonable satisfaction of the Participant (including retroactively with respect to monetary matters), which facts and circumstances, to the extent so cured, shall not be considered an Adverse Change in Conditions of Employment After a Change in Control.
          SECTION 2.03 “ Annual Base Salary ” means a Participant’s highest rate of annual base salary during the 24-month period preceding the Participant’s termination of employment, excluding any of the following: year-end or other bonuses, incentive compensation, whether short-term or long-term, commissions, reimbursed expenses, and any payments on account of premiums on insurance or other contributions made to other welfare or benefit plans.

3


 

          SECTION 2.04 “ Annual Target Bonus ” means a Participant’s highest, annual, target short-term incentive opportunity during the 24-month period preceding the Participant’s termination of employment.
          SECTION 2.05 “ Attorneys’ Fees ” means any reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements incurred in pursuing a Disputed Claim.
          SECTION 2.06 “ Beneficiary ” means the person, persons or entity designated by the Participant to receive any benefits payable under the Plan. Any Participant’s Beneficiary designation shall be made in a written instrument filed with the Company and shall become effective only when received, accepted and acknowledged in writing by the Company.
          SECTION 2.07 “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
          SECTION 2.08 “ Cause ” means the Participant’s misconduct in respect of the Participant’s obligations to the Company Group or other acts of misconduct by the Participant occurring during the course of the Participant’s employment, which in either case results in or could reasonably be expected to result in material damage to the property, business or reputation of the Company Group; provided that in no event shall unsatisfactory job performance alone be deemed to be “Cause”; and, provided, further, that no termination of employment that is carried out at the request of a person seeking to accomplish a Change in Control or otherwise in anticipation of a Change in Control shall be deemed to be for “Cause.”
          SECTION 2.09 “ Change in Control ” means the first to occur of any of the following events:
     (i) An acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (a “ Person ”) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 20% or more of either (1) the then outstanding shares of Common Stock (the “ Outstanding Common Stock ”) or (2) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “ Outstanding Voting Securities ”); excluding, however, the following: (1) any acquisition directly from the Company, other than an acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege unless the security being so converted was itself acquired directly from the Company; (2) any acquisition by the Company; (3) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any entity controlled by the Company; or (4) any acquisition pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (A), (B) and (C) of subsection (iii) of this Section 2.09; or
     (ii) A change in the composition of the Board such that the Directors who, as of the Effective Date, constitute the Board (such Board shall be hereinafter referred to as the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided , however , for purposes of this

4


 

Section 2.09, that any individual who becomes a Director subsequent to the Effective Date, whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of those Directors who were membersof the Incumbent Board (or deemed to be such pursuant to this proviso) shall be considered as though such Director were a member of the Incumbent Board; but, provided , further , that any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened election contest (as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board shall not be so considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; or
     (iii) Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (“ Corporate Transaction ”); excluding , however , such a Corporate Transaction pursuant to which (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who are the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Common Stock and Outstanding Voting Securities immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock, and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction, of the Outstanding Common Stock and Outstanding Voting Securities, as the case may be, (B) no Person (other than the Company, any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction) will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction or the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Corporate Transaction, and (C) individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board will constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction; or
     (iv) The approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
          SECTION 2.10 “ Claimant ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01 of the Plan.
          SECTION 2.11 “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

5


 

          SECTION 2.12 “ Commencement Date ” means the first day of the first regular payroll cycle coincident with or next following the date of the Participant’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code.
          SECTION 2.13 “ Committee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01 of the Plan.
          SECTION 2.14 “ Common Stock ” means the common stock, $1.00 par value per share, of the Company.
          SECTION 2.15 “ Company ” means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of New York, or any successor corporation.
          SECTION 2.16 “ Company Group ” means the Company and its Subsidiaries.
          SECTION 2.17 “ Director ” means an individual who is a member of the Board.
          SECTION 2.18 “ Disability ” means a Participant’s long-term disability pursuant to a determination of disability under the Company’s Long-Term Disability Plan.
          SECTION 2.19 “ Disputed Claim ” means a claim for payments under the Plan that is disputed by the Company.
          SECTION 2.20 “ Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.08 of the Plan.
          SECTION 2.21 “ ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
          SECTION 2.22 “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
          SECTION 2.23 “ Excise Tax ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.06 of the Plan.
          SECTION 2.24 “ Extension Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01 of the Plan.
          SECTION 2.25 “Long-Term Disability Plan ” means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Long-Term Disability Plan, as amended from time to time (or any successor plan).
          SECTION 2.26 “ Judgment or Award ” means a nonappealable, final judgment from a court of competent jurisdiction or a binding arbitration award granting the Participant all or substantially all of the amount sought in a Disputed Claim.

6


 

          SECTION 2.27 “ Monthly Base Salary ” means a Participant’s Annual Base Salary, divided by 12.
          SECTION 2.28 “ Participant ” means each employee who participates in the Plan, as provided in Section 4.01 of the Plan.
          SECTION 2.29 “ Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.06 of the Plan.
          SECTION 2.30 “ Plan ” means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Executive Severance Plan, as amended from time to time.
          SECTION 2.31 “ Plan Administrator ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01 of the Plan.
          SECTION 2.32 “ Protection Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.01 of the Plan.
          SECTION 2.33 “ Qualified Termination of Employment ” means termination of the employment of a Participant with the Company Group (other than by reason of death, Disability, voluntary resignation by a Participant under circumstances not qualifying under this Section 2.33, or lawful Company-mandated retirement at normal retirement age) as follows:
     (i) By the Company for any reason other than for Cause,
     (ii) By the Participant after an Adverse Change in Conditions of Employment;
     (iii) By the Participant for any reason during the 30-day period following the first anniversary of a Change in Control (in the case of a Change in Control occurring prior to January 1, 2009); or
     (iv) By the Participant after an Adverse Change in Conditions of Employment After a Change in Control (in the case of a Change in Control occurring on or after January 1, 2009).
          SECTION 2.34 “ Release ” means a termination and release agreement in the form approved by the Plan Administrator, which shall, among other things, release the Company Group, and each of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, successors and assigns, from any and all claims that the Participant has or may have against the Company Group and each of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, successors and assigns, and the standard form of which shall not be modified after, in anticipation of, or at the request of any Person seeking to effect, a Change in Control, except to conform to changes in the requirements of applicable law.
          SECTION 2.35 “ Separation Pay ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a)(i) of the Plan.

7


 

          SECTION 2.36 “ Separation Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a)(i) of the Plan.
          SECTION 2.37 “ Separation Pay Plan ” means the Separation Pay Plan of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., as amended from time to time (or any successor plan).
          SECTION 2.38 “ Specified Employee ” means a Participant who is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(b)(i) of the Code.
          SECTION 2.39 “ Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary of the Company at least 20% of whose voting shares are owned directly or indirectly by the Company.
          SECTION 2.40 “ Supplemental Separation Pay ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a)(ii) of the Plan.
          SECTION 2.41 “ Supplemental Separation Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a)(ii) of the Plan.
ARTICLE III
ADMINISTRATION
          SECTION 3.01 Administration . The Plan shall be administered by the Executive Vice President, Human Resources of the Company (the “ Plan Administrator ”), who shall have full authority to construe and interpret the Plan, to establish, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, and to take all such actions and make all such determinations in connection with the Plan as he may deem necessary or desirable. Subject to Article VIII, decisions of the Plan Administrator shall be reviewable by the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “ Committee ”). Subject to Article VIII, the Committee shall also have the full authority to make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan and decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of the Plan, as may arise in connection with the Plan.
          SECTION 3.02 Binding Effect of Decisions . Subject to Article VIII, the decision or action of the Committee or Plan Administrator in respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Plan.
          SECTION 3.03 Indemnification . To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Plan Administrator, the Committee and the Board (and each member thereof), and any employee of the Company Group to whom fiduciary responsibilities have been delegated shall be indemnified by the Company against any claims, and the expenses of defending against such claims, resulting from any action or conduct relating to the administration of the Plan, except claims arising from gross negligence, willful neglect or willful misconduct.

8


 

ARTICLE IV
PARTICIPATION
          SECTION 4.01 Eligible Participants . Subject to the approval of the Committee, the Plan Administrator shall from time to time select Participants from among those employees who are in ECB 2 (or equivalent successor band) and who are determined by the Plan Administrator to be in a position to contribute materially to the success of the Company Group.
          SECTION 4.02 Participation Notification; Participation Agreement . The Company shall notify each Participant in writing of his participation in the Plan, and such notice shall also set forth the payments and benefits to which the Participant may become entitled. The Company may also enter into such agreements as the Committee deems necessary or appropriate with respect to a Participant’s rights under the Plan. Any such notice or agreement may contain such terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan, including but not limited to provisions for the extension or renewal of any such agreement, as shall be determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion.
          SECTION 4.03 Termination of Participation . A Participant shall cease to be a Participant in the Plan uponthe earlier of (i) his receipt of all of the payments, if any, to which he is or becomes entitled under the terms of the Plan and the terms of any notice or agreement issued by the Company with respect to his participation hereunder, or (ii) the termination of his employment with the Company Group under circumstances not requiring payments under the terms of the Plan. In addition, a Participant shall cease to be a Participant in the Plan if, prior to the occurrence of a Qualified Termination of Employment or a Change in Control, there is an Adverse Change in Conditions of Employment to which the Participant fails to object in writing within 90 days and as a result of which the Participant is no longer in grade level ECB 2 (or equivalent successor band).
ARTICLE V
PAYMENTS UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
          SECTION 5.01 Separation Pay . (a) In the event of a Qualified Termination of Employment, the Participant shall be entitled to the following:
     (i) an amount of separation pay (the “ Separation Pay ”) equal to the Participant’s Monthly Base Salary for the number of months following the Participant’s Commencement Date (the “ Separation Period ”) equal to the number of full and partial years of the Participant’s continuous service with the Company Group, up to a maximum of 20 years, multiplied by 0.45, and payable over the Separation Period in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices in effect from time to time; provided that the Separation Pay shall not be less than 4 1 / 2 times such Monthly Base Salary and the Separation Period shall not be less than 4 1 / 2 months; provided , further , that, in the event of a Qualified Termination of Employment that takes place on or after a Change in Control occurring on or after January 1, 2009, the Participant’s Separation Pay shall equal the sum of the

9


 

Participant’s Annual Base Salary and Annual Target Bonus, multiplied by 0.75, and the Participant’s Separation Period shall be 9 months.
     (ii) if, not later than the date and time specified by the Plan Administrator, the Participant delivers to the Company a signed and valid Release, a supplemental amount of separation pay (the “ Supplemental Separation Pay ”) equal and in addition to the amount of the Participant’s Separation Pay and payable following the Separation Period over the number of months in the Separation Period (the “ Supplemental Separation Period ”) in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices in effect from time to time; provided , however , that a Release shall not be deemed delivered by the Participant if it is revoked by the Participant during any applicable revocation period set forth in the Release; provided , further , that if the Participant has attained age 40 on the Commencement Date, then no Supplemental Separation Pay shall be paid to the Participant prior to the date that is 60 days following the Commencement Date and the Supplemental Separation Pay otherwise payable to the Participant prior to such date shall be paid to the Participant on or within 30 days after such date; and, provided , further , that if the Participant’s Separation Period and Supplemental Separation Period exceed a total period of 12 months, the Company shall pay to the Participant in a lump sum, on or within 30 days following the first anniversary of the Participant’s Commencement Date, the total amount of his Separation Pay and Supplemental Separation Pay in excess of 12 months.
     (iii) active participation in all Company-sponsored retirement, life, medical, dental, accidental death and disability insurance benefit plans or programs in which the Participant was participating at the time of his termination for the Separation Period and any Supplemental Separation Period, but only to the extent permitted by applicable law as determined by the Company and not otherwise provided under the terms of such plans and programs, it being understood that continued participation in Company-sponsored retirement plans or programs shall be limited to such plans or programs that are not intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) or 401(k) of the Code; provided that the Participant shall be responsible for any required payments for participation in such plans or programs; and, provided , further , that if the Participant’s Separation Period and Supplemental Separation Period exceed a total period of 12 months, the Participant shall be entitled to participate in such plans or programs for a maximum of 12 months and the Company shall pay to the Participant in a lump sum, on or with 30 days following the first anniversary of the Participant’s Commencement Date, the cash amount equal to 10% of the total amount of his Separation Pay and Supplemental Separation Pay in excess of 12 months.
          (b) The payments and benefits described in Section 5.01(a) of the Plan shall be in lieu of any other payments under the Plan or under any other severance pay or separation allowance plan, program or policy of the Company Group, including the Company’s Separation Pay Plan; provided , however , if payments pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Company’s Separation Pay Plan would result in greater payments to a Participant than would be payable

10


 

under the Plan, said Participant shall in such event receive payments pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Company’s Separation Pay Plan in lieu of payments pursuant to the Plan.
          SECTION 5.02 Death . In the event a Participant dies after the commencement of payments pursuant to Section 5.01(a) of the Plan, the balance of said payments shall be payable in accordance with Article IX of the Plan.
          SECTION 5.03 Transfers . A Participant’s transfer to another employment location shall not by itself constitute an Adverse Change in Conditions of Employment; provided , however , that such an Adverse Change in Conditions of Employment shall be deemed to exist if, after a Change in Control, a Participant is transferred to a principal business location so as to increase the distance between the principal business location and such Participant’s place of residence at the time of the Change in Control by more than 35 miles.
          SECTION 5.04 Corporate Transactions . A Participant shall not receive any payments or benefits under the Plan in the event of a sale of the business unit of the Company Group with which the Participant is associated as an executive, provided that the Participant is offered a position and salary with the buyer or the Company Group comparable to the position and salary of the Participant immediately prior to said sale, whether or not such offer is accepted by the Participant. If, however, the Participant is not offered a comparable position and salary, the Participant shall be entitled to payments hereunder. A position shall not be deemed to be a “comparable position” for purposes of this Section 5.04 if it increases the distance between the Participant’s principal business location and the Participant’s place of residence at the time of the sale by more than 50 miles or such other distance standard as may be established from time to time under Section 217(c)(1)(A) of the Code.
          SECTION 5.05 Specified Employees . With respect to amounts subject to Section 409A of the Code, notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article V, no payment to a Specified Employee under the Plan shall be made or commenced prior to the date that is six months following the Specified Employee’s Commencement Date; provided that amounts under the Plan that are otherwise payable to the Specified Employee prior to such date shall be paid to the Specified Employee on or within 30 days after such date.
          SECTION 5.06 Section 280G . In the event that any payment or benefit received or to be received by any Participant pursuant to the Plan or any other plan or arrangement with the Company (each, a “ Payment ”) would constitute an “excess parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(1) of the Code, or would otherwise be subject to the excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code, or any similar federal or state law (an “ Excise Tax ”), as determined by an independent certified public accounting firm selected by the Company, the amount of the Participant’s Separation Pay (and Supplemental Separation Pay, if any) shall be limited to the largest amount payable, if any, that would not result in the imposition of any Excise Tax to the Participant, but only if, notwithstanding such limitation, the total Payments, net of all taxes imposed on the Participant with respect thereto, would be greater if no Excise Tax were imposed.

11


 

ARTICLE VI
MITIGATION AND OFFSET
          SECTION 6.01 Mitigation . No Participant shall be required to mitigate the amount of any payment under the Plan by seeking employment or otherwise, and there shall be no right of set-off or counterclaim, in respect of any claim, debt or obligation, against any payments to the Participant, his dependents, Beneficiaries or estate provided for in the Plan.
          SECTION 6.02 Offset . If, after a Participant’s termination of employment with the Company Group, the Participant is employed by another entity or becomes self-employed, the amounts (if any) payable under the Plan to the Participant shall not be offset by the amounts (if any) payable to the Participant from such new employment with respect to services rendered during the severance period applicable to such Participant under the Plan.
ARTICLE VII
ATTORNEYS’ FEES FOR DISPUTED CLAIMS
          SECTION 7.01 General . If a Participant makes a Disputed Claim, the Company shall reimburse the Participant for Attorneys’ Fees; provided that the Participant enters into a repayment agreement with the Company, which shall require the Participant (i) to repay the Company for any reimbursements made pursuant to this Section 7.01 if the Participant does not obtain a Judgment or Award and (ii) to provide adequate security with respect to the amount subject to repayment under this Section 7.01. With respect to amounts subject to Section 409A, such reimbursement shall be made no later than the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the applicable Attorneys’ Fee expense was incurred, subject to the timely presentation to the Company in writing of any periodic statements for Attorneys’ Fees. Unless the Judgment or Award specifies whether it constitutes “all or substantially all of the amount sought,” such determination shall be made by the Plan Administrator in its sole and absolute discretion.
          SECTION 7.02 Change in Control . If a Disputed Claim is made with respect to a termination of employment occurring during a period beginning on the date of a Change in Control and ending 36 months thereafter, the Participant shall be entitled to reimbursement of Attorneys’ Fees, whether or not the Participant obtains a Judgment or Award. Such reimbursement shall be made on a “pay-as-you-go” basis, as soon as practicable after presentation to the Company in writing of any periodic statements for Attorneys’ Fees, but in no event later than the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the applicable Attorneys’ Fees were incurred.
          SECTION 7.03 Six Month Period Prior to Change in Control . Without affecting the rights of a Participant under Section 7.01 of the Plan, a Participant shall be entitled to reimbursement of Attorneys’ Fees for a Disputed Claim in accordance with the terms of Section 7.02 of the Plan with respect to termination of employment occurring six months prior to a Change in Control, whether or not the Participant obtains a Judgment or Award; provided , however , that no reimbursement shall be made under this Section 7.03 in such case (i) unless and

12


 

until the Change in Control actually occurs or (ii) if reimbursement has been made under Section 7.01 of the Plan.
          SECTION 7.04 Section 409A . The reimbursements made to a Participant under this Article VII during any calendar year shall not affect the amounts eligible for reimbursement in any other calendar year. No reimbursement of Attorneys’ Fees made pursuant to this Article VII shall be paid to any Participant following the last day of the sixth year following the termination of the period described in Section 8.03 of the Plan.
ARTICLE VIII
CLAIMS PROCEDURE
          SECTION 8.01 Claims . In the event any person or his authorized representative (a “ Claimant ”) disputes the amount of, or his entitlement to, any benefits under the Plan or their method of payment, such Claimant shall file a claim in writing with, and on the form prescribed by, the Plan Administrator for the benefits to which he believes he is entitled, setting forth the reason for his claim. The Claimant shall have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim and shall be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records or other information relevant to the claim. The Plan Administrator shall consider the claim and within 90 days of receipt of such claim, unless special circumstances exist which require an extension of the time needed to process such claim, the Plan Administrator shall inform the Claimant of its decision with respect to the claim. In the event of special circumstances, the response period can be extended for an additional 90 days, as long as the Claimant receives written notice advising of the special circumstances and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to make a determination (the “ Extension Notice” ) before the end of the initial 90-day response period indicating the reasons for the extension and the date by which a decision is expected to be made. If the Plan Administrator denies the claim, the Plan Administrator shall give to the Claimant (i) a written notice setting forth the specific reason or reasons for the denial of the claim, including references to the applicable provisions of the Plan, (ii) a description of any additional material or information necessary to perfect such claim along with an explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and (iii) appropriate information as to the Plan’s appeals procedures as set forth in Section 8.02 of the Plan.
          SECTION 8.02 Appeal of Denial . A Claimant whose claim is denied by the Plan Administrator and who wishes to appeal such denial must request a review of the Plan Administrator’s decision by filing a written request with the Committee for such review within 60 days after such claim is denied. Such written request for review shall contain all relevant comments, documents, records and additional information that the Claimant wishes the Committee to consider, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial review of the claim by the Plan Administrator. In connection with that review, the Claimant may examine, and receive free of charge, copies of pertinent Plan documents and submit such written comments as may be appropriate. Written notice of the decision on review shall be furnished to the Claimant within 60 days after receipt by the Committee of a request for review. In the event of special circumstances which require an extension of the time needed for processing, the response period can be extended for an additional 60 days, as long as the

13


 

Claimant receives an Extension Notice. If the Committee denies the claim on review, notice of the Committee’s decision shall include (i) the specific reasons for the adverse determination, (ii) references to applicable Plan provisions, (iii) a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to the claim and (iv) a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring an action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following an adverse benefit determination on a review and a description of the applicable limitations period under the Plan. The Claimant shall be notified no later than five days after a decision is made with respect to the appeal.
          SECTION 8.03 Statute of Limitations . A Claimant wishing to seek judicial review of an adverse benefit determination under the Plan, whether in whole or in part, must file any suit or legal action, including, without limitation, a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA, within three years of the date the final decision on the adverse benefit determination on review is issued or should have been issued under Section 8.02 of the Plan or lose any rights to bring such an action. If any such judicial proceeding is undertaken, the evidence presented shall be strictly limited to the evidence timely presented to the Plan Administrator. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, a Claimant must exhaust all administrative remedies available to such Claimant under the Plan before such Claimant may seek judicial review pursuant to Section 502(a) of ERISA.
          SECTION 8.04 Change in Control. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the authority granted pursuant to Articles III, VII and VIII to the Plan Administrator and to persons making determinations on claims for benefits and reviews of claims shall, when exercised (i) during the period of 36 months following a Change in Control or (ii) with respect to any termination of employment that occurs during the period of 36 months following a Change in Control or that is carried out at the request of a person seeking to accomplish a Change in Control or otherwise in anticipation of a Change in Control, shall not be “discretionary,” but shall be subject to de novo review by a court of competent jurisdiction or an arbitrator, as applicable.
ARTICLE IX
BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
          SECTION 9.01 Beneficiary Designation . Each Participant shall have the right, at any time, to designate any person, persons, entity or entities as his Beneficiary or Beneficiaries (both primary as well as contingent) to whom payment under the Plan shall be paid in the event of his death prior to complete distribution to the Participant of the benefits due him under the Plan.
          SECTION 9.02 Amendments . Any Beneficiary designation may be changed by a Participant by the written filing of such change on a form prescribed by the Company. The new Beneficiary designation form shall cancel all Beneficiary designations previously filed.
          SECTION 9.03 No Beneficiary Designation . If a Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary as provided above, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Participant, then any amounts to be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be paid to the Participant’s estate.

14


 

          SECTION 9.04 Effect of Payment . The payment under this Article IX of the amounts due to a Participant under the Plan to a Beneficiary shall completely discharge the Company’s obligations in respect of the Participant under the Plan.
ARTICLE X
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN
          SECTION 10.01 Amendment and Termination . (a) The Company shall have the right at any time, in its discretion, to amend the Plan, in whole or in part, or to terminate the Plan, by resolution of the Board or Committee or delegate thereof, except that no amendment or termination shall impair or abridge the obligations of the Company to any Participant or the rights of any Participant under the Plan without the express written consent of the affected Participant (i) with respect to any termination of employment that occurred before such amendment or termination, or (ii) in all other cases, until 6 months have elapsed from the time of the amendment or termination. In addition, in no event shall the Plan be amended or terminated (x) during the period of 36 months following a Change in Control (the “ Protection Period ”), or (y) to the extent that it is carried out at the request of a person seeking to accomplish a Change in Control or otherwise in anticipation of a Change in Control, or (z) with respect to a termination under Section 2.33(iii), in each case without the express written consent of the affected Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except with respect to a termination of employment that occurs during the Protection Period, the Company shall have the right to terminate the Plan at any time following the Protection Period.
          (b) Except for the amendments made in accordance with Section 10.01(a) of the Plan, no modifications, alterations and/or changes made to the terms and/or provisions of the Plan, either globally or for an individual participant, will be effective unless evidenced by a writing that directly refers to the Plan and which is signed and dated by the Plan Administrator.
          SECTION 10.02 Section 409A . If, in the good faith judgment of the Plan Administrator, any provision of the Plan could otherwise cause any person to be subject to the interest and penalties imposed under Section 409A of the Code, such provision shall be modified by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion to maintain, to the maximum extent practicable, the original intent of the applicable provision without causing the interest and penalties under Section 409A of the Code to apply, and, notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the Plan Administrator shall have broad authority to amend or to modify the Plan, without advance notice to or consent by any person, to the extent necessary or desirable to ensure that no payment or benefit under the Plan is subject to tax under Section 409A of the Code. Any determinations made by the Plan Administrator under this Section 10.02 shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons.
ARTICLE XI
MISCELLANEOUS
          SECTION 11.01 Effect on Other Plans . Except as expressly provided in Article V of the Plan with respect to the Company’s Separation Pay Plan, (i) nothing in the Plan shall affect the level of benefits provided to or received by any Participant (or the Participant’s estate

15


 

or Beneficiaries) as part of any employee benefit plan of the Company, and (ii) the Plan shall not be construed to affect in any way the Participant’s rights and obligations under any other plan maintained by the Company on behalf of employees.
          SECTION 11.02 Unsecured General Creditor . Participants and their Beneficiaries shall have no legal or equitable rights, interest or claims in any property or assets of the Company. The assets of the Company shall not be held under any trust for the benefit of Participants or their Beneficiaries or held in any way as collateral security for the fulfilling of the obligations of the Company under the Plan. Any and all of the Company’s assets shall be, and remain, the general, unpledged, unrestricted assets of the Company. The Company’s obligation under the Plan shall be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise of the Company to pay money in the future.
          SECTION 11.03 Nonassignability . Each Participant’s rights under the Plan shall be nontransferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and except insofar as applicable law may otherwise require. Subject to the foregoing, neither a Participant nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate or convey in advance of actual receipt the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, which are, and all rights to which are, expressly declared to be nonassignable and non-transferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, nor be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Participant’s or any other person’s bankruptcy or insolvency.
          SECTION 11.04 Not a Contract of Employment . The terms and conditions of the Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment with the Participant, and the Participant (or his Beneficiary) shall have no rights against the Company Group except as specifically provided herein. Moreover, nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to give a Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Company Group or to interfere with the rights of the Company Group to discipline or discharge him at any time.
          SECTION 11.05 Binding Effect . The Plan shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Participant or his Beneficiary, his heirs and legal representatives, and the Company.
          SECTION 11.06 Withholding; Payroll Taxes . To the extent required by the law in effect at the time payments are made, the Company shall withhold from made hereunder any taxes or other amounts required to be withheld for any federal, state or local government and other authorized deductions.
          SECTION 11.07 Severability . In the event that any provision or portion of the Plan shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions and portions of the Plan shall be unaffected thereby and shall remain in full force and effect to the fullest extent permitted by law.

16


 

          SECTION 11.08 Effective Date . The Plan was initially effective as of January 28, 1987 (the “ Effective Date ”). This amendment and restatement is effective as of January 1, 2008.
          SECTION 11.09 Governing Law . The Plan shall be construed under the laws of the State of New York, to the extent not preempted by federal law.
          SECTION 11.10 Headings . The section headings used in this document are for ease of reference only and shall not be controlling with respect to the application and interpretation of the Plan.
          SECTION 11.11 Rules of Construction . Any words herein used in the masculine shall be read and construed in the feminine where they would so apply. Words in the singular shall be read and construed as though used in the plural in all cases where they would so apply. All references to sections are, unless otherwise indicated, to sections of the Plan.

17

 

Exhibit 10.13
(THE MCGRAW HILL COMPANIES LOGO)
THE McGRAW-HILL COMPANIES, INC.
SENIOR EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE PLAN
(Amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008)

 


 

THE McGRAW-HILL COMPANIES, INC.
SENIOR EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE PLAN
(Amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008)
ARTICLE I
PURPOSE
          The purpose of the Plan is to provide senior executives who are in a position to contribute materially to the success of the Company Group with reasonable compensation in the event of their termination of employment with the Company Group. The Plan is intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code with respect to amounts subject thereto.
ARTICLE II
DEFINITIONS
          The following words and phrases as used herein shall have the following meanings:
          SECTION 2.01 “ Adverse Change in Conditions of Employment ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:
     (i) An adverse change by the Company in the Participant’s function, duties or responsibilities, which change would cause the Participant’s position with the Company to become one of substantially less responsibility, importance or scope; or
     (ii) A 10% or larger reduction by the Company (in one or more steps) of the Participant’s Monthly Base Salary.
provided , however , that the Participant shall notify the Company within 90 days of the occurrence of a change described in Sections 2.01(i) or (ii) above and the Company shall have 30 days to cure such change to the reasonable satisfaction of the Participant (including retroactively with respect to monetary matters), which change, to the extent so cured, shall not be considered an Adverse Change in Conditions of Employment.
          SECTION 2.02 “ Adverse Change in Conditions of Employment After a Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following after a Change in Control:
     (i) The failure to pay base salary to the Participant at a monthly rate at least equal to the highest rate paid to the Participant at any time during or after the 24-month period prior to the Change in Control, except as the result of a Company-wide reduction in base salaries pursuant to which the Participant’s Monthly Base Salary is decreased less than 10%;

2


 

     (ii) The Participant’s annual incentive opportunity, taking into account all material factors such as targeted payment amounts and performance goals, is materially less favorable to the Participant than the most favorable such opportunity at any time during or after the 24-month period prior to the Change in Control;
     (iii) The Participant’s opportunity to earn long-term incentive payments, on the basis of the grant-date fair value of awards and taking into account vesting requirements and termination provisions of awards, is materially less favorable to the Participant than the most favorable such opportunity in effect at any time during or after the 24 months prior to the Change in Control;
     (iv) A material reduction by the Company in the aggregate value to the Participant of the pension and welfare benefit plans in which the Participant is eligible to participate;
     (v) The transfer of the Participant to a principal business location that increases by more than 35 miles the distance between the Participant’s principal business location and place of residence;
     (vi) Any adverse change in the Participant’s title or reporting relationship or adverse change by the Company in the Participant’s authority, functions, duties or responsibilities (other than which results solely from the Company ceasing to have a publicly traded class of common stock or the Participant no longer serving as the chief executive, or reporting to the chief executive, of an independent, publicly traded company as a result thereof), which change would cause the Participant’s position with the Company to become one of substantially less responsibility, importance or scope; or
     (vii) Any failure by a successor entity to the Company (including any entity that succeeds to the business or assets of the Company) to adopt the Plan;
provided , however , that the Participant shall notify the Company within 90 days of the facts and circumstances described in any of Sections 2.02(i) through (vii) above and the Company shall have 30 days to cure such facts and circumstances to the reasonable satisfaction of the Participant (including retroactively with respect to monetary matters), which facts and circumstances, to the extent so cured, shall not be considered an Adverse Change in Conditions of Employment After a Change in Control.
          SECTION 2.03 “ Annual Base Salary ” means a Participant’s highest rate of annual base salary during the 24-month period preceding the Participant’s termination of employment, excluding any of the following: year-end or other bonuses, incentive compensation, whether short-term or long-term, commissions, reimbursed expenses, and any payments on account of premiums on insurance or other contributions made to other welfare or benefit plans.

3


 

          SECTION 2.04 “ Annual Target Bonus ” means a Participant’s highest, annual, target short-term incentive opportunity during the 24-month period preceding the Participant’s termination of employment.
          SECTION 2.05 “ Attorneys’ Fees ” means any reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements incurred in pursuing a Disputed Claim.
          SECTION 2.06 “ Beneficiary ” means the person, persons or entity designated by the Participant to receive any benefits payable under the Plan. Any Participant’s Beneficiary designation shall be made in a written instrument filed with the Company and shall become effective only when received, accepted and acknowledged in writing by the Company.
          SECTION 2.07 “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
          SECTION 2.08 “ Cause ” means the Participant’s misconduct in respect of the Participant’s obligations to the Company Group or other acts of misconduct by the Participant occurring during the course of the Participant’s employment, which in either case results in or could reasonably be expected to result in material damage to the property, business or reputation of the Company Group; provided that in no event shall unsatisfactory job performance alone be deemed to be “Cause”; and, provided , further , that no termination of employment that is carried out at the request of a person seeking to accomplish a Change in Control or otherwise in anticipation of a Change in Control shall be deemed to be for “Cause.”
          SECTION 2.09 “ Change in Control ” means the first to occur of any of the following events:
     (i) An acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (a “ Person ”) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 20% or more of either (1) the then outstanding shares of Common Stock (the “ Outstanding Common Stock ”) or (2) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “ Outstanding Voting Securities ”); excluding , however , the following: (1) any acquisition directly from the Company, other than an acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege unless the security being so converted was itself acquired directly from the Company; (2) any acquisition by the Company; (3) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any entity controlled by the Company; or (4) any acquisition pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (A), (B) and (C) of subsection (iii) of this Section 2.09; or
     (ii) A change in the composition of the Board such that the Directors who, as of the Effective Date, constitute the Board (such Board shall be hereinafter referred to as the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided , however , for purposes of this

4


 

Section 2.09, that any individual who becomes a Director subsequent to the Effective Date, whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of those Directors who were members of the Incumbent Board (or deemed to be such pursuant to this proviso) shall be considered as though such Director were a member of the Incumbent Board; but, provided , further , that any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened election contest (as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board shall not be so considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; or
     (iii) Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (“ Corporate Transaction ”); excluding , however , such a Corporate Transaction pursuant to which (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who are the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Common Stock and Outstanding Voting Securities immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock, and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction, of the Outstanding Common Stock and Outstanding Voting Securities, as the case may be, (B) no Person (other than the Company, any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction) will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction or the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Corporate Transaction, and (C) individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board will constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction; or
     (iv) The approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
          SECTION 2.10 “ Claimant ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01 of the Plan.
          SECTION 2.11 “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

5


 

          SECTION 2.12 “ Commencement Date ” means the first day of the first regular payroll cycle coincident with or next following the date of the Participant’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code.
          SECTION 2.13 “ Committee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01 of the Plan.
          SECTION 2.14 “ Common Stock ” means the common stock, $1.00 par value per share, of the Company.
          SECTION 2.15 “ Company ” means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of New York, or any successor corporation.
          SECTION 2.16 “ Company Group ” means the Company and its Subsidiaries.
          SECTION 2.17 “ Director ” means an individual who is a member of the Board.
          SECTION 2.18 “ Disability ” means a Participant’s long-term disability pursuant to a determination of disability under the Company’s Long-Term Disability Plan.
          SECTION 2.19 “ Disputed Claim ” means a claim for payments under the Plan that is disputed by the Company.
          SECTION 2.20 “ Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.08 of the Plan.
          SECTION 2.21 “ ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
          SECTION 2.22 “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
          SECTION 2.23 Excise Tax ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.06 of the Plan.
          SECTION 2.24 “ Extension Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01 of the Plan.
          SECTION 2.25 “Long-Term Disability Plan ” means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Long-Term Disability Plan, as amended from time to time (or any successor plan).
          SECTION 2.26 “ Judgment or Award ” means a nonappealable, final judgment from a court of competent jurisdiction or a binding arbitration award granting the Participant all or substantially all of the amount sought in a Disputed Claim.

6


 

          SECTION 2.27 “ Monthly Base Salary ” means a Participant’s Annual Base Salary, divided by 12.
          SECTION 2.28 “ Participant ” means each employee who participates in the Plan, as provided in Section 4.01 of the Plan.
          SECTION 2.29 “ Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.06 of the Plan.
          SECTION 2.30 “ Plan ” means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Senior Executive Severance Plan, as amended from time to time.
          SECTION 2.31 “ Plan Administrator ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01 of the Plan.
          SECTION 2.32 “ Protection Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.01 of the Plan.
          SECTION 2.33 “ Qualified Termination of Employment ” means termination of the employment of a Participant with the Company Group (other than by reason of death, Disability, voluntary resignation by a Participant under circumstances not qualifying under this Section 2.33, or lawful Company-mandated retirement at normal retirement age) as follows:
     (i) By the Company for any reason other than for Cause,
     (ii) By the Participant after an Adverse Change in Conditions of Employment;
     (iii) By the Participant for any reason during the 30-day period following the first anniversary of a Change in Control (in the case of a Change in Control occurring prior to January 1, 2009); or
     (iv) By the Participant after an Adverse Change in Conditions of Employment After a Change in Control (in the case of a Change in Control occurring on or after January 1, 2009).
          SECTION 2.34 “ Release ” means a termination and release agreement in the form approved by the Plan Administrator, which shall, among other things, release the Company Group, and each of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, successors and assigns, from any and all claims that the Participant has or may have against the Company Group and each of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, successors and assigns, and the standard form of which shall not be modified after, in anticipation of, or at the request of any Person seeking to effect, a Change in Control, except to conform to changes in the requirements of applicable law.
          SECTION 2.35 “ Separation Pay ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a)(i) of the Plan.

7


 

          SECTION 2.36 “ Separation Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a)(i) of the Plan.
          SECTION 2.37 “ Separation Pay Plan ” means the Separation Pay Plan of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., as amended from time to time (or any successor plan).
          SECTION 2.38 “ Specified Employee ” means a Participant who is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(b)(i) of the Code.
          SECTION 2.39 “ Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary of the Company at least 20% of whose voting shares are owned directly or indirectly by the Company.
          SECTION 2.40 “ Supplemental Separation Pay ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a)(ii) of the Plan.
          SECTION 2.41 “ Supplemental Separation Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a)(ii) of the Plan.
ARTICLE III
ADMINISTRATION
          SECTION 3.01 Administration . The Plan shall be administered by the Executive Vice President, Human Resources of the Company (the “ Plan Administrator ”), who shall have full authority to construe and interpret the Plan, to establish, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, and to take all such actions and make all such determinations in connection with the Plan as he may deem necessary or desirable. Subject to Article VIII, decisions of the Plan Administrator shall be reviewable by the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “ Committee ”). Subject to Article VIII, the Committee shall also have the full authority to make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan and decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of the Plan, as may arise in connection with the Plan.
          SECTION 3.02 Binding Effect of Decisions . Subject to Article VIII, the decision or action of the Committee or Plan Administrator in respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Plan.
          SECTION 3.03 Indemnification . To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Plan Administrator, the Committee and the Board (and each member thereof), and any employee of the Company Group to whom fiduciary responsibilities have been delegated shall be indemnified by the Company against any claims, and the expenses of defending against such claims, resulting from any action or conduct relating to the administration of the Plan, except claims arising from gross negligence, willful neglect or willful misconduct.

8


 

ARTICLE IV
PARTICIPATION
          SECTION 4.01 Eligible Participants . Subject to the approval of the Committee, the Plan Administrator shall from time to time select Participants from among those employees who are in ECB 1 (or equivalent successor band) and who are determined by the Plan Administrator to be in a position to contribute materially to the success of the Company Group.
          SECTION 4.02 Participation Notification; Participation Agreement . The Company shall notify each Participant in writing of his participation in the Plan, and such notice shall also set forth the payments and benefits to which the Participant may become entitled. The Company may also enter into such agreements as the Committee deems necessary or appropriate with respect to a Participant’s rights under the Plan. Any such notice or agreement may contain such terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan, including but not limited to provisions for the extension or renewal of any such agreement, as shall be determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion.
          SECTION 4.03 Termination of Participation . A Participant shall cease to be a Participant in the Plan upon the earlier of (i) his receipt of all of the payments, if any, to which he is or becomes entitled under the terms of the Plan and the terms of any notice or agreement issued by the Company with respect to his participation hereunder, or (ii) the termination of his employment with the Company Group under circumstances not requiring payments under the terms of the Plan. In addition, a Participant shall cease to be a Participant in the Plan if, prior to the occurrence of a Qualified Termination of Employment or a Change in Control, there is an Adverse Change in Conditions of Employment to which the Participant fails to object in writing within 90 days and as a result of which the Participant is no longer in grade level ECB 1 (or equivalent successor band).
ARTICLE V
PAYMENTS UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
          SECTION 5.01 Separation Pay . (a) In the event of a Qualified Termination of Employment, the Participant shall be entitled to the following:
     (i) an amount of separation pay (the “ Separation Pay ”) equal to the Participant’s Monthly Base Salary for the number of months following the Participant’s Commencement Date (the “ Separation Period ”) equal to the number of full and partial years of the Participant’s continuous service with the Company Group, up to a maximum of 15 years, multiplied by 0.8, and payable over the Separation Period in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices in effect from time to time; provided that the Separation Pay shall not be less than six times such Monthly Base Salary and the Separation Period shall not be less than six months; provided , further , that, in the event of a Qualified Termination of Employment that takes place on or after a Change in Control occurring on or after January 1, 2009, the Participant’s Separation Pay shall equal the sum of the

9


 

Participant’s Annual Base Salary and Annual Target Bonus and the Participant’s Separation Period shall be 12 months.
     (ii) if, not later than the date and time specified by the Plan Administrator, the Participant delivers to the Company a signed and valid Release, a supplemental amount of separation pay (the “ Supplemental Separation Pay ”) equal and in addition to the amount of the Participant’s Separation Pay and payable following the Separation Period over the number of months in the Separation Period (the “ Supplemental Separation Period ”) in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices in effect from time to time; provided , however , that a Release shall not be deemed delivered by the Participant if it is revoked by the Participant during any applicable revocation period set forth in the Release; provided , further , that if the Participant has attained age 40 on the Commencement Date, then no Supplemental Separation Pay shall be paid to the Participant prior to the date that is 60 days following the Commencement Date and the Supplemental Separation Pay otherwise payable to the Participant prior to such date shall be paid to the Participant on or within 30 days after such date; and, provided , further , that if the Participant’s Separation Period and Supplemental Separation Period exceed a total period of 12 months, the Company shall pay to the Participant in a lump sum, on or within 30 days following the first anniversary of the Participant’s Commencement Date, the total amount of his Separation Pay and Supplemental Separation Pay in excess of 12 months.
     (iii) active participation in all Company-sponsored retirement, life, medical, dental, accidental death and disability insurance benefit plans or programs in which the Participant was participating at the time of his termination for the Separation Period and any Supplemental Separation Period, but only to the extent permitted by applicable law as determined by the Company and not otherwise provided under the terms of such plans and programs, it being understood that continued participation in Company-sponsored retirement plans or programs shall be limited to such plans or programs that are not intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) or 401(k) of the Code; provided that the Participant shall be responsible for any required payments for participation in such plans or programs; and, provided , further , that if the Participant’s Separation Period and Supplemental Separation Period exceed a total period of 12 months, the Participant shall be entitled to participate in such plans or programs for a maximum of 12 months and the Company shall pay to the Participant in a lump sum, on or with 30 days following the first anniversary of the Participant’s Commencement Date, the cash amount equal to 10% of the total amount of his Separation Pay and Supplemental Separation Pay in excess of 12 months.
          (b) The payments and benefits described in Section 5.01(a) of the Plan shall be in lieu of any other payments under the Plan or under any other severance pay or separation allowance plan, program or policy of the Company Group, including the Company’s Separation Pay Plan; provided , however , if payments pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Company’s Separation Pay Plan would result in greater payments to a Participant than would be payable

10


 

under the Plan, said Participant shall in such event receive payments pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Company’s Separation Pay Plan in lieu of payments pursuant to the Plan.
          SECTION 5.02 Death . In the event a Participant dies after the commencement of payments pursuant to Section 5.01(a) of the Plan, the balance of said payments shall be payable in accordance with Article IX of the Plan.
          SECTION 5.03 Transfers . A Participant’s transfer to another employment location shall not by itself constitute an Adverse Change in Conditions of Employment; provided , however , that such an Adverse Change in Conditions of Employment shall be deemed to exist if, after a Change in Control, a Participant is transferred to a principal business location so as to increase the distance between the principal business location and such Participant’s place of residence at the time of the Change in Control by more than 35 miles.
          SECTION 5.04 Corporate Transactions . A Participant shall not receive any payments or benefits under the Plan in the event of a sale of the business unit of the Company Group with which the Participant is associated as an executive, provided that the Participant is offered a position and salary with the buyer or the Company Group comparable to the position and salary of the Participant immediately prior to said sale, whether or not such offer is accepted by the Participant. If, however, the Participant is not offered a comparable position and salary, the Participant shall be entitled to payments hereunder. A position shall not be deemed to be a “comparable position” for purposes of this Section 5.04 if it increases the distance between the Participant’s principal business location and the Participant’s place of residence at the time of the sale by more than 50 miles or such other distance standard as may be established from time to time under Section 217(c)(1)(A) of the Code.
          SECTION 5.05 Specified Employees . With respect to amounts subject to Section 409A of the Code, notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article V, no payment to a Specified Employee under the Plan shall be made or commenced prior to the date that is six months following the Specified Employee’s Commencement Date; provided that amounts under the Plan that are otherwise payable to the Specified Employee prior to such date shall be paid to the Specified Employee on or within 30 days after such date.
          SECTION 5.06 Section 280G . In the event that any payment or benefit received or to be received by any Participant pursuant to the Plan or any other plan or arrangement with the Company (each, a “ Payment ”) would constitute an “excess parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(1) of the Code, or would otherwise be subject to the excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code, or any similar federal or state law (an “ Excise Tax ”), as determined by an independent certified public accounting firm selected by the Company, the amount of the Participant’s Separation Pay (and Supplemental Separation Pay, if any) shall be limited to the largest amount payable, if any, that would not result in the imposition of any Excise Tax to the Participant, but only if, notwithstanding such limitation, the total Payments, net of all taxes imposed on the Participant with respect thereto, would be greater if no Excise Tax were imposed.

11


 

ARTICLE VI
MITIGATION AND OFFSET
          SECTION 6.01 Mitigation . No Participant shall be required to mitigate the amount of any payment under the Plan by seeking employment or otherwise, and there shall be no right of set-off or counterclaim, in respect of any claim, debt or obligation, against any payments to the Participant, his dependents, Beneficiaries or estate provided for in the Plan.
          SECTION 6.02 Offset . If, after a Participant’s termination of employment with the Company Group, the Participant is employed by another entity or becomes self-employed, the amounts (if any) payable under the Plan to the Participant shall not be offset by the amounts (if any) payable to the Participant from such new employment with respect to services rendered during the severance period applicable to such Participant under the Plan.
ARTICLE VII
ATTORNEYS’ FEES FOR DISPUTED CLAIMS
          SECTION 7.01 General . If a Participant makes a Disputed Claim, the Company shall reimburse the Participant for Attorneys’ Fees; provided that the Participant enters into a repayment agreement with the Company, which shall require the Participant (i) to repay the Company for any reimbursements made pursuant to this Section 7.01 if the Participant does not obtain a Judgment or Award and (ii) to provide adequate security with respect to the amount subject to repayment under this Section 7.01. With respect to amounts subject to Section 409A, such reimbursement shall be made no later than the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the applicable Attorneys’ Fee expense was incurred, subject to the timely presentation to the Company in writing of any periodic statements for Attorneys’ Fees. Unless the Judgment or Award specifies whether it constitutes “all or substantially all of the amount sought,” such determination shall be made by the Plan Administrator in its sole and absolute discretion.
          SECTION 7.02 Change in Control . If a Disputed Claim is made with respect to a termination of employment occurring during a period beginning on the date of a Change in Control and ending 36 months thereafter, the Participant shall be entitled to reimbursement of Attorneys’ Fees, whether or not the Participant obtains a Judgment or Award. Such reimbursement shall be made on a “pay-as-you-go” basis, as soon as practicable after presentation to the Company in writing of any periodic statements for Attorneys’ Fees, but in no event later than the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the applicable Attorneys’ Fees were incurred.
          SECTION 7.03 Six Month Period Prior to Change in Control . Without affecting the rights of a Participant under Section 7.01 of the Plan, a Participant shall be entitled to reimbursement of Attorneys’ Fees for a Disputed Claim in accordance with the terms of Section 7.02 of the Plan with respect to termination of employment occurring six months prior to a Change in Control, whether or not the Participant obtains a Judgment or Award; provided , however , that no reimbursement shall be made under this Section 7.03 in such case (i) unless and

12


 

until the Change in Control actually occurs or (ii) if reimbursement has been made under Section 7.01 of the Plan.
          SECTION 7.04 Section 409A . The reimbursements made to a Participant under this Article VII during any calendar year shall not affect the amounts eligible for reimbursement in any other calendar year. No reimbursement of Attorneys’ Fees made pursuant to this Article VII shall be paid to any Participant following the last day of the sixth year following the termination of the period described in Section 8.03 of the Plan.
ARTICLE VIII
CLAIMS PROCEDURE
          SECTION 8.01 Claims . In the event any person or his authorized representative (a “ Claimant ”) disputes the amount of, or his entitlement to, any benefits under the Plan or their method of payment, such Claimant shall file a claim in writing with, and on the form prescribed by, the Plan Administrator for the benefits to which he believes he is entitled, setting forth the reason for his claim. The Claimant shall have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim and shall be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records or other information relevant to the claim. The Plan Administrator shall consider the claim and within 90 days of receipt of such claim, unless special circumstances exist which require an extension of the time needed to process such claim, the Plan Administrator shall inform the Claimant of its decision with respect to the claim. In the event of special circumstances, the response period can be extended for an additional 90 days, as long as the Claimant receives written notice advising of the special circumstances and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to make a determination (the “ Extension Notice" ) before the end of the initial 90-day response period indicating the reasons for the extension and the date by which a decision is expected to be made. If the Plan Administrator denies the claim, the Plan Administrator shall give to the Claimant (i) a written notice setting forth the specific reason or reasons for the denial of the claim, including references to the applicable provisions of the Plan, (ii) a description of any additional material or information necessary to perfect such claim along with an explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and (iii) appropriate information as to the Plan’s appeals procedures as set forth in Section 8.02 of the Plan.
          SECTION 8.02 Appeal of Denial . A Claimant whose claim is denied by the Plan Administrator and who wishes to appeal such denial must request a review of the Plan Administrator’s decision by filing a written request with the Committee for such review within 60 days after such claim is denied. Such written request for review shall contain all relevant comments, documents, records and additional information that the Claimant wishes the Committee to consider, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial review of the claim by the Plan Administrator. In connection with that review, the Claimant may examine, and receive free of charge, copies of pertinent Plan documents and submit such written comments as may be appropriate. Written notice of the decision on review shall be furnished to the Claimant within 60 days after receipt by the Committee of a request for review. In the event of special circumstances which require an extension of the time needed for processing, the response period can be extended for an additional 60 days, as long as the

13


 

Claimant receives an Extension Notice. If the Committee denies the claim on review, notice of the Committee’s decision shall include (i) the specific reasons for the adverse determination, (ii) references to applicable Plan provisions, (iii) a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to the claim and (iv) a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring an action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following an adverse benefit determination on a review and a description of the applicable limitations period under the Plan. The Claimant shall be notified no later than five days after a decision is made with respect to the appeal.
          SECTION 8.03 Statute of Limitations . A Claimant wishing to seek judicial review of an adverse benefit determination under the Plan, whether in whole or in part, must file any suit or legal action, including, without limitation, a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA, within three years of the date the final decision on the adverse benefit determination on review is issued or should have been issued under Section 8.02 of the Plan or lose any rights to bring such an action. If any such judicial proceeding is undertaken, the evidence presented shall be strictly limited to the evidence timely presented to the Plan Administrator. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, a Claimant must exhaust all administrative remedies available to such Claimant under the Plan before such Claimant may seek judicial review pursuant to Section 502(a) of ERISA.
          SECTION 8.04 Change in Control. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the authority granted pursuant to Articles III, VII and VIII to the Plan Administrator and to persons making determinations on claims for benefits and reviews of claims shall, when exercised (i) during the period of 36 months following a Change in Control or (ii) with respect to any termination of employment that occurs during the period of 36 months following a Change in Control or that is carried out at the request of a person seeking to accomplish a Change in Control or otherwise in anticipation of a Change in Control, shall not be “discretionary,” but shall be subject to de novo review by a court of competent jurisdiction or an arbitrator, as applicable.
ARTICLE IX
BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
          SECTION 9.01 Beneficiary Designation . Each Participant shall have the right, at any time, to designate any person, persons, entity or entities as his Beneficiary or Beneficiaries (both primary as well as contingent) to whom payment under the Plan shall be paid in the event of his death prior to complete distribution to the Participant of the benefits due him under the Plan.
          SECTION 9.02 Amendments . Any Beneficiary designation may be changed by a Participant by the written filing of such change on a form prescribed by the Company. The new Beneficiary designation form shall cancel all Beneficiary designations previously filed.
          SECTION 9.03 No Beneficiary Designation . If a Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary as provided above, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Participant, then any amounts to be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be paid to the Participant’s estate.

14


 

          SECTION 9.04 Effect of Payment . The payment under this Article IX of the amounts due to a Participant under the Plan to a Beneficiary shall completely discharge the Company’s obligations in respect of the Participant under the Plan.
ARTICLE X
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN
          SECTION 10.01 Amendment and Termination . (a) The Company shall have the right at any time, in its discretion, to amend the Plan, in whole or in part, or to terminate the Plan, by resolution of the Board or Committee or delegate thereof, except that no amendment or termination shall impair or abridge the obligations of the Company to any Participant or the rights of any Participant under the Plan without the express written consent of the affected Participant (i) with respect to any termination of employment that occurred before such amendment or termination, or (ii) in all other cases, until 6 months have elapsed from the time of the amendment or termination. In addition, in no event shall the Plan be amended or terminated (x) during the period of 36 months following a Change in Control (the “ Protection Period ”), or (y) to the extent that it is carried out at the request of a person seeking to accomplish a Change in Control or otherwise in anticipation of a Change in Control, or (z) with respect to a termination under Section 2.33(iii), in each case without the express written consent of the affected Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except with respect to a termination of employment that occurs during the Protection Period, the Company shall have the right to terminate the Plan at any time following the Protection Period.
          (b) Except for the amendments made in accordance with Section 10.01(a) of the Plan, no modifications, alterations and/or changes made to the terms and/or provisions of the Plan, either globally or for an individual participant, will be effective unless evidenced by a writing that directly refers to the Plan and which is signed and dated by the Plan Administrator.
          SECTION 10.02 Section 409A . If, in the good faith judgment of the Plan Administrator, any provision of the Plan could otherwise cause any person to be subject to the interest and penalties imposed under Section 409A of the Code, such provision shall be modified by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion to maintain, to the maximum extent practicable, the original intent of the applicable provision without causing the interest and penalties under Section 409A of the Code to apply, and, notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the Plan Administrator shall have broad authority to amend or to modify the Plan, without advance notice to or consent by any person, to the extent necessary or desirable to ensure that no payment or benefit under the Plan is subject to tax under Section 409A of the Code. Any determinations made by the Plan Administrator under this Section 10.02 shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons.
ARTICLE XI
MISCELLANEOUS
          SECTION 11.01 Effect on Other Plans . Except as expressly provided in Article V of the Plan with respect to the Company’s Separation Pay Plan, (i) nothing in the Plan shall affect the level of benefits provided to or received by any Participant (or the Participant’s estate

15


 

or Beneficiaries) as part of any employee benefit plan of the Company, and (ii) the Plan shall not be construed to affect in any way the Participant’s rights and obligations under any other plan maintained by the Company on behalf of employees.
          SECTION 11.02 Unsecured General Creditor . Participants and their Beneficiaries shall have no legal or equitable rights, interest or claims in any property or assets of the Company. The assets of the Company shall not be held under any trust for the benefit of Participants or their Beneficiaries or held in any way as collateral security for the fulfilling of the obligations of the Company under the Plan. Any and all of the Company’s assets shall be, and remain, the general, unpledged, unrestricted assets of the Company. The Company’s obligation under the Plan shall be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise of the Company to pay money in the future.
          SECTION 11.03 Nonassignability . Each Participant’s rights under the Plan shall be nontransferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and except insofar as applicable law may otherwise require. Subject to the foregoing, neither a Participant nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate or convey in advance of actual receipt the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, which are, and all rights to which are, expressly declared to be nonassignable and non-transferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, nor be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Participant’s or any other person’s bankruptcy or insolvency.
          SECTION 11.04 Not a Contract of Employment . The terms and conditions of the Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment with the Participant, and the Participant (or his Beneficiary) shall have no rights against the Company Group except as specifically provided herein. Moreover, nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to give a Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Company Group or to interfere with the rights of the Company Group to discipline or discharge him at any time.
          SECTION 11.05 Binding Effect . The Plan shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Participant or his Beneficiary, his heirs and legal representatives, and the Company.
          SECTION 11.06 Withholding; Payroll Taxes . To the extent required by the law in effect at the time payments are made, the Company shall withhold from payments made hereunder any taxes or other amounts required to be withheld for any federal, state or local government and other authorized deductions.
          SECTION 11.07 Severability . In the event that any provision or portion of the Plan shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions and portions of the Plan shall be unaffected thereby and shall remain in full force and effect to the fullest extent permitted by law.

16


 

          SECTION 11.08 Effective Date . The Plan was initially effective as of January 28, 1987 (the “ Effective Date ”). This amendment and restatement is effective as of January 1, 2008.
          SECTION 11.09 Governing Law . The Plan shall be construed under the laws of the State of New York, to the extent not preempted by federal law.
          SECTION 11.10 Headings . The section headings used in this document are for ease of reference only and shall not be controlling with respect to the application and interpretation of the Plan.
          SECTION 11.11 Rules of Construction . Any words herein used in the masculine shall be read and construed in the feminine where they would so apply. Words in the singular shall be read and construed as though used in the plural in all cases where they would so apply. All references to sections are, unless otherwise indicated, to sections of the Plan.

17

 

Exhibit 10.15
THE McGRAW-HILL COMPANIES, INC.
EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT PLAN SUPPLEMENT
(Amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008, unless otherwise provided)
ARTICLE I
PURPOSE
          The principal purpose of the Plan is to provide selected employees of the Employer, with retirement benefits which would have been provided under the ERP (a) were it not for the limitations imposed by Sections 401(a)(17) and 415 of the Code, and (b) had the Participant’s Earnings on which Benefits are based included amounts deferred under deferred compensation plans of an Employer and amounts paid under certain severance plans of the Company.
          Effective January 1, 2004, the Broadcasting ERIP Supplement was merged into the Plan and any benefits due to participants in the Broadcasting ERIP Supplement shall be paid from the Plan.
ARTICLE II
DEFINITIONS
          The following words and phrases as used herein shall have the following meanings:
           SECTION 2.01 Accounting Date ” has the meaning set forth in the ERIP.
           SECTION 2.02 Actuarial Equivalent ” has the meaning given such term in Section II of the ERP.
           SECTION 2.03 Appeal Reviewer ” has the meaning set forth in the ERP.
           SECTION 2.04 Beneficiary ” has the meaning set forth in the ERP.
           SECTION 2.05 Benefit ” means the benefit payable to a Participant or his Beneficiary under Article V of the Plan.
           SECTION 2.06 Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
           SECTION 2.07 Broadcasting ERIP Supplement ” means The McGraw-Hill Broadcasting Company, Inc. Employee Retirement Income Plan Supplement.
           SECTION 2.08 Broadcasting Participant ” means a Participant who was a participant in the Broadcasting ERIP Supplement on December 31, 2003.

 


 

           SECTION 2.09 Change in Control ” means the first to occur of any of the following events:
      (i) An acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (a “ Person ”) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 20% or more of either (1) the then outstanding shares of Common Stock (the “ Outstanding Common Stock ”) or (2) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “ Outstanding Voting Securities ”); excluding , however , the following: (1) any acquisition directly from the Company, other than an acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege unless the security being so converted was itself acquired directly from the Company; (2) any acquisition by the Company; (3) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any entity controlled by the Company; or (4) any acquisition pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (A), (B) and (C) of subsection (iii) of this Section 2.09; or
     (ii) A change in the composition of the Board such that the Directors who, as of the Effective Date, constitute the Board (such Board shall be hereinafter referred to as the “ Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided , however , for purposes of this Section 2.09, that any individual who becomes a Director subsequent to the Effective Date, whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of those Directors who were members of the Incumbent Board (or deemed to be such pursuant to this proviso) shall be considered as though such Director were a member of the Incumbent Board; but, provided , further , that any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened election contest (as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board shall not be so considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; or
     (iii) Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (“ Corporate Transaction ”); excluding , however , such a Corporate Transaction pursuant to which (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who are the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Common Stock and Outstanding Voting Securities immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock, and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction, of the Outstanding Common Stock and Outstanding Voting Securities, as the case may be, (B) no Person (other than the Company, any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of

2


 

the Company or such corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction) will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction or the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Corporate Transaction, and (C) individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board will constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction; or
     (iv) The approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
           SECTION 2.10 Claimant ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01 of the Plan.
           SECTION 2.11 Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
           SECTION 2.12 Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.
           SECTION 2.13 " Common Stock ” means the common stock, $1.00 par value per share, of the Company.
           SECTION 2.14 Company ” means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of New York, or any successor corporation.
           SECTION 2.15 Continuous Service ” has the meaning set forth in the ERP.
           SECTION 2.16 Director ” means an individual who is a member of the Board.
          SECTION 2.17 “ Dollar Income ” has the meaning set forth in the ERIP.
           SECTION 2.18 Earnings ” for purposes of Section 5.01(c) of the Plan has the meaning set forth in the ERIP. All other references to “ Earnings ” in the Plan mean all compensation paid by the Employer to an Employee for services rendered, including short-term incentive compensation. Earnings shall also include any reductions in compensation made pursuant to The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Flexible Spending Account Plan, The 401(k) Savings and Profit Sharing Plan of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and Its Subsidiaries, the Transportation Benefit Program and similar plans of the Company’s subsidiaries. For purposes of the Plan, “ Earnings ” excludes all other executive contingent compensation.
           SECTION 2.19 Effective Date ” means the date set forth in Section 8.08 of the Plan.
           SECTION 2.20 Employee ” has the meaning set forth in the ERP.
           SECTION 2.21 Employer ” means the Company and its subsidiaries.

3


 

           SECTION 2.22 Employment Termination Date ” means the date of a Participant’s “separation from service” from the Company, as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code.
           SECTION 2.23 ERIP ” means the Employee Retirement Income Plan of McGraw-Hill Broadcasting Company, Inc. and Its Subsidiaries as in effect on December 31, 2003.
           SECTION 2.24 ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
           SECTION 2.25 ERP ” means the Employee Retirement Plan of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and Its Subsidiaries.
           SECTION 2.26 Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
           SECTION 2.27 Extension Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01 of the Plan.
           SECTION 2.28 Key Executive Plan ” means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Key Executive Short-Term Incentive Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended from time to time, or successor programs thereto.
           SECTION 2.29 Participant ” means an Employee of an Employer who has been selected to participate in the Plan, as provided in Article IV, and includes a Severance Plan Participant.
           SECTION 2.30 Plan ” means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Employee Retirement Plan Supplement, as amended from time to time.
           SECTION 2.31 Plan Administrator ” has the meaning set forth in the ERP.
           SECTION 2.32 Retirement Benefit ” has the meaning set forth in the ERP.
           SECTION 2.33 Unit ” has the meaning set forth in the ERIP.
           SECTION 2.34 Units of Variable Income ” has the meaning set forth in the ERIP.
           SECTION 2.35 Severance Plan ” means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Management Severance Plan, The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Executive Severance Plan or The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Senior Executive Severance Plan, as amended from time to time, or successor programs thereto.

4


 

           SECTION 2.36 Severance Plan Earnings ” means the total amount of salary continuation payments paid to a Severance Plan Participant under a Severance Plan (excluding any amount paid in a lump sum in lieu of salary continuation).
           SECTION 2.37 Severance Plan Participant ” means a former Employee of an Employer who is entitled to remain an active participant in certain Company-sponsored plans and programs under a Severance Plan (and who is not paid a single lump sum payment in lieu thereof).
           SECTION 2.38 Specified Employee ” means a Participant who is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code.
           SECTION 2.39 Stable Assets Fund Rate ” means the annual rate of return of the SPSP Stable Assets Fund, within the meaning of such term under The 401(k) Savings and Profit Sharing Plan of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and Its Subsidiaries.
ARTICLE III
ADMINISTRATION
           SECTION 3.01 Administration . The Plan shall be administered by the Plan Administrator, who shall have full authority to construe and interpret the Plan, to establish, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, and to take all such actions and make all such determinations in connection with the Plan as he may deem necessary or desirable. Subject to Article VI of the Plan, decisions of the Plan Administrator shall be reviewable by the Appeal Reviewer and the Committee. Subject to Article VI of the Plan, the Appeal Reviewer and the Committee shall also have the full authority to make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan and decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of the Plan, as may arise in connection with the Plan.
           SECTION 3.02 Binding Effect of Decisions . Subject to Article VI of the Plan, the decision or action of the Appeal Reviewer, Plan Administrator or Committee in respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Plan.
           SECTION 3.03 Indemnification . To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Appeal Reviewer, the Plan Administrator, the Committee and the Board (and each member thereof), and any employee of the Employer to whom fiduciary responsibilities have been delegated shall be indemnified by the Company against any claims, and the expenses of defending against such claims, resulting from any action or conduct relating to the administration of the Plan, except claims arising from gross negligence, willful neglect or willful misconduct.

5


 

ARTICLE IV
PARTICIPATION
           SECTION 4.01 Continuing Participants . Any individual who was a Participant in the Plan immediately prior to the effective date of this amendment and restatement shall continue to be a Participant on such date, subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan.
           SECTION 4.02 New Participants . Any Employee of the Employer (other than a Participant described in Section 4.01 of the Plan) who is selected by the Committee to be eligible to participate in the Plan shall become a Participant as of the first day of the month coinciding with or next following his selection.
ARTICLE V
BENEFITS
           SECTION 5.01 Basic Benefit . (a) Except as provided in Section 5.01(c) of the Plan, for each year that a Participant is employed by an Employer beginning on or after the later of (i) January 1 of the year in which the Participant’s participation in the Plan commenced or (ii) January 1, 1989, the Participant shall be entitled to receive a Benefit, expressed as a life annuity, in an amount equal to the applicable percentage of the sum of (A) the Participant’s Earnings for such year in excess of the maximum amount of compensation that may be taken into account under the ERP as a result of the limitation of Section 401(a)(17) of the Code in effect for such year, (B) any short-term incentive compensation for such year deferred by the Participant under the Key-Executive Plan, and (C) for each year after December 31, 1996, any salary earned for such year which is deferred by the Participant under any plan or arrangement of the Employer. Any salary or short-term incentive compensation that is deferred by a Participant shall be excluded from Earnings in the year paid to the Participant.
          (b) For purposes of clause (a) above, the applicable percentage is 1%, except that in the case of a Participant who was a participant in the ERP on June 30, 1986, and who had (A) as of that date attained age 45 and completed five years of Continuous Service, and (B) whose attained age in whole years and whole months, plus years of Continuous Service, equals 60 or more, the applicable percentage is 1.4%.
          (c) A Broadcasting Participant’s Benefit for years prior to 2004 shall be determined in accordance with the following:
     (i) For each year that such a Participant was employed by an employer under the Broadcasting ERIP Supplement beginning on or after the later of (A) January 1 of the year in which the Participant’s participation in the Broadcasting ERIP Supplement commenced or (B) January 1, 1990, the Participant shall be credited with (x) Dollar Income equal to 1% of the sum of (1) the Participant’s Earnings for such year in excess of the maximum amount of compensation that may be taken into account under the ERIP as a result of the limitation of Section 401(a)(17) of the Code in effect for such year and (2) any short-term incentive compensation deferred by the Participant under the Key Executive Plan, and (y) Units of Variable Income equal to the result of dividing the amount in (x) by the dollar value of a Unit as of the Accounting Date for such year. The

6


 

Participant’s Benefit, expressed as a life annuity, shall be equal to the sum of (1) his Dollar Income and (2) the result of multiplying the total of the Units of Variable Income credited to the Participant by the dollar value of a Unit as of the Accounting Date for the year preceding the commencement of payments under the Plan.
     (ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, such a Participant shall only be entitled to earn benefits under the Plan with respect to years after 2003 if he is designated to receive future benefits by the Committee.
     (iii) In the event that a participant in the Broadcasting ERIP Supplement terminated employment with all employers under the Broadcasting ERIP Supplement prior to 2004 but is entitled to future or current benefits under the Broadcasting ERIP Supplement, such benefits shall be paid under the Plan in an amount determined under the Broadcasting ERIP Supplement and set forth in Appendix A.
           SECTION 5.02 Additional Benefits . In addition to the Benefit under Section 5.01 of the Plan, a Participant will be eligible to receive the following Benefits:
          (a) In the event that any Retirement Benefit payable to a Participant under the ERP is limited by Section 415 of the Code (or any successor provision thereto) or any provision of the ERP implementing such limitation, the Participant shall be entitled to receive a Benefit in an amount equal to the difference, expressed as a life annuity, between (i) the benefit the Participant would have received under the ERP if Section 415 of the Code (or any successor provision thereto) or any such implementing retirement plan provision were disregarded, and (ii) the benefit which the Participant is entitled to receive under the provisions of the ERP.
          (b) Effective April 26, 2000, a Severance Plan Participant shall be entitled to receive a Benefit in an amount equal to the difference, expressed as a life annuity, between (i) the benefit the Participant would have received under the ERP had the Participant continued to earn credit under the ERP for purposes of benefit accrual with respect to the Participant’s Severance Plan Earnings and (ii) the benefit which the Participant is entitled to receive under the ERP.
           SECTION 5.03 Payment of Benefits . (a) Subject to the other provisions of this Section 5.03 and Section 5.04 of the Plan, and except as would violate the requirements of Sections 409A(a)(2), 409A(a)(3) and 409A(a)(4) of the Code, the Benefits provided by this Article V shall be paid to a Participant in accordance with the following:
     (i) The Benefits shall be paid as a single-life annuity or, if different, in the form of actuarially equivalent life annuity elected by the Participant, subject to and in accordance with the procedures prescribed by the Plan Administrator from time to time.
     (ii) The Benefits shall be paid commencing on the first day of the calendar month following the later of (A) the first anniversary of the Participant’s Employment Termination Date and (B) as the case may be, the Participant’s attaining (1) age 62, if the Participant completed ten years of Continuous Service and is not due a benefit under the ERIP, or (2) age 65.

7


 

The Benefits provided by this Article V shall be paid in accordance with the foregoing to a Participant’s Beneficiary in the event of the death of the Participant, if such Beneficiary is entitled to benefits under the provisions of the ERP.
          (b) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, a Participant who does not have five years of Continuous Service under ERP when he ceases to be an employee of the Employer or ceases to have any salary continuation installment due under a Severance Plan, if later, shall forfeit the Benefits provided by this Article V, unless his Employment Termination Date occurs on or after his 65 th birthday or his death.
          (c) If the lump-sum Actuarial Equivalent of the Benefits provided to a Participant by this Article V (other than a Participant who is a Specified Employee) or to a Participant’s Beneficiary, determined using the interest rate for lump sums under the ERP, is equal to or less than $10,000 as of the Participant’s Employment Termination Date or, in the case of a Beneficiary, at the time the Benefit is payable to the Beneficiary under the Plan, such amount will be paid to the Participant or Beneficiary in a lump sum as soon as practicable thereafter, but, in the case of a Participant, in no event later than December 31 of the calendar year in which occurs the Participant’s Employment Termination Date or, if later, the date which is two and one-half months following the Participant’s Employment Termination Date.
          (d) In the event that, in accordance with Section 5.03(a)(ii), the payment of Benefits commences on a date that is later than the first day of the calendar month following the later of (A) the Participant’s Employment Termination Date and (B) as the case may be, the Participant’s attaining (1) age 62, if the Participant completed ten years of Continuous Service and is not due a benefit under the ERIP, or (2) age 65, then the Participant (or the Participant’s Beneficiary) shall be paid interest at the Stable Assets Fund Rate for the period commencing on such date and ending on the date on which the payment of Benefits commences in accordance with Section 5.03(a)(ii).
           SECTION 5.04 Payment of Benefits in Event of Change in Control . In lieu of the Benefits payable under Sections 5.01 through 5.03 of the Plan, in the event of a Change in Control that is also a “change in control event” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code, (i) each Participant or Beneficiary who is then receiving Benefits shall be paid immediately upon such Change in Control a lump-sum payment equal to the Actuarial Equivalent of such Benefits measured as of the date of such Change in Control; (ii) each other Participant who is not a member of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Senior Executive Supplemental Death, Disability & Retirement Benefits Plan shall be paid immediately upon such Change in Control a lump-sum payment equal to the Actuarial Equivalent of the Benefits to which that Participant is entitled under Sections 5.01 and 5.02 of the Plan as of the date of such Change in Control.
ARTICLE VI
CLAIMS PROCEDURE
           SECTION 6.01 Claims . In the event any person or his authorized representative (a “ Claimant ”) disputes the amount of, or his entitlement to, any benefits under the Plan or their

8


 

method of payment, such Claimant shall file a claim in writing with, and on the form prescribed by, the Plan Administrator for the benefits to which he believes he is entitled, setting forth the reason for his claim. The Claimant shall have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim and shall be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records or other information relevant to the claim. The Plan Administrator shall consider the claim and within 90 days of receipt of such claim, unless special circumstances exist which require an extension of the time needed to process such claim, the Plan Administrator shall inform the Claimant of its decision with respect to the claim. In the event of special circumstances, the response period can be extended for an additional 90 days, as long as the Claimant receives written notice advising of the special circumstances and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to make a determination (the “ Extension Notice” ) before the end of the initial 90-day response period indicating the reasons for the extension and the date by which a decision is expected to be made. If the Plan Administrator denies the claim, the Plan Administrator shall give to the Claimant (i) a written notice setting forth the specific reason or reasons for the denial of the claim, including references to the applicable provisions of the Plan, (ii) a description of any additional material or information necessary to perfect such claim along with an explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and (iii) appropriate information as to the Plan’s appeals procedures as set forth in Section 6.02 of the Plan.
           SECTION 6.02 Appeal of Denial . A Claimant whose claim is denied by the Plan Administrator and who wishes to appeal such denial must request a review of the Plan Administrator’s decision by filing a written request with the Appeal Reviewer for such review within 60 days after such claim is denied. Such written request for review shall contain all relevant comments, documents, records and additional information that the Claimant wishes the Appeal Reviewer to consider, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial review of the claim by the Plan Administrator. In connection with that review, the Claimant may examine, and receive free of charge, copies of pertinent Plan documents and submit such written comments as may be appropriate. Written notice of the decision on review shall be furnished to the Claimant within 60 days after receipt by the Appeal Reviewer of a request for review. In the event of special circumstances which require an extension of the time needed for processing, the response period can be extended for an additional 60 days, as long as the Claimant receives an Extension Notice. If the Appeal Reviewer denies the claim on review, notice of the Appeal Reviewer’s decision shall include (i) the specific reasons for the adverse determination, (ii) references to applicable Plan provisions, (iii) a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to the claim and (iv) a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring an action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following an adverse benefit determination on a review and a description of the applicable limitations period under the Plan. The Claimant shall be notified no later than five days after a decision is made with respect to the appeal.
           SECTION 6.03 Statute of Limitations . A Claimant wishing to seek judicial review of an adverse benefit determination under the Plan, whether in whole or in part, must file any suit or legal action, including, without limitation, a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA, within three years of the date the final decision on the adverse benefit determination on review is issued or should have been issued under Section 6.02 of the Plan or lose any rights to

9


 

bring such an action. If any such judicial proceeding is undertaken, the evidence presented shall be strictly limited to the evidence timely presented to the Plan Administrator. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, a Claimant must exhaust all administrative remedies available to such Claimant under the Plan before such Claimant may seek judicial review pursuant to Section 502(a) of ERISA.
ARTICLE VII
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN
           SECTION 7.01 Amendment and Termination . The Board or the Committee or any delegate thereof may cause the Plan to be amended at any time and from time to time, prospectively or retroactively, and the Board may terminate the Plan in its entirety at any time; provided , however , that no amendment to the Plan may be made by the Committee that materially increases benefits to Participants. In addition, the Board may terminate the Plan in its entirety at any time and, in connection with any such termination, may pay to each Participant or Beneficiary his Benefits under the Plan, subject to and in accordance with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix) (or any successor provision thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.01, subject to the provisions of Section 7.02 of the Plan, no amendment or termination shall reduce the Benefit or rights of any Participant except with the written consent of the Participant or other person then receiving such Benefit. In addition, after a Change in Control, the definition of “ Actuarial Equivalent ” in Section 2.02 may not be amended.
           SECTION 7.02 Section 409A . The Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and shall be interpreted and construed consistent with such intent. If, in the good faith judgment of the Committee, any provision of the Plan could otherwise cause any person to be subject to the interest and penalties imposed under Section 409A of the Code, such provision shall be modified by the Committee in its sole discretion to maintain, to the maximum extent practicable, the original intent of the applicable provision without causing the interest and penalties under Section 409A of the Code to apply, and, notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee shall have broad authority to amend or to modify the Plan, without advance notice to or consent by any person, to the extent necessary or desirable to ensure that no Benefits are subject to tax under Section 409A of the Code. Any determinations made by the Committee under this Section 7.02 shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons.
ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS
           SECTION 8.01 Unsecured General Creditor . The Plan is an unfunded deferred compensation plan for a select group of management or highly compensated employees within the meaning of ERISA, and shall be construed and administered accordingly. Participants and their Beneficiaries shall have no legal or equitable rights, interest or claims in any property or assets of the Employer. The assets of the Employer shall not be held under any trust for the benefit of Participants or their Beneficiaries or held in any way as collateral security for the fulfilling of the obligations of the Employer under the Plan. Any and all of the Employer’s assets shall be, and remain, the general, unpledged, unrestricted assets of the Employer. The

10


 

Employer’s obligation under the Plan shall be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise of the Employer to pay money in the future.
           SECTION 8.02 Nonassignability . Each Participant’s rights under the Plan shall be nontransferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and except insofar as applicable law may otherwise required. Subject to the foregoing, neither a Participant nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate or convey in advance of actual receipt the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, which are, and all rights to which are, expressly declared to be nonassignable and non-transferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, nor be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Participant’s or any other person’s bankruptcy or insolvency.
           SECTION 8.03 Conditions of Payment of Benefit . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the right of a Participant or his Beneficiary to receive the Benefit otherwise payable hereunder shall cease upon the discharge of the Participant from employment with the Employer for acts which constitute fraud, embezzlement, or dishonesty, and shall be determined by the Appeal Reviewer in his sole discretion.
           SECTION 8.04 Not a Contract of Employment . The terms and conditions of the Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment with the Participant, and the Participant (or his Beneficiary) shall have no rights against the Employer except as specifically provided herein. Moreover, nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to give a Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Employer or to interfere with the rights of the Employer to discipline or discharge him at any time.
           SECTION 8.05 Binding Effect . The Plan shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Participant or his Beneficiary, his heirs and legal representatives, and the Employer.
           SECTION 8.06 Withholding . To the extent required by the law in effect at the time payments are made, the Employer shall withhold from payments made hereunder any taxes or other amounts required to be withheld for any federal, state or local government and other authorized deductions.
           SECTION 8.07 Severability . In the event that any provision or portion of the Plan shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions and portions of the Plan shall be unaffected thereby and shall remain in full force and effect to the fullest extent permitted by law.
           SECTION 8.08 Effective Date . The Plan initially was effective as of December 1, 1989 (the “ Effective Date ”). This amendment and restatement is effective as of January 1, 2008.
           SECTION 8.09 Governing Law . The Plan shall be construed under the laws of the State of New York, to the extent not preempted by federal law.

11


 

           SECTION 8.10 Headings . The section headings used in this document are for ease of reference only and shall not be controlling with respect to the application and interpretation of the Plan.
           SECTION 8.11 Rules of Construction . Any words herein used in the masculine shall be read and construed in the feminine where they would so apply. Words in the singular shall be read and construed as though used in the plural in all cases where they would so apply. All references to sections are, unless otherwise indicated, to sections of the Plan.

12

 

Exhibit 10.16
THE McGRAW-HILL COMPANIES, INC.
401(k) SAVINGS AND PROFIT SHARING PLAN SUPPLEMENT
(Effective as of January 1, 2008, unless otherwise provided)
ARTICLE I
PURPOSE
          The principal purpose of the Plan is to provide selected employees of the Employer with retirement benefits which would have been provided as profit sharing and matching contributions under the SPSP (a) were it not for the limitations imposed by Sections 401(a)(17), 401(k) and 415 of the Code, and (b) if the Participant’s Earnings on which matching contributions are based had included amounts deferred under deferred compensation plans of an Employer and amounts paid under certain severance plans of the Company.
          Effective January 1, 2004, the Broadcasting EIP Supplement was merged into the McGraw-Hill SIP Supplement and the Broadcasting ERIP Supplement was merged into the McGraw-Hill ERAP Supplement, and, effective as of the Effective Date, the McGraw-Hill SIP Supplement, the McGraw-Hill ERAP Supplement, the S&P SIP Supplement and the S&P ERAP Supplement shall be merged into the Plan, and any benefits due to participants in the Broadcasting EIP Supplement, Broadcasting ERIP Supplement, McGraw-Hill SIP Supplement, McGraw-Hill ERAP Supplement, S&P SIP Supplement and S&P ERAP Supplement shall be paid from the Plan.
ARTICLE II
DEFINITIONS
          The following words and phrases as used herein shall have the following meanings:
           SECTION 2.01 Account ” means the Matching Contribution Account or Profit Sharing Account established for each Participant under the Plan.
           SECTION 2.02 Appeal Reviewer ” has the meaning set forth in the SPSP.
           SECTION 2.03 Benefit ” means the benefit payable to a Participant or his Designated Beneficiary under Article V of the Plan.
           SECTION 2.04 Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
           SECTION 2.05 Broadcasting EIP Supplement ” means The McGraw-Hill Broadcasting Company, Inc. Employees’ Investment Plan Supplement.
           SECTION 2.06 Broadcasting ERIP Supplement ” means The McGraw-Hill Broadcasting Company, Inc. Employee Retirement Income Plan Supplement.

 


 

           SECTION 2.07 Change in Control ” means the first to occur of any of the following events:
     (i) An acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (a “ Person ”) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 20% or more of either (1) the then outstanding shares of Common Stock (the “ Outstanding Common Stock ”) or (2) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “ Outstanding Voting Securities ”); excluding, however, the following: (1) any acquisition directly from the Company, other than an acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege unless the security being so converted was itself acquired directly from the Company; (2) any acquisition by the Company; (3) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any entity controlled by the Company; or (4) any acquisition pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (A), (B) and (C) of subsection (iii) of this Section 2.07; or
     (ii) A change in the composition of the Board such that the Directors who, as of the Effective Date, constitute the Board (such Board shall be hereinafter referred to as the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, for purposes of this Section 2.07, that any individual who becomes a Director subsequent to the Effective Date, whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of those Directors who were members of the Incumbent Board (or deemed to be such pursuant to this proviso) shall be considered as though such Director were a member of the Incumbent Board; but, provided, further, that any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened election contest (as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board shall not be so considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; or
     (iii) Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (“ Corporate Transaction ”); excluding, however, such a Corporate Transaction pursuant to which (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who are the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Common Stock and Outstanding Voting Securities immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock, and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either

2


 

directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction, of the Outstanding Common Stock and Outstanding Voting Securities, as the case may be, (B) no Person (other than the Company, any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction) will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction or the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Corporate Transaction, and (C) individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board will constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction; or
     (iv) The approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
           SECTION 2.08 Claimant ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01 of the Plan.
           SECTION 2.09 Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
           SECTION 2.10 Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.
           SECTION 2.11 Common Stock ” means the common stock, $1.00 par value per share, of the Company.
           SECTION 2.12 Company ” means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of New York, or any successor corporation.
           SECTION 2.13 Designated Beneficiary ” has the meaning set forth in the SPSP.
           SECTION 2.14 Director ” means an individual who is a member of the Board.
           SECTION 2.15 Earnings ” means all compensation paid by the Employer to a Participant for services rendered, including short-term incentive compensation. Earnings shall also include any reductions in compensation made pursuant to The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Flexible Spending Account Plan, SPSP, the Transportation Benefit Program and similar plans of the Company’s subsidiaries. For purposes of the Plan, “ Earnings ” excludes all other executive contingent compensation.
           SECTION 2.16 Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.08 of the Plan.
           SECTION 2.17 Election Effective Date ” means (i) for each taxable year, January 1 of such year, and (ii) for the taxable year in which the Participant commences employment with the Employer, the date that is 30 days following the commencement thereof.

3


 

           SECTION 2.18 Employer ” means the Company and its subsidiaries.
           SECTION 2.19 Employment Termination Date ” means the date of a Participant’s “separation from service” from the Company, as defined in Section409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code.
           SECTION 2.20 ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
           SECTION 2.21 Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
           SECTION 2.22 Extension Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01 of the Plan.
           SECTION 2.23 Key Executive Plan ” means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Key Executive Short-Term Incentive Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended from time to time, or successor programs thereto.
           SECTION 2.24 Matching Contribution Account ” means the matching contribution account established for each Participant under the Plan.
           SECTION 2.25 McGraw-Hill ERAP Supplement ” means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Employee Retirement Account Plan Supplement.
           SECTION 2.26 McGraw-Hill SIP Supplement ” means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Savings Incentive Plan Supplement.
           SECTION 2.27 Participant ” means each employee who participates in the Plan, as provided in Article IV of the Plan, and includes a Severance Plan Participant.
           SECTION 2.28 Plan ” means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. 401(k) Savings and Profit Sharing Plan Supplement, as amended from time to time.
           SECTION 2.29 Plan Administrator ” has the meaning set forth in the SPSP.
           SECTION 2.30 Profit Sharing Account ” means the profit sharing account established for each Participant under the Plan.
           SECTION 2.31 Severance Plan ” means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Management Severance Plan, The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Executive Severance Plan or The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Senior Executive Severance Plan, as amended from time to time, or successor programs thereto.
           SECTION 2.32 Severance Plan Earnings ” means the total amount of salary continuation payments paid to a Severance Plan Participant under a Severance Plan (excluding any amount paid in a lump sum in lieu of salary continuation).

4


 

           SECTION 2.33 Severance Plan Participant ” means a former employee of an Employer who is entitled to remain an active participant in certain Company-sponsored plans and programs under a Severance Plan (and who is not paid a single lump sum payment in lieu thereof).
           SECTION 2.34 SPSP ” means The 401(k) Savings and Profit Sharing Plan of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and Its Subsidiaries.
           SECTION 2.35 SPSP Stable Assets Fund ” has the meaning set forth in the SPSP.
           SECTION 2.36 S&P ERAP Supplement ” means the Standard & Poor’s Employee Retirement Account Plan Supplement.
           SECTION 2.37 S&P SIP Supplement ” means the Standard & Poor’s’ Savings Incentive Plan Supplement.
           SECTION 2.38 Tax-Deferred Contributions ” has the meaning set forth in the SPSP.
           SECTION 2.39 Vested Percentage ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.04(b) of the Plan.
ARTICLE III
ADMINISTRATION
           SECTION 3.01 Administration . The Plan shall be administered by the Plan Administrator, who shall have full authority to construe and interpret the Plan, to establish, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, and to take all such actions and make all such determinations in connection with the Plan as he may deem necessary or desirable. Subject to Article VI of the Plan, decisions of the Plan Administrator shall be reviewable by the Appeal Reviewer and the Committee. Subject to Article VI of the Plan, the Appeal Reviewer and the Committee shall also have the full authority to make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan and decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of the Plan, as may arise in connection with the Plan.
           SECTION 3.02 Binding Effect of Decisions . Subject to Article VI of the Plan, the decision or action of the Appeal Reviewer, Plan Administrator or Committee in respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Plan.
           SECTION 3.03 Indemnification . To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Appeal Reviewer, the Plan Administrator, the Committee and the Board (and each member thereof), and any employee of the Employer to whom fiduciary responsibilities have been delegated shall be indemnified by the Company against any claims, and the expenses of defending against such claims, resulting from any action or conduct relating to the administration of the Plan, except claims arising from gross negligence, willful neglect or willful misconduct.

5


 

ARTICLE IV
PARTICIPATION
           SECTION 4.01 Continuing Participants . Any individual who was a participant in the McGraw-Hill SIP Supplement, McGraw-Hill ERAP Supplement, S&P SIP Supplement or S&P ERAP Supplement immediately prior to the Effective Date shall be a Participant on such date, subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan. Each Participant’s Matching Contribution Account shall be credited with the amount earned under the McGraw-Hill SIP Supplement and the S&P SIP Supplement and each Participant’s Profit Sharing Account shall be credited with the amount earned under the McGraw-Hill ERAP Supplement and the S&P ERAP Supplement.
           SECTION 4.02 New Participants . Any employee of the Employer (other than a Participant described in Section 4.01 of the Plan) who is selected by the Plan Administrator to be eligible to participate in the Plan shall become a Participant as of the first day of the month coinciding with or next following his selection.
ARTICLE V
BENEFITS
           SECTION 5.01 Credits to Matching Contribution Account . (a) As of December 31 of the year beginning on or after the later of (i) January 1 of the year in which the Participant’s participation in the Plan commenced or (ii) January 1, 2008, there shall be credited to the Participant’s Matching Contribution Account an amount equal to 4 1 / 2 % of the Participant’s Earnings for such year in excess of the limitation on Earnings under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code (or any successor provision). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no credit shall be made to the Matching Contribution Account of a Participant for any year with respect to whom Tax-Deferred Contributions were not made in an amount equal to the limitation on elective deferrals for such year under Section 402(g) of the Code, unless such amount of Tax-Deferred Contributions would have been made on the Participant’s behalf in the absence of the limitations of Section 415 of the Code (or any successor provision thereto) or any provision of SPSP implementing such limitation. In addition, no credit shall be made to a Participant’s Matching Contribution Account with respect to (i) the year in which the Participant’s Employment Termination Date occurs, unless the Participant is eligible for early or normal retirement under the Company’s Employee Retirement Plan, is terminated by an Employer through no fault of his own or has any salary continuation installment due under a Severance Plan or (ii) the year after the year in which the Participant’s Employment Termination Date occurs for any reason or in which the Participant ceases to have any salary continuation installment due under a Severance Plan, if later.
          (b) As of December 31 of the year beginning on or after the later of (i) January 1 of the year in which the Participant’s participation in the Plan commenced or (ii) January 1, 2008, there shall be credited to the Participant’s Matching Contribution Account an amount equal to 4 1 / 2 % of (A) any short-term incentive compensation for such year deferred by the Participant under the Company’s Key Executive Plan, and (B) any salary earned for such year that is deferred by the Participant under any plan or arrangement of the Employer. Any salary or short-term incentive compensation that is deferred by a Participant shall be excluded from Earnings in the year paid to the Participant. No credit shall be made to a Participant’s Matching Contribution Account with respect to any year after the year in which the Participant’s Employment

6


 

Termination Date occurs or in which the Participant ceases to have any salary continuation installment due under a Severance Plan, if later.
          (c) There shall also be credited to the Participant’s Matching Contribution Account as of December 31 of each such year in which Tax-Deferred Contributions on behalf of the Participant are limited by Section 415 of the Code (or any successor provision thereto) or any provision of SPSP implementing such limitation, an amount equal to the difference between (i) the sum of (A) 200% of the first 3% of the Tax-Deferred Contributions and (B) 150% of the second 3% of the Tax-Deferred Contributions which would have been made on behalf of the Participant to SPSP for such year if Section 415 of the Code (or any successor provision thereto) or any such implementing provision were disregarded, and (ii) the Tax-Deferred Contributions made on behalf of the Participant to SPSP for such year. No credit shall be made to a Participant’s Matching Contribution Account with respect to (i) the year in which the
Participant’s Employment Termination Date occurs, unless the Participant is eligible for early or normal retirement under the Company’s Employee Retirement Plan, is terminated by an Employer through no fault of his own or has any salary continuation installment under a Severance Plan or (ii) the year after the year in which the Participant’s Employment Termination Date occurs for any reason or in which the Participant ceases to have any salary continuation installment due under a Severance Plan, if later.
          (d) An amount shall be credited to a Severance Plan Participant’s Matching Contribution Account equal to the amount of Employer Matching Contributions that would have been credited to such Participant’s Employer Contribution Account under SPSP had the Participant made Tax-Deferred Contributions under SPSP with respect to the Participant’s Severance Plan Earnings at the rate in effect for the period immediately prior to the Participant’s Employment Termination Date. This amount shall be credited to the Severance Plan Participant’s Matching Contribution Account at such time as it would have been credited under SPSP.
           SECTION 5.02 Credits to Profit Sharing Account . (a) As of December 31 of the year beginning on or after the later of (i) January 1 of the year in which the Participant’s participation in the Plan commenced or (ii) January 1, 2008, there shall be credited to the Participant’s Profit Sharing Account an amount equal to 5% of the sum of (A) the Participant’s Earnings for such year in excess of the maximum amount of compensation that may be taken into account under Section 5.2 of the SPSP as a result of the limitations of Section 401(a)(17) of the Code for such year and (B) any short-term incentive compensation for such year deferred by the Participant under the Company’s Key Executive Plan, and (C) any salary earned for such year which is deferred by the Participant under any plan or arrangement of the Employer. Any salary or short-term incentive compensation that is deferred by a Participant shall be excluded from Earnings in the year paid to the Participant. No credit with respect to clause (A) of the preceding sentence shall be made to a Participant’s Profit Sharing Account with respect to (i) the year in which the Participant’s Employment Termination Date occurs, unless the Participant is eligible for early or normal retirement under the Company’s Employee Retirement Plan, is terminated by an Employer through no fault of his own or has any salary continuation installment due under a Severance Plan, or (ii) the year after the year in which the Participant’s Employment Termination Date occurs for any reason or the Participant ceases to have any salary continuation installment

7


 

due under a Severance Plan, if later. No credit with respect to clause (B) of the first sentence of this Section shall be made to a Participant’s Profit Sharing Account with respect to any year after the year in which the Participant’s Employment Termination Date occurs or in which the Participant ceases to have any salary continuation installment due under a Severance Plan, if later.
          (b) An amount shall be credited to a Severance Plan Participant’s Profit Sharing Account equal to the amount that would have been credited to such Participant’s account under Section 5.2 of the SPSP had the Participant been eligible to have an employer contribution be made to the Participant’s account under Section 5.2 of the SPSP with respect to such Participant’s Severance Plan Earnings. This amount shall be credited to the Severance Plan Participant’s Profit Sharing Account at such time as it would have been credited under the SPSP.
           SECTION 5.03 Additional Credits to Accounts . (a) An additional amount shall be credited to the Participant’s Accounts as of December 31 of each year beginning on or after the later of (i) January 1 of the year following the year in which the initial credit is made to the Account or (ii) January 1, 2009.
          (b) With respect to Matching Contribution Accounts only, the additional credit shall equal the sum of (i) and (ii), where (i) is the product of (A) the balance of the Matching Contribution Account as of January l of such year, and (B) the annual rate of return of the SPSP Stable Assets Fund for the year; and (ii) is the amount of interest that would have been credited if 1/12 of the annual credit for the year under Section 5.01 of the Plan had instead been credited at the end of each calendar month in the year and each monthly credit earned interest for the remainder of the year at an annual effective rate of return equal to the SPSP Stable Assets Fund rate for the year.
          (c) With respect to Profit Sharing Accounts only, the additional amount shall be equal to the product of (i) the balance of the Profit Sharing Account as of January l of such year and (ii) the annual rate of return of the SPSP Stable Assets Funds for such year. No additional amount shall be credited to the Participant’s Profit Sharing Account for any period after December 31 of the year in which the Participant’s Employment Termination Date occurs or in which the Participant ceases to have any salary continuation installment due under a Severance Plan, if later.
           SECTION 5.04 Payment of Benefit . (a) The Benefit provided under the Plan shall consist of the balance of the Participant’s Accounts as of each applicable payment date under this Section 5.04. Subject to Section 5.05 of the Plan, and except as would violate the requirements of Sections 409A(a)(2), (a)(3) and (a)(4) of the Code, payment of the Benefit to a Participant shall be made in a lump sum, on July 1 of the calendar year following the Participant’s Employment Termination Date, and, in addition, in the case of a Severance Plan Participant, on July 1 of the subsequent calendar year. The Benefit provided under this Article shall be paid in accordance with the preceding sentence to the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary in the event of the death of the Participant, whether prior to or after commencement of benefits under SPSP, if such Designated Beneficiary is entitled to benefits under the provisions of SPSP.

8


 

          (b) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, with respect to Profit Sharing Accounts only, a Participant who does not have five years of Continuous Service under SPSP when he ceases to be an employee of the Employer or ceases to have any salary continuation installment due under a Severance Plan, if later, shall forfeit the balance credited to his Profit Sharing Account attributable to amounts earned under the McGraw-Hill ERAP Supplement and the S&P ERAP Supplement and shall be entitled only to the Vested Percentage of the remainder of his Profit Sharing Account attributable to credits credited to his Profit Sharing Account; provided that the, in each case, unless his Employment Termination Date occurs after his 65 th birthday or his death. A Participant’s “ Vested Percentage ” shall be determined as follows:
         
Years of Continuous Service   Vested Percentage
 
       
Less than 2
    0 %
2 but less than 3
    20 %
3 but less than 4
    40 %
4 but less than 5
    60 %
5 or more
    100 %
           SECTION 5.05 Payment of Benefits in Event of Change in Control . In lieu of the Benefits payable under Section 5.04 of the Plan, in the event of a Change in Control that is also a “change in control event” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code, each Participant who has not received payment of the Participant’s Benefit shall receive a lump sum payment immediately upon such Change in Control equal to the Benefit to which that Participant is entitled under Section 5.04 of the Plan.
ARTICLE VI
CLAIMS PROCEDURE
           SECTION 6.01 Claims . In the event any person or his authorized representative (a “ Claimant ”) disputes the amount of, or his entitlement to, any benefits under the Plan or their method of payment, such Claimant shall file a claim in writing with, and on the form prescribed by, the Plan Administrator for the benefits to which he believes he is entitled, setting forth the reason for his claim. The Claimant shall have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim and shall be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records or other information relevant to the claim. The Plan Administrator shall consider the claim and within 90 days of receipt of such claim, unless special circumstances exist which require an extension of the time needed to process such claim, the Plan Administrator shall inform the Claimant of its decision with respect to the claim. In the event of special circumstances, the response period can be extended for an additional 90 days, as long as the Claimant receives written notice advising of the special circumstances and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to make a determination (the “ Extension Notice ”) before the end of the initial 90-day response period indicating the reasons for the extension and the date by which a decision is expected to be made. If the Plan Administrator denies the claim, the Plan Administrator shall give to the Claimant (i) a

9


 

written notice setting forth the specific reason or reasons for the denial of the claim, including references to the applicable provisions of the Plan, (ii) a description of any additional material or information necessary to perfect such claim along with an explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and (iii) appropriate information as to the Plan’s appeals procedures as set forth in Section 6.02 of the Plan.
           SECTION 6.02 Appeal of Denial . A Claimant whose claim is denied by the Plan Administrator and who wishes to appeal such denial must request a review of the Plan Administrator’s decision by filing a written request with the Appeal Reviewer for such review within 60 days after such claim is denied. Such written request for review shall contain all relevant comments, documents, records and additional information that the Claimant wishes the Appeal Reviewer to consider, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial review of the claim by the Plan Administrator. In connection with that review, the Claimant may examine, and receive free of charge, copies of pertinent Plan documents and submit such written comments as may be appropriate. Written notice of the decision on review shall be furnished to the Claimant within 60 days after receipt by the Appeal Reviewer of a request for review. In the event of special circumstances which require an extension of the time needed for processing, the response period can be extended for an additional 60 days, as long as the Claimant receives an Extension Notice. If the Appeal Reviewer denies the claim on review, notice of the Appeal Reviewer’s decision shall include (i) the specific reasons for the adverse determination, (ii) references to applicable Plan provisions, (iii) a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to the claim and (iv) a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring an action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following an adverse benefit determination on a review and a description of the applicable limitations period under the Plan. The Claimant shall be notified no later than five days after a decision is made with respect to the appeal.
           SECTION 6.03 Statute of Limitations . A Claimant wishing to seek judicial review of an adverse benefit determination under the Plan, whether in whole or in part, must file any suit or legal action, including, without limitation, a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA, within three years of the date the final decision on the adverse benefit determination on review is issued or should have been issued under Section 6.02 of the Plan or lose any rights to bring such an action. If any such judicial proceeding is undertaken, the evidence presented shall be strictly limited to the evidence timely presented to the Plan Administrator. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, a Claimant must exhaust all administrative remedies available to such Claimant under the Plan before such Claimant may seek judicial review pursuant to Section 502(a) of ERISA.
ARTICLE VII
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN
           SECTION 7.01 Amendment and Termination . The Board or the Committee or any delegate thereof may cause the Plan to be amended at any time and from time to time, prospectively or retroactively; provided , however , that no amendment to the Plan may be made by the Committee that materially increases benefits to Participants. In addition, the Board may terminate the Plan in its entirety at any time and, in connection with any such termination, may

10


 

pay to each Participant or Designated Beneficiary his Benefits under the Plan, subject to and in accordance with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix) (or any successor provision thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.01, subject to the provisions of Section 7.02 of the Plan, no amendment or termination shall reduce the Benefit or rights of any Participant except with the written consent of the Participant or other person then receiving such Benefit.
           SECTION 7.02 Section 409A . The Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and shall be interpreted and construed consistent with such intent. If, in the good faith judgment of the Committee, any provision of the Plan could otherwise cause any person to be subject to the interest and penalties imposed under Section 409A of the Code, such provision shall be modified by the Committee in its sole discretion to maintain, to the maximum extent practicable, the original intent of the applicable provision without causing the interest and penalties under Section 409A of the Code to apply, and, notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee shall have broad authority to amend or to modify the Plan, without advance notice to or consent by any person, to the extent necessary or desirable to ensure that no benefit under the Plan is subject to tax under Section 409A of the Code. Any determinations made by the Committee under this Section 7.02 shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons.
ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS
           SECTION 8.01 Unsecured General Creditor . The Plan is an unfunded deferred compensation plan for a select group of management or highly compensated employees within the meaning of ERISA, and shall be construed and administered accordingly. Participants and their Beneficiaries shall have no legal or equitable rights, interest or claims in any property or assets of the Employer. The assets of the Employer shall not be held under any trust for the benefit of Participants or their Beneficiaries or held in any way as collateral security for the fulfilling of the obligations of the Employer under the Plan. Any and all of the Employer’s assets shall be, and remain, the general, unpledged, unrestricted assets of the Employer. The Employer’s obligation under the Plan shall be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise of the Employer to pay money in the future.
           SECTION 8.02 Nonassignability . Each Participant’s rights under the Plan shall be nontransferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and except insofar as applicable law may otherwise required. Subject to the foregoing, neither a Participant nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate or convey in advance of actual receipt the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, which are, and all rights to which are, expressly declared to be nonassignable and non-transferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, nor be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Participant’s or any other person’s bankruptcy or insolvency.
           SECTION 8.03 Conditions of Payment of Benefit . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the right of a Participant or his Designated Beneficiary to

11


 

receive the Benefit otherwise payable hereunder shall cease upon the discharge of the Participant from employment with the Employer for acts which constitute fraud, embezzlement, or dishonesty, and shall be determined by the Appeal Reviewer in his sole discretion.
           SECTION 8.04 Not a Contract of Employment . The terms and conditions of the Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment with the Participant, and the Participant (or his Designated Beneficiary) shall have no rights against the Employer except as specifically provided herein. Moreover, nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to give a Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Employer or to interfere with the rights of the Employer to discipline or discharge him at any time.
           SECTION 8.05 Binding Effect . The Plan shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Participant or his Designated Beneficiary, his heirs and legal representatives, and the Employer.
           SECTION 8.06 Withholding . To the extent required by the law in effect at the time payments are made, the Employer shall withhold from payments made hereunder any taxes or other amounts required to be withheld for any federal, state or local government and other authorized deductions.
           SECTION 8.07 Severability . In the event that any provision or portion of the Plan shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions and portions of the Plan shall be unaffected thereby and shall remain in full force and effect to the fullest extent permitted by law.
           SECTION 8.08 Effective Date . The Plan is effective as of January 1, 2008 (the “ Effective Date ”).
           SECTION 8.09 Governing Law . The Plan shall be construed under the laws of the State of New York, to the extent not preempted by federal law.
           SECTION 8.10 Headings . The section headings used in this document are for ease of reference only and shall not be controlling with respect to the application and interpretation of the Plan.
           SECTION 8.11 Rules of Construction . Any words herein used in the masculine shall be read and construed in the feminine where they would so apply. Words in the singular shall be read and construed as though used in the plural in all cases where they would so apply. All references to sections are, unless otherwise indicated, to sections of the Plan.

12

 

Exhibit 10.18
(THE MCGRAW HILL COMPANIES LOGO)
THE McGRAW-HILL COMPANIES, INC.
SENIOR EXECUTIVE SUPPLEMENTAL
DEATH, DISABILITY & RETIREMENT BENEFITS PLAN
(Amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008)

 


 

THE McGRAW-HILL COMPANIES, INC.
SENIOR EXECUTIVE SUPPLEMENTAL
DEATH, DISABILITY & RETIREMENT BENEFITS PLAN
(Amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008)
ARTICLE I
PURPOSE
          The Company desires to retain the services of and provide rewards and incentives to members of a select group of management employees who contribute to the success of the Company.
          In order to achieve this objective, the Company has adopted the Plan to provide disability or supplemental retirement benefits for certain management employees who become Members of such Plan and supplemental death benefits for the Beneficiaries of deceased Members.
ARTICLE II
DEFINITIONS
          The following words and phrases as used herein shall have the following meanings:
          SECTION 2.01 “ Actuarial Equivalent ” or “ Actuarially Determined ” means a benefit of equivalent value when computed on the basis of 7% interest compounded annually and the 1971 group mortality tables (determined separately by sex).
          SECTION 2.02 “ Attained Age ” or “ Attaining Age ” means the age of a Member as of his last birthday.
          SECTION 2.03 “ Basic Long-Term Disability Plan ” means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Long Term Disability Plan, as amended from time to time (or any successor plan).
          SECTION 2.04 “ Beneficiary ” means the person, persons or entity designated by the Member to receive any benefits payable under the Plan. Any Member’s Beneficiary designation shall be made in a written instrument filed with the Company and shall become effective only when received, accepted and acknowledged in writing by the Company.
          SECTION 2.05 “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
          SECTION 2.06 “ Cause ” means the Member’s misconduct in respect of the Member’s obligations to the Company or other acts of misconduct by the Member occurring during the course of the Member’s employment, which in either case results in or could reasonably be expected to result in material damage to the property, business or reputation of the

2


 

Company; provided that in no event shall unsatisfactory job performance alone be deemed to be “ Cause ”; and, provided , further , that no termination of employment that is carried out at the request of a person seeking to accomplish a Change in Control or otherwise in anticipation of a Change in Control shall be deemed to be for “ Cause .”
          SECTION 2.07 “ Change in Control ” means the first to occur of any of the following events:
     (i) An acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (a “ Person ”) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 20% or more of either (1) the then outstanding shares of Common Stock (the “ Outstanding Common Stock ”) or (2) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “ Outstanding Voting Securities ”); excluding , however , the following: (1) any acquisition directly from the Company, other than an acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege unless the security being so converted was itself acquired directly from the Company; (2) any acquisition by the Company; (3) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any entity controlled by the Company; or (4) any acquisition pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (A), (B) and (C) of subsection (iii) of this Section 2.07; or
     (ii) A change in the composition of the Board such that the Directors who, as of the Effective Date, constitute the Board (such Board shall be hereinafter referred to as the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided , however , for purposes of this Section 2.07, that any individual who becomes a Director subsequent to the Effective Date, whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of those Directors who were members of the Incumbent Board (or deemed to be such pursuant to this proviso) shall be considered as though such Director were a member of the Incumbent Board; but, provided further , that any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened election contest (as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board shall not be so considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; or
     (iii) Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (“ Corporate Transaction ”); excluding , however , such a Corporate Transaction pursuant to which (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who are the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Common Stock and Outstanding Voting Securities immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock, and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result

3


 

of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction, of the Outstanding Common Stock and Outstanding Voting Securities, as the case may be, (B) no Person (other than the Company, any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction) will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction or the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Corporate Transaction, and (C) individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board will constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction; or
     (iv) The approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
          SECTION 2.08 “ Claimant ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01 of the Plan.
          SECTION 2.09 “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
          SECTION 2.10 “ Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.
          SECTION 2.11 “ Common Stock ” means the common stock, $1.00 par value per share, of the Company.
          SECTION 2.12 “ Company ” means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of New York, or any successor corporation.
          SECTION 2.13 “ Death Benefit ” means any benefit paid to a Beneficiary upon the death of a Member as provided under the terms of the Plan.
          SECTION 2.14 “ Director ” means an individual who is a member of the Board.
          SECTION 2.15 “ Disability ” or “ Disabled ” means the Member (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months; or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Company.

4


 

          SECTION 2.16 “ Distribution Date ” means a Member’s Retirement Date or, if the Member is a Specified Employee as of his Employment Termination Date, the six-month anniversary of such date.
          SECTION 2.17 “ Early Retirement ” means a Member’s retirement during the period commencing on the first day of the month coincident with or immediately following the Member’s 50 th birthday and ending on the Member’s Normal Retirement Date.
          SECTION 2.18 “ Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.07 of the Plan.
          SECTION 2.19 “ Employment Termination Date ” means the date of a Member’s “separation from service” from the Company within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code.
          SECTION 2.20 “ ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
          SECTION 2.21 “ Excess Benefit Plan ” means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Employee Retirement Plan Supplement, Standard & Poor’s Employee Retirement Plan Supplement and any amendments or successor plans thereto.
          SECTION 2.22 “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
          SECTION 2.23 “ Extension Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01 of the Plan.
          SECTION 2.24 “ Final Monthly Earnings ” means:
     (i) For purposes of Article V and Article VIII, (1) the sum of (x) a Member’s highest rate of annual base salary in effect during the 36-month period immediately preceding retirement (other than pursuant to Section 5.02 of the Plan), termination without Cause pursuant to Section 5.03 of the Plan, or termination following a Change in Control as provided in Article VIII, and (y) the Member’s highest 100% target annual short-term incentive opportunity during that same 36-month period (2) divided by 12; or
     (ii) For purposes of Article VII, (1) the greater of (A) 1.5 times a Member’s annual base salary in effect immediately preceding the date of the Member’s Disability or (B) the sum of (x) the Member’s highest rate of annual base salary in effect during any portion of such 36-month period occurring prior to January 1, 2005, and during which the Member participated in the Plan, and (y) the Member’s highest 100% target annual short-term incentive opportunity during that same portion of such 36-month period (2) divided by 12.

5


 

          SECTION 2.25 “ Good Reason ” means voluntary termination based on any of the following: (1) reduction in the Member’s base salary, (2) reduction of the Member’s incentive compensation award opportunities, (3) transfer of the Member to a principal business location so as to increase the distance between the principal business location and such Member’s place of residence at the time of the Change in Control by more than 35 miles, (4) significant reduction in the Member’s responsibilities and status within the Company or a change in the Member’s title or office without prior written consent, (5) involuntary discontinuation of the Member’s participation in any life insurance, health and accident or disability plan maintained by the Company, (6) involuntary elimination of the Member’s paid vacation or (7) for any reason during the 30-day period following the first anniversary of a Change in Control.
          SECTION 2.26 “ Member ” means an employee who is part of a select group of management and has become a Member as provided in Article IV hereof.
          SECTION 2.27 “ Monthly Disability Income ” means a monthly income due a Disabled Member as provided in Article VII hereof.
          SECTION 2.28 “ Monthly Retirement Income ” means a monthly income due a Retired Member which shall commence as of his Distribution Date and continue for the period provided herein.
          SECTION 2.29 “ Named Fiduciary ” means the Executive Vice President, Human Resources of the Company.
          SECTION 2.30 “ Normal Retirement Date ” means the first day of the month coincident with or immediately following the Member’s 65 th birthday.
          SECTION 2.31. “ Plan ” means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Senior Executive Supplemental Death, Disability & Retirement Benefits Plan, as amended from time to time.
          SECTION 2.32 “ Primary Social Security ” means the estimated Primary Insurance Amount (payable monthly) available to a Member at age 62, or his Distribution Date, whichever is later, under the Social Security Act in effect at that time.
          SECTION 2.33 “ Qualified Plan ” means the Employee Retirement Plan of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and its Subsidiaries, the Retirement Plan for Employees of Standard & Poor’s Corporation and Participating Subsidiaries and any amendments or successor plans thereto.
          SECTION 2.34 “ Retired Member ” means any Member of the Plan who has qualified for retirement and has retired, and who is eligible to receive a Monthly Retirement Income by direction of the Committee. The term “ Retired Member ” shall also include any Member terminated without Cause and who is eligible to receive a Monthly Retirement Income pursuant to Section 5.03 of the Plan, and any Member for whom the Committee has approved a Monthly Retirement Income under Section 5.02 of the Plan.

6


 

          SECTION 2.35 “ Retirement Date ” means the first day of the month coincident with or immediately following the Member’s Employment Termination Date due to any of the following: (1) retirement pursuant to Sections 5.01 or 5.03 of the Plan, (2) termination without Cause or retirement if so approved by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.02 of the Plan, (3) termination without Cause pursuant to Section 5.03 of the Plan, or (4) termination for any reason described in Sections 8.02 or 8.03 of the Plan.
          SECTION 2.36 “ Specified Employee ” means a specified employee within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(b)(i) of the Code.
ARTICLE III
ADMINISTRATION
          SECTION 3.01 Administration . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, which shall have full authority to construe and interpret the Plan, to establish, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, and to take all such actions and make all such determinations in connection with the Plan as it may deem necessary or desirable.
          SECTION 3.02 Binding Effect of Decisions . Subject to Article IX, the decision or action of the Committee in respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Plan.
          SECTION 3.03 Indemnification . To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Committee and the Board (and each member thereof), and any employee of the Company and its affiliates to whom fiduciary responsibilities have been delegated under the Plan, shall be indemnified by the Company against any claims, and the expenses of defending against such claims, resulting from any action or conduct relating to the administration of the Plan, except claims arising from gross negligence, willful neglect or willful misconduct.
ARTICLE IV
MEMBERSHIP
          SECTION 4.01 Eligible Members . Eligibility for membership in the Plan shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, on an individual basis; provided that each individual who was a Member immediately prior to the effective date of this amendment and restatement shall continue to be a Member on such date, subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan.
          SECTION 4.02 Removal of Members . (a) The Committee shall also have the right to remove a Member from the Plan at any time in its sole discretion if the Member is no longer eligible to participate in the Plan under the terms of Section 4.04 of the Plan.

7


 

          (b) A Member whose benefits under the Plan have commenced to be paid shall not be removed from membership in the Plan and such benefits shall not be terminated thereafter for any reason.
          (c) If a Member whose benefits under the Plan have not commenced to be paid is removed from the Plan, all future benefits payable under the Plan to the Member or his Beneficiary shall cease.
          (d) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Article VIII shall be applicable to a Member who is removed from the Plan following the Change in Control.
          SECTION 4.03 Continuous Employment Requirement . Subject to Section 8.02 of the Plan, the payment of benefits to the Member or his Beneficiary under the Plan is conditioned upon the continuous employment of the Member by the Company (including periods of disability and authorized leaves of absence) from the date of the Member’s participation in the Plan until the Member’s Retirement Date, Disability or death, whichever first occurs.
          SECTION 4.04 Compensation Requirement . Employees who are selected to participate in the Plan shall be chosen from employees who are in Executive Compensation Band 1 and Executive Compensation Band 2.
ARTICLE V
MONTHLY RETIREMENT INCOME
          SECTION 5.01 Normal Retirement. (a) A Member who retires on his Normal Retirement Date shall be entitled to receive, commencing on the Member’s Distribution Date, a Monthly Retirement Income under the Plan as calculated by the Committee. The amount of a Member’s Monthly Retirement Income shall be 55% of Final Monthly Earnings reduced by the amounts set forth in Sections 5.01(b), 5.01(c), 5.01(d) and 5.01(e) of the Plan.
          (b) One hundred percent (100%) of his monthly Primary Social Security benefit as of the Member’s Retirement Date.
          (c) One hundred percent (100%) of the monthly income, received from the Qualified Plan and the Excess Benefit Plan as of the Member’s Retirement Date. Such amount shall be Actuarially Determined as of the Member’s Retirement Date as a life annuity payable in equal monthly installments, regardless of the actual form of payment.
          (d) One hundred percent (100%) of benefits received from the qualified pension plans of any previous employers. Such amounts shall be Actuarially Determined as of the Member’s Retirement Date as a life annuity payable in equal monthly installments, regardless of the actual form of payment.
          (e) The annuity value of the hypothetical account balance maintained in accordance with the Qualified Plan as of as of the Member’s Retirement Date. This amount shall be determined, in accordance with the rules of the Qualified Plan for this determination, as a life

8


 

annuity payable in equal monthly installments. This value will be determined so as to reflect the same reduction for early commencement as the Qualified Plan benefit in Section 5.01(c) of the Plan.
          SECTION 5.02 Early Retirement With Committee Approval . (a) A Member (i) between the ages of 50-54 who elects Early Retirement or whose employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause and who has ten years or more of continuous service with the Company, or (ii) who elects Early Retirement or whose employment is terminated without Cause subsequent to Attaining Age 55 and less than ten years of continuous service with the Company, may, with the written approval of the Committee, receive a Monthly Retirement Income, if any, in such amount and containing such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Committee. Further, a Member for whom the Committee has approved a Monthly Retirement Income under this Section 5.02 and who is between the ages of 50-54, shall begin to receive, upon the later of the Member’s Distribution Date and the first day of the month coincident with or immediately following Attaining Age 55, such Monthly Retirement Income as described in this Section 5.02.
          (b) If such Member dies, however, before Attaining Age 55 and the Member had elected a joint and survivor annuity option at the time of such Member’s retirement or termination of employment, then the deceased Member’s spouse, if such spouse is still surviving, shall receive reduced Monthly Retirement Income payments hereunder at the time when the deceased Member would have Attained Age 55.
          (c) If a Member is approved for a Monthly Retirement Income payment under this Section 5.02, the Member also may be entitled to receive a post-retirement Death Benefit in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.03 of the Plan, provided that at the time the Monthly Retirement Income payment is approved hereunder for the Member the Committee also approves the payment of the post-retirement Death Benefit for the Member.
          SECTION 5.03 Early Retirement After Age 55 . (a) A Member who has Attained Age 55, has ten years or more of continuous service with the Company and either elects Early Retirement or is terminated by the Company other than for Cause, shall receive, commencing on the Member’s Distribution Date, a Monthly Retirement Income equal to 55% of Final Monthly Earnings reduced by 4% for every year that the Member’s Attained Age on his Retirement Date is less than 65, as set forth in the following table:

9


 

             
            MONTHLY
            RETIREMENT
            INCOME AS A
ATTAINED AGE   BENEFIT FORMULA       PERCENT OF
AT RETIREMENT   AS A % OF FINAL   REDUCTION   FINAL MONTHLY
DATE   MONTHLY EARNINGS   FACTOR   EARNINGS
55       55%   40%       33.0%
56   55   36   35.2
57   55   32   37.4
58   55   28   39.6
59   55   24   41.8
60   55   20   44.0
61   55   16   46.2
62   55   12   48.4
63   55   8   50.6
64   55   4   52.8
          A Member’s Monthly Retirement Income shall be further reduced by the amounts set forth in Sections 5.03(b), 5.03(c), 5.03(d) and 5.03(e) of the Plan.
          (b) One hundred percent (100%) of his Primary Social Security benefit as of the Member’s Retirement Date. A Member who retires prior to Attaining Age 62 shall have his benefits reduced by his Primary Social Security payable at age 62 regardless of whether it is received.
          (c) One hundred percent (100%) of the monthly income, calculated in the form of a straight life annuity, that he receives from the Qualified Plan and the Excess Benefit Plan as of the Member’s Retirement Date. Such amount shall be Actuarially Determined as of the Member’s Retirement Date as a life annuity payable in equal monthly installments, regardless of the actual form of payment.
          (d) One hundred percent (100%) of benefits received from the qualified pension plans of any previous employers. Such amounts shall be Actuarially Determined as of the Member’s Retirement Date as a life annuity payable in equal monthly installments, regardless of the actual form of payment.
          (e) The annuity value of the hypothetical account balance maintained in accordance with the Qualified Plan as of the Member’s Retirement Date. This amount shall be determined, in accordance with the rules of the Qualified Plan for this determination, as a life annuity payable in equal monthly installments. This value will be determined so as to reflect the same reduction for early commencement as the Qualified Plan benefit in Section 5.03(c) of the Plan.
          SECTION 5.04 Minimum Service Requirement . A Member who has less than ten years of continuous service with the Company and who elects Early Retirement without the

10


 

written consent of the Committee shall not be entitled to receive a Monthly Retirement Income under the terms of the Plan.
          SECTION 5.05 Retirement After Age 65 . If a Member remains in the employ of the Company subsequent to his Normal Retirement Date, no Monthly Retirement Income shall be paid until the Member’s Distribution Date. At that time he shall be entitled to receive a Monthly Retirement Income calculated as though he had retired on his Normal Retirement Date.
          SECTION 5.06 Form of Payment . The basic form of Monthly Retirement Income (to which the formula indicated in Section 5.01 of the Plan applies) shall be a monthly income commencing on the Member’s Distribution Date and continuing for his life. Alternatively, the Member shall be entitled to receive any Actuarially Equivalent life annuity that is permitted under the Qualified Plan, subject to the requirements of Section 409A(a)(4)(C) of the Code. The Member’s Monthly Retirement Income shall in all circumstances be calculated as of the Member’s Retirement Date, as if such benefits commenced on such date. If the Member is a Specified Employee as of his Employment Termination Date, then the payments that otherwise would have been paid to the Member prior to his Distribution Date shall be paid to the Member in a lump sum on such date. Interest at the rate used to determine Actuarially Equivalent benefits under the Plan shall be credited on such payments for the period, if any, commencing on the Member’s Normal Retirement Date (or, if later the Member’s Retirement Date), and ending on the Member’s Distribution Date.
ARTICLE VI
DEATH BENEFITS
          SECTION 6.01. In the event of the death of a Member or a Disabled Member prior to his Retirement Date, in lieu of a Monthly Retirement Income or Monthly Disability Benefit, the Member’s Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive a lump-sum Death Benefit within 60 days following the Member’s date of death. Such pre-retirement Death Benefit shall be equal to 400% of the Member’s annual base salary in effect at the time of his death.
          SECTION 6.02. In the event of the death of a Retired Member subsequent to Attaining Age 55, the Member’s Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive a lump-sum Death Benefit in an amount equal to 100% of the Member’s annual base salary in effect at the Member’s Retirement Date. This Death Benefit is in addition to any Monthly Retirement Income benefits that may be payable to a Member’s Beneficiary.
          SECTION 6.03. In the event of the death of a Member who has been approved for a Monthly Retirement Income payment and for a Death Benefit under Section 5.02 of the Plan, the Member’s Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive a lump-sum Death Benefit in an amount equal to 100% of the Member’s annual base salary in effect at the time of the Member’s retirement or termination of employment.

11


 

ARTICLE VII
DISABILITY BENEFITS
          SECTION 7.01. (a) If a Member is determined to be Disabled prior to his Normal Retirement Date, the Disabled Member shall be entitled to receive a Monthly Disability Income equal to 50% of the Member’s Final Monthly Earnings reduced by Sections 7.01(b), 7.01(c) and 7.01(d) of the Plan. Such income benefit shall be payable to the Member until Attaining Age 65 or death, whichever first occurs.
          (b) One hundred percent (100%) of his monthly benefit received from the Basic Long-Term Disability Plan, payments from Social Security, Workers’ Compensation and/or other federal, state or employer group insurance plans.
          (c) One hundred percent (100%) of his monthly income paid from the Qualified Plan. Such amount shall be Actuarially Determined as a life annuity payable in equal monthly installments, regardless of the actual form of payment.
          (d) One hundred percent (100%) of benefits received from the qualified pension plans of any previous employers. Such amounts shall be Actuarially Determined as a life annuity payable in equal monthly installments, regardless of the actual form of payment.
          SECTION 7.02. Upon Attaining Age 65, the Disabled Member shall be entitled to receive a Monthly Retirement Income under Section 5.01 of the Plan.
ARTICLE VIII
SPECIAL RULES IN THE EVENT OF A CHANGE IN CONTROL
          SECTION 8.01. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any other section of the Plan, in the event of a Change in Control, neither the Company nor the Board or the Committee shall thereafter terminate, modify or amend, in whole or in part, any or all of the provisions of the Plan.
          SECTION 8.02. (a) If the employment of a Member is terminated voluntarily for Good Reason within 24 months after a Change in Control that is a “change in control event” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code or is involuntarily terminated (except for Cause) at any time after such a Change in Control, said Member shall receive on the Member’s Distribution Date a lump-sum distribution computed as of such date of the Actuarial Equivalent of the monthly benefit he would have received under the Plan as if (1) he had continued as an employee of the Company until the later of Attaining Age 50 or his Retirement Date, and he had then elected to receive payments under the Plan; (2) he had at least 10 years of continuous service with the Company as of the date of the Change in Control; and (3) he was granted written consent for Early Retirement under the Plan by the Committee. The lump-sum Actuarial Equivalent of the monthly benefit he would have received shall be determined by assuming that he had continued in the employment of the Company until the later of Attaining Age 50 or his Retirement Date, and if under age 50 by assuming that he received the Final Monthly Earnings that he was receiving on his Employment Termination Date until Attaining

12


 

Age 50. The amount shall be determined by computing the amounts set forth in Sections 8.02(b) through 8.02(f) of the Plan, and then subtracting the sum of the amounts in Sections 8.02(c), 8.02(d), 8.02(e), and 8.02(f) of the Plan from the amount in Section 8.02(b) of the Plan.
          (b) The lump-sum Actuarial Equivalent computed as of the Member’s Distribution Date of a benefit payable monthly for life in the amount of a percentage, as specified in the schedule below, of the Member’s Final Monthly Earnings that he was receiving on his Employment Termination Date, assuming payments commence on the later of the Member’s Distribution Date or his 55 th birthday.
     
    BENEFIT AMOUNT
ATTAINED AGE AT   AS A % OF FINAL
RETIREMENT DATE   MONTHLY EARNINGS
Age 60 and below       44.0%
61   46.2
62   48.4
63   50.6
64   52.8
65   55.0
          In addition, a Member shall receive on his Distribution Date a lump-sum distribution of the Actuarial Equivalent of the post-retirement lump-sum Death Benefit described in Sections 6.02 and 6.03 of the Plan, with the Actuarial Equivalent computed as of the Member’s Distribution Date, and for a Member under age 50, assuming that the Death Benefit would be payable only if death occurred after Attaining Age 50.
          The payments pursuant to this Section 8.02 shall be in lieu of payments to be made pursuant to Articles V and VI hereof.
          (c) The lump-sum Actuarial Equivalent computed as of the Member’s Distribution Date of 100% of the monthly Primary Social Security benefit. If, as of his Employment Termination Date, the Member has not Attained Age 50, then the monthly Primary Social Security benefit will be calculated by assuming that he had continued in the employment of the Company until Attaining Age 50 and by assuming that he received the same Final Monthly Earnings until that date. For all Members, the Primary Social Security benefit will be computed assuming he received no earnings after the later of Attaining Age 50 or his Employment Termination Date until Attaining Age 62.
          (d) The lump-sum Actuarial Equivalent computed as of the Member’s Distribution Date of 100% of his monthly income calculated in the form of a straight life annuity under the Qualified Plan, commencing as of the earliest date (but not before the Member’s Distribution Date) that the Member would be eligible to begin to receive monthly benefits from the Qualified Plan. If as of his Employment Termination Date the Member has not Attained Age 50 then the benefit to be received from the Qualified Plan will be calculated by assuming he had continued in the employment of the Company until Attaining Age 50, and by assuming that he received the same Final Monthly Earnings that he was receiving as of his Employment

13


 

Termination Date until Attaining Age 50, and assuming that he had continued to accrue a benefit under the Qualified Plan until Attaining Age 50. The benefit from the Qualified Plan payable as of the earliest date that the Member could elect to receive a benefit under the Qualified Plan (or the Member’s Distribution Date, if later) shall be reduced for early commencement (if any) according to the provisions of the Qualified Plan in effect as of the date of the Change in Control.
          (e) The balance of the hypothetical account maintained in accordance with the Qualified Plan, reflecting hypothetical Member and Company contributions, and the assumed investment return, accumulated to the later of the Member’s Distribution Date or Attaining Age 50.
          (f) The lump-sum Actuarial Equivalent of the benefits, if any, the Member is eligible to receive from qualified plans of any previous employers, determined as of the Member’s Distribution Date assumed to be payable as of the earliest date that the Member could elect to have the benefit payable, or his age as of the Member’s Distribution Date, if later.
          SECTION 8.03. Except as set forth in Section 8.02 of the Plan, if the employment of a Member is terminated voluntarily for any reason at any time after a Change in Control that is a “change in control event” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code has occurred, said Member shall receive on his Distribution Date a lump-sum distribution computed as of the Member’s Retirement Date of the Actuarial Equivalent of the monthly benefit he is entitled to receive under the Plan pursuant to Article V and adjusted for interest payable in accordance with the last sentence of Section 5.06 of the Plan. In addition, said Member shall receive on his Distribution Date a lump-sum distribution of the Actuarial Equivalent of the post-retirement lump-sum Death Benefit described in Sections 6.02 and 6.03 of the Plan, computed as described in the second paragraph of Section 8.02(b) of the Plan.
          SECTION 8.04. In the event of a Change in Control, the Committee shall elect either to:
     (i) if such Change in Control is a “change in control event” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code, provide each Retired Member with a lump-sum distribution of the Actuarial Equivalent of his Monthly Retirement Income and, in addition, provide each Retired Member with a lump-sum distribution of the Actuarial Equivalent of the post-retirement lump-sum Death Benefit described in Sections 6.02 and 6.03 of the Plan, in each case computed as of the date of such distribution and subject to and in accordance with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix) (or any successor provision); or
     (ii) provide sufficient funds to the existing “rabbi trust” for which The Bank of New York has been designated as trustee (or to any successor trustee), or in lieu of The Bank of New York, as trustee, to any similar legal entity selected by the Committee, to protect the Monthly Retirement Income and the post-retirement lump-sum Death Benefits which shall be payable to each Retired Member pursuant to Articles V and VI hereof.

14


 

          In the event the Committee does not elect to comply with (i) or (ii) above within 30 days after a Change in Control has occurred, or such Change in Control is not a “change in control event” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code, it shall be deemed as if the Committee had elected to comply with (ii) above, and the funds referred to in (ii) shall be provided to such trust within 15 days thereafter. Any payments pursuant to Section 8.04(i) of the Plan shall be in lieu of any further benefits under the Plan.
          SECTION 8.05. The provisions of this Article VIII shall supersede and take precedence over the provisions of any of the other sections of the Plan.
          SECTION 8.06. The reasonable legal fees incurred by any Member (or former Member who was a Member when the Change in Control occurred) or Retired Member to enforce his valid rights under this Article VIII shall be paid for by the Company to the Member or Retired Member in addition to sums otherwise due under the Plan, whether or not the Member or Retired Member is successful in enforcing his rights or whether or not the matter is settled; provided that such payment shall be made not later than the end of the taxable year in which such legal fees are incurred; provided , further , that no such payment shall be made after the last day of the sixth year following the Member or Retired Member’s Employment Termination Date.
ARTICLE IX
CLAIMS PROCEDURE
          SECTION 9.01 Claims . In the event any person or his authorized representative (a “ Claimant ”) disputes the amount of, or his entitlement to, any benefits under the Plan or their method of payment, such Claimant shall file a claim in writing with, and on the form prescribed by, the Named Fiduciary for the benefits to which he believes he is entitled, setting forth the reason for his claim. The Claimant shall have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim and shall be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records or other information relevant to the claim. The Named Fiduciary shall consider the claim and within 90 days of receipt of such claim, unless special circumstances exist which require an extension of the time needed to process such claim, the Named Fiduciary shall inform the Claimant of its decision with respect to the claim. In the event of special circumstances, the response period can be extended for an additional 90 days, as long as the Claimant receives written notice advising of the special circumstances and the date by which the Named Fiduciary expects to make a determination (the “ Extension Notice ”) before the end of the initial 90-day response period indicating the reasons for the extension and the date by which a decision is expected to be made. If the Named Fiduciary denies the claim, the Named Fiduciary shall give to the Claimant (i) a written notice setting forth the specific reason or reasons for the denial of the claim, including references to the applicable provisions of the Plan, (ii) a description of any additional material or information necessary to perfect such claim along with an explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and (iii) appropriate information as to the Plan’s appeals procedures as set forth in Section 9.02 of the Plan.
          SECTION 9.02 Appeal of Denial . A Claimant whose claim is denied by the Named Fiduciary and who wishes to appeal such denial must request a review of the Named

15


 

Fiduciary’s decision by filing a written request with the Committee for such review within 60 days after such claim is denied. Such written request for review shall contain all relevant comments, documents, records and additional information that the Claimant wishes the Committee to consider, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial review of the claim by the Named Fiduciary. In connection with that review, the Claimant may examine, and receive free of charge, copies of pertinent Plan documents and submit such written comments as may be appropriate. Written notice of the decision on review shall be furnished to the Claimant within 60 days after receipt by the Committee of a request for review. In the event of special circumstances which require an extension of the time needed for processing, the response period can be extended for an additional 60 days, as long as the Claimant receives an Extension Notice. If the Committee denies the claim on review, notice of the Committee’s decision shall include (i) the specific reasons for the adverse determination, (ii) references to applicable Plan provisions, (iii) a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to the claim and (iv) a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring an action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following an adverse benefit determination on a review and a description of the applicable limitations period under the Plan. The Claimant shall be notified no later than five days after a decision is made with respect to the appeal.
          SECTION 9.03 Statute of Limitations . A Claimant wishing to seek judicial review of an adverse benefit determination under the Plan, whether in whole or in part, must file any suit or legal action, including, without limitation, a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA, within three years of the date the final decision on the adverse benefit determination on review is issued or should have been issued under Section 9.02 of the Plan or lose any rights to bring such an action. If any such judicial proceeding is undertaken, the evidence presented shall be strictly limited to the evidence timely presented to the Named Fiduciary. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, a Claimant must exhaust all administrative remedies available to such Claimant under the Plan before such Claimant may seek judicial review pursuant to Section 502(a) of ERISA.
ARTICLE X
BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
          SECTION 10.01 Beneficiary Designation . Each Member shall have the right, at any time, to designate any person, persons, entity or entities as his Beneficiary or Beneficiaries (both primary as well as contingent) to whom payment under the Plan shall be paid in the event of his death prior to complete distribution to the Member of the benefits due him under the Plan.
          SECTION 10.02 Amendments . Any Beneficiary designation may be changed by a Member by the written filing of such change on a form prescribed by the Company and shall become effective only when received, accepted and acknowledged in writing by the Company. The new Beneficiary designation form shall cancel all Beneficiary designations previously filed.

16


 

          SECTION 10.03 No Beneficiary Designation . If a Member fails to designate a Beneficiary as provided above, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Member, then any amounts to be paid to the Member’s Beneficiary shall be paid to the Member’s estate.
          SECTION 10.04 Effect of Payment . The payment under this Article X of amounts due to a Member under the Plan shall completely discharge the Company’s obligations in respect of the Member under the Plan.
ARTICLE XI
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN
          SECTION 11.01 Amendment . Subject to Section 8.01 and 11.02 of the Plan, the Company reserves the right at any time and from time to time, by action of the Committee or the Board to terminate, modify or amend, in whole or in part, any or all of the provisions of the Plan, including specifically the right to make any such amendments effective retroactively; provided that no such action shall reduce the benefits or rights of any Disabled or Retired Member or his Beneficiary. In addition, the Company may amend or modify any provision of the Plan as to any particular Member by agreement with such Member, provided that such agreement is in writing, is executed by both the Company and the Member, and is filed with the Plan records. The provisions of any amendment or modification made by agreement between a Member and the Company shall apply only to the Member so agreeing and no other.
          SECTION 11.02 Section 409A . The Plan is intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code with respect to amounts subject thereto and shall be interpreted and construed in accordance with such intent. If, in the good faith judgment of the Committee, any provision of the Plan could otherwise cause any person to be subject to the interest and penalties imposed under Section 409A of the Code, such provision shall be modified by the Committee in its sole discretion to maintain, to the maximum extent practicable, the original intent of the applicable provision without violating the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, and, notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee shall have broad authority to amend or to modify the Plan, without advance notice to or consent by any person, to the extent necessary or desirable to ensure that no benefits under the Plan are subject to tax under Section 409A of the Code. Any determinations made by the Committee under this Section 11.02 shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons.
ARTICLE XII
MISCELLANEOUS
          SECTION 12.01 Unsecured General Creditor . The Plan is an unfunded deferred compensation plan for a select group of management or highly compensated employees within the meaning of ERISA, and shall be construed and administered accordingly. Members and their Beneficiaries shall have no legal or equitable rights, interest or claims in any property or assets of the Company. The assets of the Company shall not be held under any trust for the benefit of Members or their Beneficiaries or held in any way as collateral security for the fulfilling of the obligations of the Company under the Plan. Any and all of the Company’s assets shall be, and remain, the general, unpledged, unrestricted assets of the Company. The

17


 

Company’s obligation under the Plan shall be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise of the Company to pay money in the future.
          SECTION 12.02 Nonassignability . Each Member’s right under the Plan shall be nontransferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and except insofar as applicable law may otherwise require. Subject to the foregoing, neither a Member nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate or convey in advance of actual receipt the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, which are, and all rights to which are, expressly declared to be nonassignable and non-transferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by a Member or any other person, nor be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Member’s or any other person’s bankruptcy or insolvency.
          SECTION 12.03 Not a Contract of Employment . The terms and conditions of the Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment with the Member, and the Member (or his Beneficiary) shall have no rights against the Company except as specifically provided herein. Moreover, nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to give a Member the right to be retained in the service of the Company or to interfere with the rights of the Company to discipline or discharge him at any time. A Retired Member shall not be considered an employee for any purposes under the law.
          SECTION 12.04 Binding Effect . The Plan shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Member or his Beneficiary, his heirs and legal representatives, and the Company.
          SECTION 12.05 Withholding . To the extent required by the law in effect at the time payments are made, the Company shall withhold from payments made hereunder any taxes or other amounts required to be withheld for any federal, state or local government and other authorized deductions.
          SECTION 12.06 Severability . In the event that any provision or portion of the Plan shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions and portions of the Plan shall be unaffected thereby and shall remain in full force and effect to the fullest extent permitted by law.
          SECTION 12.07 Effective Date . The Plan was initially effective as of January 1, 1986 (the “ Effective Date ”). This amendment and restatement is effective as of January 1, 2008.
          SECTION 12.08 Governing Law . The Plan shall be construed under the laws of the State of New York, to the extent not preempted by federal law.
          SECTION 12.09 Headings . The section headings used in this document are for ease of reference only and shall not be controlling with respect to the application and interpretation of the Plan.

18


 

          SECTION 12.10 Rules of Construction . Any words herein used in the masculine shall be read and construed in the feminine where they would so apply. Words in the singular shall be read and construed as though used in the plural in all cases where they would so apply. All references to sections are, unless otherwise indicated, to sections of the Plan.

19

 

Exhibit 10.22
(THE MCGRAW-HILL COMPANIES)
THE McGRAW-HILL COMPANIES, INC.
DIRECTOR DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
(Amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008)

 


 

THE McGRAW-HILL COMPANIES, INC.
DIRECTOR DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
(Amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008)
ARTICLE I
PURPOSE
          The purpose of the Plan is to provide funds for retirement or death for Directors (and their beneficiaries) of the Company. It is intended that the Plan will aid in retaining and attracting Directors by providing a means to supplement their standard of living at retirement. The Plan is intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.
ARTICLE II
DEFINITIONS
          The following words and phrases as used herein shall have the following meanings:
           SECTION 2.01 AFR ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.02(c) of the Plan.
           SECTION 2.02 Alternate Annual Rate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.03(b) of the Plan.
           SECTION 2.03 Alternate Rate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.03(a) of the Plan.
           SECTION 2.04 Beneficiary ” means the person, persons or entity designated by the Participant to receive any benefits payable under the Plan. Any Participant’s Beneficiary designation shall be made in a written instrument filed with the Company and shall become effective only when received, accepted and acknowledged in writing by the Company.
           SECTION 2.05 Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
           SECTION 2.06 Board Meeting Fees ” means the cash compensation paid to a Director for attendance at meetings of the Board and Committees thereof, including without limitation, Board meeting fees, committee meeting fees and fees for serving as chairman of a committee.
           SECTION 2.07 Change in Control ” means the first to occur of any of the following events:
     (i) An acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (a “ Person ”) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 20% or more of either (1) the then outstanding shares of Common Stock (the “ Outstanding Common

2


 

Stock ”) or (2) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “ Outstanding Voting Securities ”); excluding , however , the following: (1) any acquisition directly from the Company, other than an acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege unless the security being so converted was itself acquired directly from the Company; (2) any acquisition by the Company; (3) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any entity controlled by the Company; or (4) any acquisition pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (A), (B) and (C) of subsection (iii) of this Section 2.07; or
     (ii) A change in the composition of the Board such that the Directors who, as of the effective date of the Plan, constitute the Board (such Board shall be hereinafter referred to as the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided , however , for purposes of this Section 2.07, that any individual who becomes a Director subsequent to the effective date of the Plan, whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of those Directors who were members of the Incumbent Board (or deemed to be such pursuant to this proviso) shall be considered as though such Director were a member of the Incumbent Board; but, provided , further , that any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened election contest (as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board shall not be so considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; or
     (iii) Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (“ Corporate Transaction ”); excluding, however, such a Corporate Transaction pursuant to which (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who are the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Common Stock and Outstanding Voting Securities immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock, and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction, of the Outstanding Common Stock and Outstanding Voting Securities, as the case may be, (B) no Person (other than the Company, any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction) will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction or the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Corporate Transaction, and (C) individuals who were

3


 

members of the Incumbent Board will constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction; or
     (iv) The approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
           SECTION 2.08 Claimant ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01 of the Plan.
           SECTION 2.09 Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
           SECTION 2.10 Committee ” means the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board.
           SECTION 2.11 Common Stock ” means the common stock, $1.00 par value per share, of the Company.
           SECTION 2.12 Company ” means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of New York, or any successor corporation.
           SECTION 2.13 Deferral Benefit ” means the benefit as calculated in Article VI payable to a Participant commencing at his death, Disability or Projected Retirement Date.
           SECTION 2.14 Deferral Election Agreement ” means a deferral agreement, on such form as may be prescribed by the Committee, executed and filed by a Participant prior to the beginning of the first period for which the Participant’s Director Compensation is to be deferred pursuant to the Plan. A new Deferral Election Agreement shall be executed and filed by a Participant for each Director Compensation deferral election.
           SECTION 2.15 Deferral Benefit Account ” means a bookkeeping account maintained by the Company for a Participant representing the Participant’s interest in the Director Compensation credited to such account pursuant to Sections 6.01 and 6.02 of the Plan.
           SECTION 2.16 Determination Date ” means the date on which the amount of a Participant’s Deferral Benefit Account is determined as provided in Sections 6.01 and 6.02 of the Plan. The last day of each calendar month shall be a Determination Date.
           SECTION 2.17 Director ” means an individual who is a member of the Board.
           SECTION 2.18 Director Compensation ” means Retainer and Board Meeting Fees paid by the Company to a Director.
           SECTION 2.19 Disability ” means a Participant”s becoming disabled within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(C) of the Code.

4


 

           SECTION 2.20 Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
           SECTION 2.21 Extension Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01 of the Plan.
           SECTION 2.22 (a) “ Moody’s Bond Index ” means the average annual composite yield on Moody’s Seasoned Corporate Bond Yield Index for the preceding five years as determined from Moody’s Bond Record published by Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. (or any successor thereto), or, if such yield is no longer published, a substantially similar average selected by the Committee. For example:
                 
    ANNUAL   1985 MOODY’S
YEAR   AVERAGE   BOND INDEX
1984
    13.49 %        
1983
    12.78 %        
1982
    14.94 %        
1981
    15.06 %        
1980
    12.75 %        
 
               
 
    69.02% ÷ 5 =       13.80 %
          (b) “ Average Annual Moody’s Rate ” means the average annual composite yield on Moody’s Seasoned Corporate Bond Yield Index for the preceding year as determined from Moody’s Bond Record published by Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. (or any successor thereto), or, if such yield is no longer published, a substantially similar average selected by the Committee.
           SECTION 2.23 Participant ” means each individual who participates in the Plan, as provided in Section 4.01 of the Plan.
           SECTION 2.24 Plan ” means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Director Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended from time to time.
           SECTION 2.25 Plan Administrator ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01 of the Plan.
           SECTION 2.26 Plan Year ” means the calendar year; provided that the last Plan Year with respect to a Director who ceases to be a Participant during a calendar year, shall begin on the first day of such calendar year and end on the day such Director ceases to be a Participant.
           SECTION 2.27 Projected Retirement Date ” means April 1 immediately following the Participant attaining age 70, or, if permitted by the Committee at the time a Deferral Election Agreement is filed by a Participant, some other date as specified in the Participant’s Deferral Election Agreement.

5


 

           SECTION 2.28 Retainer ” means the cash portion of the amount paid to a Director as compensation for his services in that capacity, including, without limitation, fees for serving as a committee members and fees for serving as chairman of a committee.
ARTICLE III
ADMINISTRATION
           SECTION 3.01 Administration . The Plan shall be administered by the Executive Vice President, Human Resources of the Company (the “ Plan Administrator ”), who shall have full authority to construe and interpret the Plan, to establish, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, and to take all such actions and make all such determinations in connection with the Plan as he may deem necessary or desirable. Subject to Article IX of the Plan, decisions of the Plan Administrator shall be reviewable by the Committee. Subject to Article IX of the Plan, the Committee shall also have the full authority to make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan and decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of the Plan, as may arise in connection with the Plan.
           SECTION 3.02 Binding Effect of Decisions . Subject to Article IX of the Plan, the decision or action of the Plan Administrator or Committee in respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Plan.
           SECTION 3.03 Indemnification. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Plan Administrator, the Committee and the Board (and each member thereof), and any employee of the Company to whom fiduciary responsibilities have been delegated shall be indemnified by the Company against any claims, and the expenses of defending against such claims, resulting from any action or conduct relating to the administration of the Plan, except claims arising from gross negligence, willful neglect or willful misconduct.
ARTICLE IV
PARTICIPATION
           SECTION 4.01 Eligible Participants . Any individual who was a Participant in the Plan immediately prior to the effective date of this amendment and restatement shall continue to be a Participant on such date, subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan. Thereafter, participation in the Plan shall be limited to such Participants and to other Directors who are not employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries and who elect to participate in the Plan by filing a Deferral Election Agreement with the Company.
ARTICLE V
DEFERRALS AND ELECTIONS
           SECTION 5.01 Initial Deferral Election Agreement . Each new Participant in the Plan may file an irrevocable Deferral Election Agreement to defer payment of all or part of his Director Compensation to be earned during the Plan Year in which the Director becomes a

6


 

Participant in the Plan and to have the Participant’s Deferral Benefit Account credited with such deferred amounts. In order to make a deferral pursuant to this Section 5.01, the Participant must file an executed Deferral Election Agreement with the Company. This Deferral Election Agreement must be filed within 30 days of the date on which the Director becomes eligible to participate in the Plan (or in any other account balance plan described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(c)(2)(i)(A), or any successor provision thereto) and shall be effective with respect to compensation earned after the date of filing thereof.
           SECTION 5.02 Annual Deferral Election Agreement . A Participant may file a Deferral Election Agreement on an annual basis to defer payment of all or part of his Director Compensation to be earned during the next succeeding Plan Year and to have the Participant’s Deferral Benefit Account credited with such deferred amounts. In order to make a deferral pursuant to this Section 5.02, the Participant must file an executed Deferral Election Agreement with the Company. The Deferral Election Agreement must be filed not later than, and such Deferral Election Agreement shall become irrevocable on, the last business day prior to the commencement of the Plan Year to which the Deferral Election Agreement relates. Until a Deferral Election Agreement becomes irrevocable, it may be superseded by another Deferral Election Agreement or revoked in writing by the Participant.
           SECTION 5.03 Applicability of Deferral Election Agreement . A Deferral Election Agreement that is not superseded or revoked shall remain effective until the end of the Plan Year.
           SECTION 5.04 Elective Deferred Director Compensation . The amount of Director Compensation that a Director elects to defer in his Deferral Election Agreement shall be credited by the Company to the Participant’s Deferral Benefit Account at such times as the compensation would have been paid had it not been deferred.
ARTICLE VI
DEFERRAL BENEFIT ACCOUNTS
           SECTION 6.01 Accounts . Each Participant’s Deferral Benefit Account, as of each Determination Date, shall consist of the balance of the Participant’s Deferral Benefit Account as of the immediately preceding Determination Date. The Deferral Benefit Account of each Participant shall then be increased by any deferred Director Compensation credited to or reduced by the amount of all distributions, if any, made from such Deferral Benefit Account since the preceding Determination Date.
           SECTION 6.02 Interest Credit . (a) For Director Compensation deferred in 1986, as of each Determination Date, the Participant’s Deferral Benefit Account shall be increased by the amount of interest earned since the preceding Determination Date. The Deferral Benefit Account shall be maintained and increased by the monthly equivalent of Moody’s Bond Index plus 6% (up to a maximum of 150% of Moody’s Bond Index) until the Participant’s Projected Retirement Date. Subsequent to the Participant’s Projected Retirement Date, however, Moody’s Bond Index shall no longer be determined annually and shall be deemed to be the Moody’s Bond Index rate in effect during the year of the Participant’s Projected Retirement Date.

7


 

In the event that a Participant’s service with the Board ceases prior to his Projected Retirement Date, other than for death or Disability, the Moody’s Bond Index rate shall no longer be determined annually and shall be determined to be the Moody’s Bond Index rate in effect during the Plan Year in which such cessation of services occurs.
          (b) For Director Compensation deferred in excess of the amount deferred by a Participant in 1986 or Director Compensation deferred by a Participant who began deferring subsequent to 1986 that has begun to pay out to such Participant whose service with the Board has ceased prior to January 1, 2004, the interest credit rate shall be deemed to be the Average Annual Moody’s Rate plus 2% (up to a maximum of 150% of the Average Annual Moody’s Rate) in effect during the year of the Participant’s Projected Retirement Date.
          (c) For Director Compensation deferred by a Participant whose service with the Board begins or continues after January 1, 2004, as of each Determination Date, the Participant’s Deferred Account shall be increased by the amount of interest earned since the preceding Determination Date. Interest shall be credited at a rate determined to be in effect for each Plan Year based on 120% of the Applicable Federal Long-Term Rate (“ AFR ”) as prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service in December of the year prior to the year in which the Director Compensation is credited. Subsequent to the Participant’s Projected Retirement Date, however, the AFR shall no longer be determined annually and shall be deemed to be the AFR in effect during the year of the Participant’s Projected Retirement Date. In the event that a Participant’s service with the Board ceases prior to his Projected Retirement Date, other than for death or Disability, the AFR shall no longer be determined annually and shall be determined to be the AFR in effect during the Plan Year in which such cessation of services occurs.
           SECTION 6.03 Alternate Rate . (a) For Director Compensation deferred in 1986, the interest credit rates in Section 6.02(a) of the Plan may be amended to the rate of Moody’s Bond Index as of the Determination Date (the “ Alternate Rate ”) in the Company’s sole discretion if marginal corporate tax rates are reduced or if any tax leveraged investment vehicle being utilized is no longer appropriate. In the event of a Change in Control, the interest credit rate cannot be changed to the Alternate Rate.
          (b) For Director Compensation deferred in excess of the amount deferred by a Participant in 1986, the interest credit rates in Section 6.02(b) of the Plan may be amended to the rate of the Average Annual Moody’s Rate as of the Determination Date (the “ Alternate Annual Rate ”) in the Company’s sole discretion if marginal corporate tax rates are reduced or if any tax leveraged investment vehicle being utilized is no longer appropriate. In the event of a Change in Control, the interest credit rate cannot be changed to the Alternate Annual Rate.
           SECTION 6.04 Statement of Accounts . The Company shall submit to each Participant, within 120 days following the close of each Plan Year, a statement in such form as the Company deems desirable, setting forth the balance to the credit of such Participant in his Deferral Benefit Account as of the last day of the preceding Plan Year.
           SECTION 6.05 Vesting of Accounts . A Participant shall be 100% vested in his Deferral Benefit Account at all times.

8


 

ARTICLE VII
DISTRIBUTIONS
           SECTION 7.01 Retirement Benefit . A Participant shall be entitled to a Deferral Benefit equal to the balance of the amounts credited to his Deferral Benefit Account, as determined under Sections 6.01 and 6.02 of the Plan and as payable in accordance with Section 7.04 as of the Plan, as of Determination Date coincident with or immediately following his Projected Retirement Date.
           SECTION 7.02 Death . If a Participant dies after the commencement of payments of his Deferral Benefit, or if a Participant dies prior to any payments of the balance of the amounts credited to his Deferral Benefit Account, his Beneficiary shall receive a lump-sum payment equal to the balance of the amounts credited to his Deferral Benefit Account as of the Determination Date coincident with or immediately following the date of such Participant’s death.
           SECTION 7.03 Disability . In the event of a Participant’s Disability, such Participant shall receive a lump-sum payment of the balance of the amounts credited to his Deferral Benefit Account as of the Determination Date coincident with or immediately following the date of the Participant’s Disability.
           SECTION 7.04 Payment of Benefit . Upon, or commencing upon, the first day of the first calendar month following the happening of the specified date or the occurrence of the event described in Sections 7.01, 7.02 or 7.03 of the Plan, the Company shall pay to the Participant the applicable portion of the balance of the amounts credited to his Deferral Benefit Account in a lump sum or in equal annual installments, as elected in the applicable Deferral Election Agreement executed and filed by the Participant with the Company. If a Participant elects to receive payments in installments, payment of such portion of the balance of the amounts credited to his Deferral Benefit Account shall be in an amount which amortizes the Deferral Benefit Account balance thereof in equal annual payments of principal and interest over a period not to exceed 15 years. For purposes of determining the amount of the annual payment, the assumed rate of interest shall be the post-retirement rate under the terms of Section 6.02 of the Plan.
           SECTION 7.05 Change in Election . No change in a Participant’s payment election shall be valid unless it is made in a Deferral Election Agreement that is executed and filed with the Company in accordance with this Section 7.05. Any change in a Participant’s payment election with respect to his Deferral Benefit Account may not take effect until at least 12 months after the date on which the election is made in a Deferral Election Agreement that is executed and filed with the Company. The first payment with respect to which the election is made must be deferred for a period of not less than five years from the date such payment would otherwise have been made.

9


 

ARTICLE VIII
EFFECT OF CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS
           SECTION 8.01 Change in Control . (a) Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, in the event of a Change in Control that is a “change in control event” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code, the Company shall immediately pay to each Participant in a lump sum the then remaining balance in his Deferral Benefit Account. The terms of Sections 11.01 and 11.02 of the Plan shall not be applicable following a Change in Control.
          (b) The reasonable legal fees incurred by any Participant to enforce his valid rights under this Section 8.01 shall be paid for by the Company to the Participant in addition to sums otherwise due hereunder, whether or not the Participant is successful in enforcing his rights or whether or not the matter is settled; provided that such payment shall be made not later than the end of the taxable year following the year in which such legal fees are incurred; provided , further, that no such payment shall be made after the last day of the sixth year following the expiration of the period described in Section 9.03 of the Plan.
ARTICLE IX
CLAIMS PROCEDURE
           SECTION 9.01 Claims . In the event any person or his authorized representative (a “ Claimant ”) disputes the amount of, or his entitlement to, any benefits under the Plan or their method of payment, such Claimant shall file a claim in writing with, and on the form prescribed by, the Plan Administrator for the benefits to which he believes he is entitled, setting forth the reason for his claim. The Claimant shall have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim and shall be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records or other information relevant to the claim. The Plan Administrator shall consider the claim and within 90 days of receipt of such claim, unless special circumstances exist which require an extension of the time needed to process such claim, the Plan Administrator shall inform the Claimant of its decision with respect to the claim. In the event of special circumstances, the response period can be extended for an additional 90 days, as long as the Claimant receives written notice advising of the special circumstances and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to make a determination (the " Extension Notice" ) before the end of the initial 90-day response period indicating the reasons for the extension and the date by which a decision is expected to be made.
           SECTION 9.02 Appeal of Denial . A Claimant whose claim is denied by the Plan Administrator and who wishes to appeal such denial must request a review of the Plan Administrator’s decision by filing a written request with the Committee for such review within 60 days after such claim is denied. Such written request for review shall contain all relevant comments, documents, records and additional information that the Claimant wishes the Committee to consider, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial review of the claim by the Plan Administrator. In connection with that review, the Claimant may submit such written comments as may be appropriate. Written notice of the decision on review shall be furnished to the Claimant within 60 days after receipt by the Committee of a request for review. In the event of special circumstances which require an

10


 

extension of the time needed for processing, the response period can be extended for an additional 60 days, as long as the Claimant receives an Extension Notice. The Claimant shall be notified no later than five days after a decision is made with respect to the appeal.
           SECTION 9.03 Statute of Limitations . A Claimant wishing to seek judicial review of an adverse benefit determination under the Plan, whether in whole or in part, must file any suit or legal action within three years of the date the final decision on the adverse benefit determination on review is issued or should have been issued under Section 9.02 of the Plan or lose any rights to bring such an action. If any such judicial proceeding is undertaken, the evidence presented shall be strictly limited to the evidence timely presented to the Plan Administrator. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, a Claimant must exhaust all administrative remedies available to such Claimant under the Plan before such Claimant may seek judicial review.
ARTICLE X
BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
           SECTION 10.01 Beneficiary Designation . Each Participant shall have the right, at any time, to designate any person, persons, entity or entities as his Beneficiary or Beneficiaries (both primary as well as contingent) to whom payment under the Plan shall be paid in the event of his death prior to complete distribution to the Participant of the benefits due him under the Plan.
           SECTION 10.02 Amendments . Any Beneficiary designation may be changed by a Participant by the written filing of such change on a form prescribed by the Company. The new Beneficiary designation form shall cancel all Beneficiary designations previously filed.
           SECTION 10.03 No Beneficiary Designation . If a Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary as provided above, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Participant, then any amounts to be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be paid to the Participant’s estate.
           SECTION 10.04 Effect of Payment . The payment under this Article X of the amounts due to a Participant under the Plan to a Beneficiary shall completely discharge the Company’s obligations in respect of the Participant under the Plan.
ARTICLE XI
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN
           SECTION 11.01 Amendment . The Board or the Committee may from time to time make such amendments to the Plan as it may deem proper and in the best interest of the Company; provided , however , that, subject to Section 11.03 of the Plan, no amendment shall be effective to decrease or restrict any Deferral Benefit Account at the time of such amendment.
           SECTION 11.02 Company’s Right to Terminate . The Board or the Committee may terminate the Plan at any time with respect to future deferrals of Director Compensation if,

11


 

in its judgment, the continuance of the Plan, the tax, accounting, or other effects thereof, or potential payments thereunder would not be in the best interests of the Company. The Board or the Committee may also terminate the Plan in its entirety at any time, and, upon any such termination, the Company shall immediately pay to each Participant in a lump sum the then remaining balance in his Deferral Benefit Account, subject to and in accordance with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix) (or any successor provision thereto).
           SECTION 11.03 Section 409A . If, in the good faith judgment of the Committee, any provision of the Plan or any Deferral Election Agreement could otherwise cause any person to be subject to the interest and penalties imposed under Section 409A of the Code, such provision shall be modified by the Committee in its sole discretion to maintain, to the maximum extent practicable, the original intent of the applicable provision without causing the interest and penalties under Section 409A of the Code to apply, and, notwithstanding any provision therein to the contrary, the Committee shall have broad authority to amend or to modify the Plan or any Deferral Election Agreement, without advance notice to or consent by any person, to the extent necessary or desirable to ensure that no Deferral Benefit Accounts are subject to tax under Section 409A of the Code. Any determinations made by the Committee under this Section 11.03 shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons.
ARTICLE XII
MISCELLANEOUS
           SECTION 12.01 Unsecured General Creditor . Participants and their Beneficiaries shall have no legal or equitable rights, interest or claims in any property or assets of the Company. The assets of the Company shall not be held under any trust for the benefit of Participants or their Beneficiaries or held in any way as collateral security for the fulfilling of the obligations of the Company under the Plan. Any and all of the Company’s assets shall be, and remain, the general, unpledged, unrestricted assets of the Company. The Company’s obligation under the Plan shall be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise of the Company to pay money in the future.
           SECTION 12.02 Nonassignability . Each Participant’s rights under the Plan shall be nontransferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Subject to the foregoing, neither a Participant nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate or convey in advance of actual receipt the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, which are, and all rights to which are, expressly declared to be nonassignable and non-transferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, nor be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Participant’s or any other person’s bankruptcy or insolvency.
           SECTION 12.03 Rights and Obligations . Nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to create any obligation on the part of the Board to nominate any Director for reelection by the Company’s shareholders or to limit the rights of the shareholders to remove any Director.

12


 

           SECTION 12.04 Binding Effect . The Plan shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Participant or his Beneficiary, his heirs and legal representatives, and the Company.
           SECTION 12.05 Protective Provisions . A Participant will cooperate with the Company by furnishing any and all information requested by the Company, in order to facilitate the payment of benefits hereunder, and by taking such other action as may be requested by the Company.
           SECTION 12.06 Withholding . To the extent that the Company is required to withhold any taxes or other amounts from the Participant’s deferred compensation pursuant to any state, federal or local law, such amounts shall first be taken out of the portion of the Participant’s Director Compensation that is not deferred under the Plan. To the extent required by the law in effect at the time payments are made, the Company shall withhold from payments made hereunder any taxes or other amounts required to be withheld for any federal, state or local government and other authorized deductions.
           SECTION 12.07 Severability . In the event that any provision or portion of the Plan shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions and portions of the Plan shall be unaffected thereby and shall remain in full force and effect to the fullest extent permitted by law.
           SECTION 12.08 Governing Law . The Plan shall be construed under the laws of the State of New York, to the extent not preempted by federal law.
           SECTION 12.09 Headings . The section headings in this document are for ease of reference only and shall not be controlling with respect to the application and interpretation of the Plan.
           SECTION 12.10 Rules of Construction . Any words herein used in the masculine shall be read and construed in the feminine where they would so apply. Words in the singular shall be read and construed as though used in the plural in all cases where they would so apply. All references to sections are, unless otherwise indicated, to sections of the Plan. The Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and shall be interpreted and construed consistent with such intent.

13

 

Exhibit 10.23
(THE MCGRAW-HILL COMPANIES LOGO)
THE McGRAW-HILL COMPANIES, INC.
DIRECTOR DEFERRED STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
(Amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008)

 


 

THE McGRAW-HILL COMPANIES, INC.
DIRECTOR DEFERRED STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
(Amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008)
ARTICLE I
PURPOSE
          The purposes of the Plan are to enable the Company to attract and retain qualified persons to serve as Directors, to enhance the equity interest of Directors in the Company, to solidify the common interests of its Directors and stockholders, and to encourage the highest level of Director performance by providing such Directors with a proprietary interest in the Company’s performance and progress, by crediting them annually with shares of Common Stock. The Plan is intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.
ARTICLE II
DEFINITIONS
          The following words and phrases as used herein shall have the following meanings:
           SECTION 2.01 Applicable Delivery Period ” means a period of up to five years, as more fully described in Section 5.01 of the Plan.
           SECTION 2.02 Beneficiary ” means the person, persons or entity designated by the Participant to receive any shares of Common Stock deliverable in accordance with Section 7.01 of the Plan. Any Participant’s Beneficiary designation shall be made in a written instrument filed with the Company and shall become effective only when received, accepted and acknowledged in writing by the Company.
           SECTION 2.03 Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
           SECTION 2.04 Change in Control ” means the first to occur of any of the following events:
     (i) An acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (a “ Person ”) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 20% or more of either (1) the then outstanding shares of Common Stock (the “ Outstanding Common Stock ”) or (2) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “ Outstanding Voting Securities ”); excluding , however , the following: (1) any acquisition directly from the Company, other than an acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege unless the security being so converted was itself acquired directly from the Company; (2) any acquisition by the Company; (3) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any entity controlled by the

2


 

Company; or (4) any acquisition pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (A), (B) and (C) of subsection (iii) of this Section 2.04; or
     (ii) A change in the composition of the Board such that the Directors who, as of the Effective Date, constitute the Board (such Board shall be hereinafter referred to as the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided , however , for purposes of this Section 2.04, that any individual who becomes a Director subsequent to the Effective Date, whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of those Directors who were members of the Incumbent Board (or deemed to be such pursuant to this proviso) shall be considered as though such Director were a member of the Incumbent Board; but, provided , further , that any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened election contest (as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board shall not be so considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; or
     (iii) Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (“ Corporate Transaction ”); excluding, however, such a Corporate Transaction pursuant to which (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who are the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Common Stock and Outstanding Voting Securities immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock, and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction, of the Outstanding Common Stock and Outstanding Voting Securities, as the case may be, (B) no Person (other than the Company, any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction) will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction or the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Corporate Transaction, and (C) individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board will constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction; or
     (iv) The approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
           SECTION 2.05 Change in Control Consideration ” means, with respect to each share of Common Stock credited to a Deferred Stock Account, (i) the amount of any cash, plus the value of any securities and other noncash consideration, constituting the most valuable

3


 

consideration per share of Common Stock paid to any shareholder in the transaction or series of transactions that results in a Change in Control or (ii) if no consideration per share of Common Stock is paid to any shareholder in the transaction or series of transactions that results in a Change in Control, the highest reported sales price, regular way, of a share of Common Stock in any transaction reported on the New York Stock Exchange or other national exchange on which such shares of Common Stock are listed or on NASDAQ during the 60-day period prior to and including the date of a Change in Control. To the extent that such consideration consists all or in part of securities or other noncash consideration, the value of such securities or other noncash consideration shall be determined by the Committee in good faith.
      SECTION 2.06 Claimant ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.01 of the Plan.
      SECTION 2.07 Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
      SECTION 2.08 Committee ” means the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board.
      SECTION 2.09 Common Stock ” means the common stock, $1.00 par value per share, of the Company.
      SECTION 2.10 Company ” means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of New York, or any successor corporation.
      SECTION 2.11 Deferral Election ” means an election pursuant to Article V of the Plan.
      SECTION 2.12 Deferred Stock Account ” means a bookkeeping account maintained by the Company for a Participant representing the Participant’s interest in the shares of Common Stock credited to such account pursuant to Section 6.01 of the Plan.
      SECTION 2.13 Delivery Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01 of the Plan.
      SECTION 2.14 Director ” means an individual who is a member of the Board.
      SECTION 2.15 Dividend Equivalent ” for a given dividend or distribution means a number of shares of Common Stock having a Value, as of the date such Dividend Equivalent is credited to a Deferred Stock Account, equal to the amount of cash, plus the fair market value on the date of distribution of any property, that is distributed with respect to one share of Common Stock pursuant to such dividend or distribution; such fair market value to be determined by the Committee in good faith.
      SECTION 2.16 Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.06 of the Plan.

4


 

      SECTION 2.17 Election Amount ” means for each Participant who has made a Deferral Election pursuant to Article V of the Plan, with respect to each Plan Year, (i) the percentage that is set forth in the Deferral Election, multiplied by (ii) the total cash compensation receivable from the Company during the Plan Year by the Participant in his capacity as a Director, including without limitation, retainers, fees for serving as committee members, fees for serving as chairman of a committee, Board meeting fees and committee meeting fees.
      SECTION 2.18 Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
      SECTION 2.19 Extension Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.01 of the Plan.
      SECTION 2.20 Fraction ” with respect to a person who was a Participant during part, but not all, of a calendar year, means the amount obtained by dividing (i) the number of calendar months during such calendar year that such person was a Participant by (ii) 12; provided that for purposes of the foregoing a partial calendar month shall be treated as a whole month.
      SECTION 2.21 Installment Delivery Election ” means the written election by a Participant, on such form as may be prescribed by the Committee, to receive delivery of shares of Common Stock in the Participant’s Deferred Stock Account in installments over the Applicable Delivery Period.
      SECTION 2.22 Participant ” means each individual who participates in the Plan, as provided in Section 4.01 of the Plan.
      SECTION 2.23 Plan ” means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Director Deferred Stock Ownership Plan, as amended from time to time.
      SECTION 2.24 Plan Administrator ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01 of the Plan.
      SECTION 2.25 Plan Year ” means the calendar year; provided that the last Plan Year with respect to a Director who ceases to be a Participant during a calendar year, shall begin on the first day of such calendar year and end on the day such Director ceases to be a Participant.
      SECTION 2.26 Stock Amount ” means, with respect to a Plan Year, the greater of (i) $30,000 or (ii) the average total cash compensation receivable (disregarding for this purpose Deferral Elections made by any Participant and deferral elections made under The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Director Deferred Compensation Plan or any successor plan) during the Plan Year by the Participants who were Participants during the entire Plan Year in any capacity as Directors, including without, limitation retainers, fees for serving as committee members, Board meeting fees and committee meeting fees, provided , however , that any retainers for serving as committee chairs shall not be so included for this purpose.
      SECTION 2.27 Value ” of a share of Common Stock as of the last day of a given Plan Year shall mean the average (rounded up to the nearest cent) of the monthly average for

5


 

each of the full calendar months during such Plan Year of the means between the reported high and low sale prices of a share of Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange (or, if the Common Stock is not listed on such exchange, on any other national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed) for each trading day during each such calendar month. If the Common Stock is not traded on any national securities exchange, the Value of the Common Stock shall be determined by the Committee in good faith.
ARTICLE III
ADMINISTRATION
           SECTION 3.01 Administration . The Plan shall be administered by the Executive Vice President, Human Resources of the Company (the “ Plan Administrator ”), who shall have full authority to construe and interpret the Plan, to establish, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, and to take all such actions and make all such determinations in connection with the Plan as he may deem necessary or desirable. Subject to Article X of the Plan, decisions of the Plan Administrator shall be reviewable by the Committee. Subject to Article X of the Plan, the Committee shall also have the full authority to make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan and decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of the Plan, as may arise in connection with the Plan.
           SECTION 3.02 Binding Effect of Decisions . Subject to Article X of the Plan, the decision or action of the Plan Administrator or Committee in respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Plan.
           SECTION 3.03 Indemnification . To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Plan Administrator, the Committee and the Board (and each member thereof), and any employee of the Company to whom fiduciary responsibilities have been delegated shall be indemnified by the Company against any claims, and the expenses of defending against such claims, resulting from any action or conduct relating to the administration of the Plan, except claims arising from gross negligence, willful neglect or willful misconduct.
ARTICLE IV
PARTICIPATION
           SECTION 4.01 Eligible Participants . Any individual who was a Participant in the Plan immediately prior to the effective date of this amendment and restatement shall continue to be a Participant on such date, subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, and each other individual who becomes a Director thereafter during the term of the Plan, shall be a Participant in the Plan, in each case during such period as such individual remains a Director and is not an employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

6


 

ARTICLE V
DEFERRALS AND ELECTIONS
           SECTION 5.01 Initial Election . Each new Participant in the Plan may make an irrevocable Deferral Election to defer payment of all or part of the total cash compensation for services as a Director to be earned during the Plan Year in which the Director becomes a Participant in the Plan and to have the Participant’s Deferred Stock Account credited with shares of Common Stock equal in Value to such deferred compensation. In order to make a Deferral Election pursuant to this Section 5.01, the Participant must deliver to the Company a written notice of the Deferral Election setting forth the percentage of the Participant’s total cash compensation to be deferred. This notice must be delivered within 30 days of the date on which the Participant becomes a Director and shall be effective with respect to compensation earned after the date of delivery thereof. The Participant shall be permitted to make an irrevocable Installment Delivery Election at the time of the Deferral Election.
           SECTION 5.02 Annual Elections . A Participant may make a Deferral Election on an annual basis to defer payment of all or part of the total cash compensation for services as a Director to be earned during the next succeeding Plan Year and to have the Participant’s Deferred Stock Account credited with shares of Common Stock equal in Value to such deferred compensation. In order to make a Deferral Election pursuant to this Section 5.02, the Participant must deliver to the Company a written notice of the Deferral Election setting forth the percentage of the Participant’s total cash compensation to be deferred. This notice must be delivered no later than, and such Deferral Election shall become irrevocable on, the last business day prior to the commencement of the Plan Year to which the Deferral Election relates. Any such written notice of the Deferral Election pursuant to this Section 5.02 shall remain in effect for subsequent Plan Years unless such Participant delivers a written notice setting forth a different Deferral Election which shall be applied to future Plan Years until further written notice is received by the Company pursuant to this Section 5.02. The Participant shall be permitted to make an Installment Delivery Election at the time of the Deferral Election. Such Installment Delivery Election shall become irrevocable on the last business day prior to the commencement of the Plan Year to which the Installment Delivery Election relates.
ARTICLE VI
DEFERRED ACCOUNTS
           SECTION 6.01 Accounts . The Company shall maintain a Deferred Stock Account for each Participant. As part of the compensation payable to each Participant for service on the Board, the Deferred Stock Account of each Participant shall be credited with shares of Common Stock as set forth in Section 6.02 of the Plan.
           SECTION 6.02 Credit of Shares of Common Stock . (a) On the first business day following the last day of each Plan Year, the Deferred Stock Account of each Director who was a Participant at any time during such Plan Year shall be credited with (i) a number of shares of Common Stock having a Value equal to the sum of (A) the Stock Amount multiplied by the applicable Fraction and (B) the Election Amount, if any; plus (ii) a number of shares of Common Stock equal to (A) the number of shares of Common Stock credited as of that date pursuant to clause (i) multiplied by (B) the Dividend Equivalent for each dividend paid or other distribution

7


 

made with respect to the Common Stock, the record date for which occurred during such Plan Year and at a time when such Participant was a Participant.
          (b) In addition, on the first business day following the last day of each Plan Year, each Deferred Stock Account that has not, as of such date, been delivered in full pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Plan shall be credited with a number of shares of Common Stock equal to (i) the number of shares of Common Stock in such Deferred Stock Account as of such date (before taking into account any amounts that are credited as of such date pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Plan) multiplied by (ii) the Dividend Equivalent for each dividend paid or other distribution made with respect to the Common Stock, the record date for which occurred during such Plan Year and at a time when such Participant was a Participant.
ARTICLE VII
DISTRIBUTIONS
           SECTION 7.01 Delivery of Shares of Common Stock . The shares of Common Stock in a Participant’s Deferred Stock Account as of the date the Participant ceases to be a Director for any reason (the “ Delivery Date ”) shall be delivered or begin to be delivered in accordance with this Section 7.01 on or as soon as practicable, but in no event more than 60 days after the Delivery Date. Such shares of Common Stock shall be delivered at one time; provided that if the number of shares of Common Stock so credited includes a fractional share, such number shall be rounded up to the nearest whole number of shares; and provided , further , that if the Director has in effect a valid Installment Delivery Election pursuant to Article V of the Plan, then the applicable portion of such shares of Common Stock shall be delivered in equal yearly installments over the Applicable Delivery Period, with the first such installment being delivered on the first anniversary of the Delivery Date; provided that if in order to equalize such installments, fractional shares of Common Stock would have to be delivered, such installments shall be adjusted by rounding up to the nearest whole share. If any such shares of Common Stock are to be delivered after the Director has become legally incompetent, they shall be delivered to the Director’s legal guardian. If any such shares of Common Stock are to be delivered after the Director has died, they shall be delivered to the Director’s Beneficiary; provided that if the Director dies with a valid Installment Delivery Election in effect, the Committee shall deliver all remaining undelivered shares of Common Stock to the Director’s Beneficiary as soon as practicable. Reference to a Director in the Plan shall be deemed to refer to the Director’s legal guardian or the Beneficiary, where appropriate.
           SECTION 7.02 Voting and Other Rights . Shares of Common Stock delivered to a Participant pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Plan shall be issued in the name of the Participant, and the Participant shall be entitled to all rights of a shareholder with respect to Common Stock for all such shares of Common Stock issued in his name, including the right to vote the shares of Common Stock, and the Participant shall receive all dividends and other distributions paid or made with respect thereto.
           SECTION 7.03 General Restrictions . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or agreements made pursuant thereto, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any shares of Common Stock under the Plan prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:

8


 

     (i) Listing or approval for listing upon official notice of issuance of such shares on the New York Stock Exchange, or such other securities exchange as may at the time be a market for the Common Stock;
     (ii) Any registration or other qualification of such shares of Common Stock under any state or federal law or regulation, or the maintaining in effect of any such registration or other qualification which the Committee shall, in its absolute discretion upon the advice of counsel, deem necessary or advisable; and
     (iii) Obtaining any other consent, approval, or permit from any state or federal governmental agency which the Committee shall, in its absolute discretion after receiving the advice of counsel, determine to be necessary or advisable.
ARTICLE VIII
SHARES AVAILABLE
           SECTION 8.01 Shares Available . Subject to Article IX of the Plan, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock which may be credited to Deferred Stock Accounts pursuant to the Plan is 640,000 in the aggregate. Shares of Common Stock issuable under the Plan may be taken from authorized but unissued or treasury shares of the Company or purchased on the open market.
ARTICLE IX
EFFECT OF CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS
           SECTION 9.01 Change in Capital Structure . In the event that there is, at any time after the Board adopts the Plan, any change in the Common Stock by reason of any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, exchange of shares, warrants or rights offering to purchase Common Stock at a price below its fair market value, reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off or other change in capitalization of the Company, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the number and kind of shares or other property subject to the Plan and the number and kind of shares or other property held in the Deferred Stock Accounts, and any other relevant provisions of the Plan by the Committee, whose determination shall be binding and conclusive on all persons.
           SECTION 9.02 Change in Control . Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, in the event of a Change in Control that is a “change in control event” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code, the following shall occur on the date of the Change in Control (the “ Change in Control Date ”): (i) the last day of the then-current Plan Year shall be deemed to occur on the Change in Control Date and such Plan Year shall be the last Plan Year under the Plan; (ii) the Deferred Stock Accounts shall be credited with shares of Common Stock pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Plan, as if, for this purpose, the Participants ceased to be Participants on the Change in Control Date; (iii) the Company shall immediately pay to each Participant in a lump sum the Change in Control Consideration multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock held in the Participant’s Deferred Stock Account immediately before such Change in Control; and (iv) the Plan shall be terminated with respect to each Participant’s Deferred Stock Account.

9


 

           SECTION 9.03 Share Conversion . If the shares of Common Stock credited to the Deferred Stock Accounts are converted pursuant to this Section 9.03 into another kind or form of property (including cash), references in the Plan to the Common Stock shall be deemed, where appropriate, to refer to such other kind or form of property, with such other modifications as may be required for the Plan to operate in accordance with its purposes. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, references to delivery of certificates for shares of Common Stock shall be deemed to refer to delivery of cash and the incidents of ownership of any other property held in the Deferred Stock Accounts.
ARTICLE X
CLAIMS PROCEDURE
           SECTION 10.01 Claims . In the event any person or his authorized representative (a “ Claimant ”) disputes the amount of, or his entitlement to, any benefits under the Plan or their method of payment, such Claimant shall file a claim in writing with, and on the form prescribed by, the Plan Administrator for the benefits to which he believes he is entitled, setting forth the reason for his claim. The Claimant shall have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim and shall be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records or other information relevant to the claim. The Plan Administrator shall consider the claim and within 90 days of receipt of such claim, unless special circumstances exist which require an extension of the time needed to process such claim, the Plan Administrator shall inform the Claimant of its decision with respect to the claim. In the event of special circumstances, the response period can be extended for an additional 90 days, as long as the Claimant receives written notice advising of the special circumstances and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to make a determination (the “ Extension Notice" ) before the end of the initial 90-day response period indicating the reasons for the extension and the date by which a decision is expected to be made.
           SECTION 10.02 Appeal of Denial . A Claimant whose claim is denied by the Plan Administrator and who wishes to appeal such denial must request a review of the Plan Administrator’s decision by filing a written request with the Committee for such review within 60 days after such claim is denied. Such written request for review shall contain all relevant comments, documents, records and additional information that the Claimant wishes the Committee to consider, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial review of the claim by the Plan Administrator. In connection with that review, the Claimant may submit such written comments as may be appropriate. Written notice of the decision on review shall be furnished to the Claimant within 60 days after receipt by the Committee of a request for review. In the event of special circumstances which require an extension of the time needed for processing, the response period can be extended for an additional 60 days, as long as the Claimant receives an Extension Notice. The Claimant shall be notified no later than five days after a decision is made with respect to the appeal.
           SECTION 10.03 Statute of Limitations . A Claimant wishing to seek judicial review of an adverse benefit determination under the Plan, whether in whole or in part, must file any suit or legal action within three years of the date the final decision on the adverse benefit determination on review is issued or should have been issued under Section 10.02 of the Plan or

10


 

lose any rights to bring such an action. If any such judicial proceeding is undertaken, the evidence presented shall be strictly limited to the evidence timely presented to the Plan Administrator. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, a Claimant must exhaust all administrative remedies available to such Claimant under the Plan before such Claimant may seek judicial review.
ARTICLE XI
BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
           SECTION 11.01 Beneficiary Designation . Each Participant shall have the right, at any time, to designate any person, persons, entity or entities as his Beneficiary or Beneficiaries (both primary as well as contingent) to whom shares of Common Stock shall be delivered in accordance with Section 7.01 of the Plan from the Participant’s Deferred Stock Account in the event of such Participant’s death prior to complete distribution to the Participant of the shares of Common Stock due him under the Plan.
           SECTION 11.02 Amendments . Any Beneficiary designation may be changed by a Participant by the written filing of such change on a form prescribed by the Company. The new Beneficiary designation form shall cancel all Beneficiary designations previously filed.
           SECTION 11.03 No Beneficiary Designation . If a Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary as provided above, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Participant, then any amounts to be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be paid to the Participant’s estate.
           SECTION 11.04 Effect of Payment . The delivery of shares of Common Stock under this Article XI due to a Participant to a Beneficiary under the Plan shall completely discharge the Company’s obligations in respect of the Participant under the Plan.
ARTICLE XII
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN
           SECTION 12.01 Amendment . The Board or the Committee may from time to time make such amendments to the Plan as it may deem proper and in the best interest of the Company without further approval of the Company’s stockholders, except to the extent required by the Rules of the New York Stock Exchange (or rules of any other exchange or quotation system on which the Company’s securities are then listed).
           SECTION 12.02 Company’s Right to Terminate . The Board or the Committee may terminate the Plan at any time and, in connection with any such termination, may deliver to each Participant the shares of Common Stock credited to his Deferred Stock Account, subject to and in accordance with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix) (or any successor provision thereto). Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, neither the Board nor the Committee shall be authorized to exercise any discretion with respect to the selection of persons to receive credits of shares of Common Stock under the Plan or concerning the amount or timing of such credits under the Plan, and, subject to Section 12.03 of the Plan, no amendment or termination of the Plan shall adversely affect the interest of any

11


 

Participant in shares previously credited to such Participant’s Deferred Stock Account without that Participant’s express written consent.
           SECTION 12.03 Section 409A . If, in the good faith judgment of the Committee, any provision of the Plan could otherwise cause any person to be subject to the interest and penalties imposed under Section 409A of the Code, such provision shall be modified by the Committee in its sole discretion to maintain, to the maximum extent practicable, the original intent of the applicable provision without causing the interest and penalties under Section 409A of the Code to apply, and, notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee shall have broad authority to amend or to modify the Plan, without advance notice to or consent by any person, to the extent necessary or desirable to ensure that no benefits are subject to tax under Section 409A of the Code. Any determinations made by the Committee under this Section 12.03 shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons.
ARTICLE XIII
MISCELLANEOUS
           SECTION 13.01 Unsecured General Creditor. Participants and their Beneficiaries shall have no legal or equitable rights, interest or claims in any property or assets of the Company. The assets of the Company shall not be held under any trust for the benefit of Participants or their Beneficiaries or held in any way as collateral security for the fulfilling of the obligations of the Company under the Plan. Any and all of the Company’s assets shall be, and remain, the general, unpledged, unrestricted assets of the Company. The Company’s obligation under the Plan shall be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise of the Company to pay money in the future.
           SECTION 13.02 Nonassignability . Each Participant’s rights under the Plan shall be nontransferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Subject to the foregoing, neither a Participant nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate or convey in advance of actual receipt the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, which are, and all rights to which are, expressly declared to be nonassignable and non-transferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, nor be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Participant’s or any other person’s bankruptcy or insolvency.
           SECTION 13.03 Rights and Obligations . Nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to create any obligation on the part of the Board to nominate any Director for reelection by the Company’s shareholders or to limit the rights of the shareholders to remove any Director.
           SECTION 13.04 Binding Effect . The Plan shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Participant or his Beneficiary, his heirs and legal representatives, and the Company.
           SECTION 13.05 Withholding . The Company shall have the right to require, prior to the issuance or delivery of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Plan, that a

12


 

Participant make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee for the withholding of any taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to the issuance or delivery of such shares of Common Stock, including without limitation, by the withholding of shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be so issued or delivered, by withholding from any other payment due to the Participant, or by a cash payment to the Company by the Participant.
           SECTION 13.06 Effective Date and Term . The Plan was initially effective as of July 1, 1996. This amendment and restatement is effective as of January 1, 2008. The Plan shall remain in effect until the earlier of (i) its termination by action of the Board, (ii) its termination as set forth in Section 12.02 of the Plan, or (iii) no shares of Common Stock remain available under the Plan.
           SECTION 13.07   Severability . In the event that any provision or portion of the Plan shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions and portions of the Plan shall be unaffected thereby and shall remain in full force and effect to the fullest extent permitted by law.
           SECTION 13.08 Governing Law . The Plan shall be construed under the laws of the State of New York, to the extent not preempted by federal law.
           SECTION 13.09 Headings . The section headings used in this document are for ease of reference only and shall not be controlling with respect to the application and interpretation of the Plan.
           SECTION 13.10 Rules of Construction . Any words herein used in the masculine shall be read and construed in the feminine where they would so apply. Words in the singular shall be read and construed as though used in the plural in all cases where they would so apply. All references to sections are, unless otherwise indicated, to sections of the Plan. The Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and shall be interpreted and construed consistent with such intent.

13

 

Exhibit (12)
THE McGRAW-HILL COMPANIES, INC.
COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
                                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
    (In thousands of dollars)  
Earnings
                                       
Earnings from continuing operations before income tax expense (a)(b)(c)(d)(e)
  $ 1,622,532     $ 1,404,823     $ 1,359,962     $ 1,168,905     $ 1,113,676  
Fixed charges (e)
    132,742       90,140       80,411       75,856       72,411  
 
                             
Total Earnings
  $ 1,755,274     $ 1,494,963     $ 1,440,373     $ 1,244,761     $ 1,186,087  
 
                             
 
                                       
Fixed Charges(e)
                                       
Interest expense
  $ 64,362     $ 26,637     $ 19,622     $ 15,641     $ 12,275  
Portion of rental payments deemed to be interest
    68,380       63,503       60,789       60,215       60,136  
 
                             
Total Fixed Charges
  $ 132,742     $ 90,140     $ 80,411     $ 75,856     $ 72,411  
 
                             
 
                                       
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges:
    13.2x       16.6x       17.9x       16.4x       16.4x  
 
(a)   2007 includes the impact of the following items: $43.7 million pre-tax restructuring charge and a $17.3 million pre-tax gain on sale of the mutual fund data business.
 
(b)   2006 includes the impact of the following items: $31.5 million pre-tax restructuring charge and a $21.1 million pre-tax reduction in operating profit related to the transformation of Sweets from a primarily print catalogue to bundled print and online services. In 2006, as a result of the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Statement No. 123(R), “Share Based Payment”, the Company incurred stock-based compensation expense of $136.2 million. Included in this expense is a one-time charge for the elimination of the Company’s restoration stock option program of $23.8 million. In 2005, stock-based compensation was $51.1 million.
 
(c)   2005 includes a $6.8 million pre-tax gain on sale of Corporate Value Consulting (CVC), a $5.5 million pre-tax loss on the sale of The Healthcare Information Group and a $23.2 million pre-tax restructuring charge.
 
(d)   2003 includes a $131.3 million pre-tax gain on the sale of 45% interest of Rock-McGraw, Inc.
 
(e)   For purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, “earnings from continuing operations before income tax expense” excludes undistributed equity in income of less than 50%-owned companies, primarily the Company’s earnings in its 45% interest in Rock-McGraw, Inc., which was sold in 2003. The Rock-McGraw earnings for year ended December 31, 2003 were $16.6 million. The Company did not have earnings from Rock-McGraw in 2007, 2006, 2005 and 2004. “Fixed charges” consist of (1) interest on debt and interest related to the sale leaseback of Rock-McGraw, Inc. (see Note 13 to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2007), and (2) the portion of the Company’s rental expense deemed representative of the interest factor in rental expense.

21

 

Exhibit 13
(IMAGE)


 

(IMAGE)


 

(IMAGE)


 

(IMAGE)


 

3

One Company
One Focus
  (IMAGE)
TO OUR SHAREHOLDERS:
For The McGraw-Hill Companies, 2007 was filled with significant achievements—and some equally big challenges.
It was a year in which we delivered record results and impressive growth thanks to the outstanding performance of our business portfolio. But it was also a year in which the U.S. housing bubble burst and the market for mortgage-related securities deteriorated, fueling disruption in the capital markets and causing a slowdown in our fourth-quarter results.
It was a year in which phrases like “subprime mortgage” and “credit crunch” made headlines and ratings agencies were thrust into an unfamiliar spotlight—with questions raised about their performance, policies and practices.
As we reflect on the events of the past year and focus on our opportunities for 2008 and beyond, there is one imperative shared by the management team across The McGraw-Hill Companies—to extend our record of growth while generating superior shareholder value.
Our senior leadership team is actively managing through the current environment. We believe that steps we are taking now will strengthen our operations and position us for continued growth. And while it’s difficult to make definitive predictions, history tells us that our markets will stabilize and the current turmoil will eventually pass.
The long-term prospects in our markets remain bright.
The need for capital, the need for knowledge and the need for transparent business information are strong and enduring global trends that will keep us moving ahead for many years— and we remain intensely focused on anticipating and meeting these needs.
We are truly one company with one focus: providing our customers with the highest-quality data, analytics and information that they can use to help them succeed.
One Focus for Shareholders
The McGraw-Hill Companies’ focus on delivering essential information and insight for our customers, as well as our strong management of a portfolio of market-leading brands, has enabled us to produce a long record of consistent and sustainable earnings growth.
In 2007, we achieved another year of outstanding performance, despite challenging conditions:
» Diluted earnings per share increased 22.5% to $2.94 for the year;
» Revenue grew by 8.3% to $6.8 billion;
» Net income rose 14.9% to $1 billion.
Demonstrating management’s commitment to increasing
shareholder value, we returned $2.5 billion to shareholders in 2007 through a combination of share repurchases and
dividend payments.
» In January 2008, we announced a 7.3% increase in the annual cash dividend to $0.88, extending our record of raising the dividend every year since 1974. Over the past 35 years, we have raised our dividend at a compound annual rate of 10.3%.
» We repurchased 37 million shares during 2007 and finished the year with 322.4 million shares outstanding, a decrease of 31.6 million shares from year-end 2006.
» We began 2008 with 28 million shares remaining under the current share repurchase authorization, and have announced our intention to initially repurchase another 20 million shares, subject to market conditions.


 


 

4

The Corporation celebrated several important milestones in 2007. Harold McGraw III commemorates the 10th anniversary of the partnership between Standard & Poor’s and the Taiwan Ratings Corporation (left); Dubuque, Iowa Mayor Roy Buol and Mr. McGraw cut the ribbon to dedicate the Corporation’s new state-of-the-art Higher Education facility (center); At an employee forum, Mr. McGraw celebrates the Corporation's top-10 designation as one of Working Mother magazine’s 100 Best Companies (right).


     
(IMAGE)
  (IMAGE)
Since 1996, we have returned $8.4 billion to our shareholders through stock buybacks and dividends, a long-term record that underscores our commitment to you.
Focused on Solutions for Critical Issues
The disruption in the world’s credit markets has led to scrutiny of the actions and capabilities of many market participants, including credit ratings firms.
Standard & Poor’s is taking a leadership role in addressing the issues that arose in 2007 and has launched a series of important initiatives to enhance the ratings process in four key areas:
     
» Governance:
  further ensuring the independence and integrity of our ratings opinions.
 
   
» Analytics:
  enhancing the quality of our credit ratings.
 
   
» Information:
  providing increased transparency to market participants.
 
   
» Education:
  improving the public’s understanding of the ratings process and how ratings opinions should be used.
To develop these actions, we conducted a comprehensive assessment of S&P’s governance and analytical policies and practices. We also worked with financial market experts and engaged in dialogue with global market participants, regulators and legislators. S&P is currently implementing these enhancements and will continue to develop and introduce further measures as needed.
Our goal in taking these steps is not only to enhance S&P’s governance and controls, but also to minimize even the potential for perceived conflicts of interest, providing a greater
(IMAGE)
understanding of how S&P’s ratings are determined, what they mean, and how they are affected by market trends and events.
Credit ratings play a vital role in the capital formation process, and S&P has a long track record of helping investors assess credit risk. By strengthening the ratings process and increasing transparency, we will serve the public interest by building greater confidence in credit ratings for global markets.
Focusing on Another Year of Growth
Entering 2008, we expect to achieve another year of growth, although at a slower pace than in 2007. We anticipate that the economy and conditions in the credit markets will begin to improve later in the year, and we are ready to capitalize on all available opportunities.
To prepare us for the year ahead, we restructured certain business operations in the fourth quarter of 2007, consistent with our efforts to streamline operations and lower costs. The steps we took resulted in a 3% reduction in our workforce, and while the decision to reduce staff is never easy, we believe these steps will strengthen our efficiency.
Global expansion remains a priority. International revenue represented 26% of our total revenue in 2007. We expect that international revenue will continue to increase in the years ahead, with all three business segments contributing to our growing diversification.
McGraw-Hill Education had substantial accomplishments in 2007, and is well positioned for further growth in 2008.
In 2007, the School Education Group captured a market-leading 32% share of the state new adoption market. We achieved strong results across the K-5 and 6-12 markets, increasing revenue by 6.8% in an industry that grew 2.7%.


 


 

5

“We are truly one company with one focus: providing our customers with the highest-quality data, analytics and information that they can use to help them succeed.”

International expansion remains a driver of the Corporation’s strategic plans for growth. South Korean Prime Minister Han Duck-soo hosts Harold McGraw III to discuss the proposed free trade agreement with the United States (left); Mr. McGraw meets with Kamal Nath, India’s Minister of Commerce and Industry, to discuss U.S.-India relations (right).

(IMAGE)
In 2008, we are prepared to seize key opportunities across a healthy K-12 state new adoption market, which we expect will exceed 2007 by 10% to 15% and reach $900 to $950 million. We have strong programs in reading, math, art and music, science, health, business education, and technical and vocational education, all of which make significant contributions to our results each year. Additionally, our continued investments in digital learning products and services provide a competitive advantage at all levels of education.
The recently enacted federal education budget will keep all of No Child Left Behind’s major programs in place in 2008, including state accountability testing. Accountability is the driver behind the growth of our new formative assessment program called Acuity , which recently won an $80 million, five-year contract with New York City, as well as statewide contracts with Indiana and West Virginia.
Revenue in our Higher Education, Professional and International Group grew by 7.6% in 2007. We expect sales in the U.S. college market to grow by 3% to 4% in 2008 and believe we will outperform the market this year.
Digital products and services will be one of the keys. In higher education, where the demand for technology-based products continues to grow, we are capitalizing on the opportunities by finding new ways to connect our content with iPods, MP3 players and laptops. Not surprisingly, the demand for digital products is greatest among professionals, where our online subscription revenue continues to grow faster than conventional product sales as we expand our offerings in science, medicine and engineering.
(IMAGE)
The diversity and breadth of Standard & Poor’s offerings and a strong performance overseas helped produce solid growth in 2007, despite the decline in the U.S. structured finance market. In 2008, notwithstanding challenges in the credit markets, we expect to produce another year of growth by continuing to take advantage of opportunities inherent in the diversified portfolio we have built.
More than 40% of S&P’s ratings revenue came from international sources in 2007, and we are continuing to expand our global ratings business. S&P has recently extended its international ratings coverage in Central and Eastern Europe, the Persian Gulf, South Africa and Turkey. In 2008, S&P has already opened new offices in Dubai, Johannesburg and Tel Aviv.
In 2007, we continued to make solid progress in building ratings revenue from nontransaction sources, including surveillance fees, annual contracts and subscriptions. We also benefited from ratings that are not directly linked to the issuance of new public debt. These nontraditional ratings, including infrastructure financing, counterparty risk ratings and bank loan ratings, have grown to represent more than 25% of our ratings revenue.
As we look ahead, we remain confident about our prospects in the U.S. corporate and public finance markets in 2008, while expecting a more conservative approach to financing in the structured markets and reduced investor appetite for complex products.
We also expect continued strong growth in S&P’s data and information products and index services, which are unrelated to ratings and accounted for 26% of our Financial Services revenue in 2007.


 


 

6

“The need for capital, the need for knowledge and the need for transparent business information will continue to drive our business for many years to come.”

The ongoing success of the Corporation is a result of its employees’ dedication to meeting the needs of customers, markets and communities. Harold McGraw III presents a “CEO Most Valuable Partner” award to J.D. Power and Associates’ Tokyo office for outstanding community service (left); Mr. McGraw also recognizes recipients of the 2007 Excellence in Leadership Award for their contributions to the Corporation’s growth (center); Mr. McGraw welcomes employees’ children for the Corporation’s annual “Bring Your Child to Work Day” (right).

(IMAGE)
We introduced 52 new indices last year, and are expanding our index business with the goal of providing an index for every investment category. At the end of 2007, assets under management in exchange-traded funds based on S&P indices had grown to a record $235.3 billion, a 46% increase over 2006.
Capital IQ continues to attract new customers and expand its services in providing online data, tools and analytics. It had more than 2,200 customers at the end of 2007, up from 700 since the acquisition in 2004. Capital IQ’s expanded database now covers virtually all of the world’s public companies as well as the vast majority of private equity firms.
In Information & Media, we continue to make progress in providing our customers with higher-value information products and services that are directly integrated into their workflow and infrastructure. By providing industry-leading intelligence, benchmarks, analytics and solutions from strong, trusted brands, we continue to turn industry performance measures into information that enables business professionals and other consumers to make better decisions.
The demand for J.D. Power and Associates’ customer satisfaction measurements is strong and poised for further global expansion, not only within the automotive market, but also into new sectors like financial services. Pricing information from Platts, traditionally associated with oil markets, is increasingly the benchmark for other energy and commodities markets including gas, power and steel. We also continue to strengthen the McGraw-Hill Construction Network by enhancing analytics and providing forecasts to help firms anticipate emerging trends.
Finally, we expect our Broadcasting Group to get a boost in 2008 from political advertising. We also anticipate continued growth in online advertising revenue, primarily at BusinessWeek.com.
     
(IMAGE)
  (IMAGE)
One Company Moving Forward
Looking ahead, the diversity and resilience of our portfolio of leading brands will continue to serve us well in 2008. Our portfolio is constructed to generate consistent revenue and earnings growth while reducing the volatility associated with capital market cycles. We believe our results demonstrated this in 2007 and we expect to continue this growth in the year ahead.
I am confident that the long-term prospects in our markets remain very strong. The need for capital, the need for knowledge and the need for transparent business information will continue to drive our business for many years to come.
It is my privilege to work with the talented men and women of The McGraw-Hill Companies, who, as one company with one focus, successfully carry out our mission each and every day. Our accomplishments in 2007 and the realization of our potential would not be possible without their hard work and dedication. I also want to thank our Board of Directors for its guidance, support and comittment to meeting the highest standards of shareholder responsibility.
Thank you for your continued support.
Sincerely,
-S- HAROLD MCGRAW III
Harold McGraw III
February 22, 2008


 


 

(IMAGE)


 

(IMAGE)


 

(IMAGE)


 

(IMAGE)


 

(IMAGE)


 

(IMAGE)


 

(IMAGE)


 

(IMAGE)


 

(IMAGE)


 

(IMAGE)


 

(IMAGE)


 

(IMAGE)


 

(IMAGE)


 

20
The McGraw-Hill Companies At-a-Glance
The McGraw-Hill Companies is an acknowledged leader in providing essential information and expertise to financial markets, educational institutions, businesses and consumers around the globe. The Corporation offers an array of market-leading brands in three core areas—financial services, education and business information—all sharing the same focus: to provide individuals, markets and societies with the resources they need to grow and prosper in a rapidly changing world.
www.mcgraw-hill.com

McGraw-Hill Financial Services
Standard & Poor’s (S&P) is the world’s premier provider of investment research, market indices and credit ratings. With offices and affiliates in more than two dozen countries—and with revenue generated across 118 nations and territories—S&P is highly valued by investors and financial decision-makers everywhere for its analytical independence, its market expertise and its incisive thought leadership.
The global leader in credit ratings, in 2007, S&P Ratings Services published more than 510,000 new and revised ratings, and has issued ratings on debt securities in more than 100 countries. The total amount of new debt S&P rated in 2007 was approximately $5.5 trillion.
S&P is also known for its world-famous benchmark portfolio indices—the S&P 500 in the United States and, globally, the S&P 1200. More than $1.5 trillion in assets around the world are directly tied to S&P indices, and more than $5.0 trillion in assets are benchmarked to them.
As one of the world’s largest producers of independent research, S&P licenses its research to over 1,000 institutions, including 19 of the top securities firms, 13 of the top banks, and 11 of the top life insurance companies.
S&P has grown over the past several decades to become an integral part of the global economic infrastructure, with operations that provide essential information to nearly every segment of the global financial community. This ensures a strong demand for S&P’s indices, ratings and research, as capital markets around the world continue to grow and become even more interconnected.
www.standardandpoors.com
McGraw-Hill Education
McGraw-Hill Education (MHE) is one of the world’s leading and most respected providers of educational information, with offices in 33 countries and learning materials published in more than 40 languages. MHE resources are delivered across a range of platforms to aid students at all levels of learning— from pre-K to postgraduate and professional studies.
The School Education Group combines traditional print materials with digital resources and multimedia options that engage and empower students while providing teachers with the tools they need to measure individual student progress and optimize classroom time. Key brands include Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, Macmillan/McGraw-Hill, SRA/McGraw-Hill and Wright Group/McGraw-Hill.
Our Assessment and Reporting Group , a recognized leader in summative and formative assessments, is advancing the transformation from paper-and-pencil to digital modes of testing. Its leading brands are CTB/McGraw-Hill and The Grow Network/McGraw-Hill.
The Higher Education Group is also a leading high-tech innovator, providing its trusted educational content to college students and professionals around the globe in a growing range of media— including more than 1,000 e-books, individualized Web tutorials, traditional print and custom publishing materials, and downloads to MP3 players and other hand-held wireless devices.
The Professional Group provides essential information and expert guidance over digital and wireless platforms to help medical staff, engineers, business-people and other professionals stay current with advances in their fields.
www.mheducation.com
  McGraw-Hill Information & Media
 
  McGraw-Hill Information & Media (I&M) consists of two groups that offer the latest news and information.
 
  The Business-to-Business Group provides market intelligence and solutions to professionals in industries where staying competitive means staying current.
 
»   Platts , a leading energy information provider, supplies news, pricing benchmarks and value-added services to the global oil, natural gas, electricity and commodity markets.
www.platts.com
 
»   J.D. Power and Associates is a recognized leader in independent marketing and consumer information. J.D. Power’s trusted customer satisfaction surveys are valued by companies around the world.
www.jdpower.com
 
»   BusinessWeek distributes news and valuable insights to the global business community via its flagship BusinessWeek magazine and the TV program BusinessWeek Weekend, through its Web portal BusinessWeek.com, and via digital downloads to mobile devices.
www.businessweek.com
 
»   McGraw-Hill Construction connects people, projects and products across the $4.6 trillion global construction industry.
www.construction.com
 
»   Aviation Week provides the latest news and workflow tools to the $2 trillion global aviation, aerospace and defense industries through multimedia products.
www.aviationweek.com
 
  The Broadcasting Group operates four ABC-affiliated television stations in the markets of Bakersfield (KERO), Denver (KMGH), Indianapolis (WRTV) and San Diego (KGTV); and five Spanish-language stations affiliated with Azteca America in California and Colorado.


 


 

21
(GRAPHIC)

 


 

22
One Company
One Commitment
As part of Global Volunteer Day, employees of The Grow Network/McGraw-Hill helped revitalize a New York City school library with a local organization, Partnership with Children (left). The 2007 Harold W. McGraw, Jr. Prize in Education winners celebrated its 20th anniversary with Chairman, President and CEO Harold McGraw III and Chairman Emeritus Harold W. McGraw, Jr. From left, standing: Vivien Stewart, Asia Society Vice President for Education; Reynauld Smith, Eastern Senior High School (Washington, D.C.) history teacher; Harold McGraw III; and Lois B. DeFleur, Binghamton University, State University of New York President. Seated: Harold W. McGraw, Jr. (center). As part of the Corporation’s work with Junior Achievement International-China, high school students in Beijing joined with our employees for an upclose look at how their education can translate into successful business careers (right).

(GRAPHIC)
  (GRAPHIC)
(GRAPHIC)


A focus on corporate citizenship that helps individuals and communities reach their potential
At The McGraw-Hill Companies, we are committed to serving the needs of the communities in which we live and work by offering our time and our financial and intellectual capital. Much of our support focuses on economic empowerment. Our funding established the Financial Literacy for the 21st Century, a professional development online resource, to inform and encourage teachers to incorporate financial literacy into their curriculum. Through our partnership with the Grameen Foundation, we sponsored a forum in Bolivia that provided best practices for microfinance lenders, who provide impoverished people around the world with small business loans. In addition, we donated more than $2.1 million in 2007 to nonprofit organizations through the Corporation’s Employee Giving Campaign.
Our Global Volunteer Day inspired 3,000 employees in 15 countries and 48 cities to spend a day serving their communities. Activities included preparing meals for people with HIV/AIDS in California, creating environmental awareness campaigns for school children in India, and assisting immigrants in New York with their search for jobs.
We also launched “green teams,” a grass roots employee effort, to establish and promote environmentally friendly, energy-efficient initiatives at our facilities. Currently there are 11 active “green teams” with more on the way.
In recognition of our employee volunteer efforts, The McGraw-Hill Companies was honored with the prestigious Award for Excellence in Workplace Volunteer Programs by the Points of Light Foundation. In July, former President George H. W. Bush presented the award to our Chairman, President and CEO Harold McGraw III.
We also remain focused on public policy issues that advance and support the Corporation’s interests, including helping officials in the United States and Europe understand how our credit ratings and price indices promote transparency in the world’s financial markets. As part of our advocacy for global education, in 2007 we supported extension of the No Child Left Behind Act, and worked with officials to advance the Bologna Process for making academic degree standards more consistent and compatible across the European university system. We also continued our work to build global consensus in favor of the economic benefits of trade liberalization, and we supported efforts to promote privacy and protect intellectual property rights of copyrighted works on the Internet.


 


 

(COVER)
Financial Contents 24 Management’s Discussion and Analysis 53 Consolidated Statement of Income 54 Consolidated Balance Sheet 56 Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 57 Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity 58 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 76 Report of Management 77 Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 79 Supplemental Financial Information 80 Eleven-Year Financial Review 82 Shareholder Information 83 Directors and Principal Executives Financial Charts Operating Profit by Segment Revenue by Segment (dollars in millions) (dollars in millions) $64 $1,020 $1,359 $985 $50 $931 $3,046 $61 $1,202 $1,019 $2,746 $2,401 $2,672 $2,706 $2,524 $410 $400 $329 05 06 07 05 06 07 2007 operating profit includes the effect of 2006 revenue includes the negative impact of restructuring charges at all segments and the the Sweets transformation, favorable developments divestiture of a mutual fund data business at with respect to certain disputed billings and the Financial Services. first quarter revenue related to the acquisition of J.D.Power and Associates (“JDPA”) of Information 2006 operating profit includes the effect & Media, with no comparable revenue in the first of adopting SFAS No. 123(R), the elimination of quarter of 2005. the Company’s restoration stock option program for all segments and restructuring charges at McGraw-Hill Education and Information & Media. Information & Media’s 2006 operating profit also includes the negative impact of the Sweets transformation and favorable developments with respect to certain disputed billings. Capital Expenditures by Segment Information & Media (dollars in millions) Financial Services $30 McGraw-Hill Education $69 $440 $24 $30 $48 $27 $350 $333 05 06 07 Includes investments in prepublication costs, purchases of property and equipment and additions to technology projects.


 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
This discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this annual report on
Form 10-K.
     Certain of the statements below are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. In addition, any projections of future results of operations and cash flows are subject to substantial uncertainty. See “Safe Harbor” Statements Under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 on page 52.
Overview
The Consolidated and Segment Review that follows is incorporated herein by reference.
The McGraw-Hill Companies is a leading global information services provider serving the financial services, education and business information markets with information products and services. Other markets include energy; construction; aerospace and defense; broadcasting; and marketing information services. The operations consist of three business segments: McGraw-Hill Education, Financial Services and Information & Media.
     The McGraw-Hill Education segment is one of the premier global educational publishers. This segment consists of two operating groups: the School Education Group (“SEG”), serving the elementary and high school (“el-hi”) markets, and the Higher Education, Professional and International (“HPI”) Group, serving the college, professional, international and adult education markets.
     The School Education Group and the industry it serves are influenced strongly by the size and timing of state adoption opportunities and the availability of funds. The total state new adoption market increased from approximately $685 million in 2006 to approximately $820 million in 2007. According to the Association of American Publishers (“AAP”) statistics through December 2007, strong basal sales in the adoption states coupled with minimal growth in open territory basal sales was partially offset by a decline in supplemental sales across the industry.
     Revenue at the HPI Group is affected by enrollments, higher education funding and the number of courses available to students. The current U.S. college enrollment is projected to rise by 17% to 20.4 million between 2005 and 2016, according to the National Center for Educational Statistics (“NCES”). On-line education enrollments continue to grow faster than traditional enrollments, although at a slower rate than in prior years. It is estimated that there are currently 1.5 million students, or approximately 8% of all U.S. college students, whose attendance is via fully online programs. Foreign student enrollment at American graduate schools increased for the second year in a row. This 7% increase is the largest since 2002. State appropriations for higher education increased again in 2007, growing by 7.1% nationwide to $72.2 billion in 2007, according to the Center for Higher Education at Illinois State University. Internationally, enrollments in postsecondary schools are also increasing significantly, particularly in India and China.
     The Financial Services segment operates under the Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) brand. This segment provides services to investors, corporations, governments, financial institutions, investment managers and advisors globally. The segment and the markets it serves are impacted by interest rates, the state of global economies, credit quality and investor confidence. The Financial Services segment consists of two operating groups: Credit Market Services and Investment Services.
     Credit Market Services, which provides independent global credit ratings and risk evaluations, was favorably impacted during 2007 by the current trend of the disintermediation of banks and the increased use of securitization as a source of funding. During the first half of 2007, Credit Market Services was favorably impacted by the continued low interest rate environment, increased globalization of the capital markets and increased merger and acquisition activity. As a result, corporate debt issuance in 2007 was robust. Issuance of structured finance securities (i.e., collateralized debt obligations, and mortgage-backed securities for commercial and residential mortgages) were strong during the first half of 2007, but weakened significantly during the second half of the year. The outlook for 2008 is adversely impacted by the current conditions in the credit markets. The significant weakening of structured finance issuance experienced during the second half of 2007, particularly in the United States, is expected to continue into 2008. In addition, the slowing of merger and acquisition activity during the second half of 2007 may continue into 2008 and could adversely impact corporate bond issuance.
     Investment Services provides comprehensive value-added financial data, information, investment indices and research. During 2007, Investment Services was favorably impacted by increased customer demand for both company data and securities data. A record level of assets under management in exchange-traded funds based on S&P indices and heavy trading volume of derivative contracts based on S&P indices for which S&P is paid fees were strong contributors to growth in Investment Services. Investment Services is well positioned heading into 2008, as these favorable trends are expected to continue.
     The Information & Media segment includes business, professional and broadcast media, offering information, insight and analysis; and consists of two operating groups: the Business-to-Business Group (including such brands as BusinessWeek , J.D. Power and Associates, McGraw-Hill Construction, Platts and Aviation Week ) and the Broadcasting Group, which operates nine television stations (four ABC affiliates and five Azteca America affiliated stations). The segment’s business is driven by the need for information and transparency in a variety of industries, and to a lesser extent, by advertising revenue, which is dependent on continued economic strength in the United States.
     Management analyzes the performance of the segments by using operating profit as a key measure, which is defined as income from operations before taxes on income, interest expense and corporate expense.


24


 

     The following is a summary of significant financial items during 2007, which are discussed in more detail throughout this Management’s Discussion and Analysis:
  Revenue and income from operations increased 8.3% and 17.2%, respectively, in 2007. Results from operations improved on the strength of the Financial Services segment, primarily due to the performance of corporate (corporate finance and financial services) and government ratings, and data and information services, as well as the McGraw-Hill Education segment, driven by an increase in the state new adoption market and growth in U.S. and international sales of higher education titles, growth in professional and reference products and expansion internationally. Foreign exchange rates had a $78.3 million favorable impact on revenue but an immaterial impact on operating profit.
  Diluted earnings per share increased 22.5% to $2.94 from $2.40 in 2006. Diluted earnings per share in 2007 include the impact of restructuring charges, a gain on the sale of the Company’s mutual fund data business, as well as the impact of the Sweets transformation.
  In 2007, the Company began implementing a restructuring plan related to a limited number of business operations to enhance the Company’s long-term growth prospects and incurred a restructuring charge of $43.7 million pre-tax ($27.3 million after-tax, or $0.08 per diluted share). In 2006, the Company restructured a limited number of business operations to enhance the Company’s long-term growth prospects, incurring a 2006 restructuring charge of $31.5 million pre-tax ($19.8 million after-tax, or $0.06 per diluted share).
  On March 16, 2007, the Company sold its mutual fund data business, which was part of the Financial Services segment. The sale resulted in a $17.3 million pre-tax gain ($10.3 million after-tax, or $0.03 per diluted share), recorded as other income and had an immaterial impact on the comparison of the segment’s operating profit.
  During 2006, the Sweets building products transitioned from a primarily print catalog offering to an integrated online service. In 2006, revenue and operating profit of $23.8 million and $21.1 million, respectively, of the bundled product were deferred and recognized ratably over the service period, primarily 2007.
  As a result of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Statement No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment,” (“SFAS No. 123(R)”) in 2006, the Company incurred stock-based compensation expense of $136.2 million ($85.5 million after-tax, or $0.23 per diluted share), including a one-time charge of $23.8 million ($14.9 million after-tax, or $0.04 per diluted share) from the elimination of the Company’s restoration stock option program. The Company’s Board of Directors voted to terminate the restoration feature of its stock option program effective March 30, 2006.
  Cash flow provided from operations was $1.7 billion for 2007. Cash levels increased 12.1% from the prior period to $396.1 million. During 2007, the Company repurchased 37 million shares of common stock for $2.2 billion under its share repurchase program, paid dividends of $277.7 million and made capital
    expenditures of $545.2 million. Capital expenditures include prepublication costs, property and equipment and additions to technology projects.
Outlook
In 2008, the McGraw-Hill Education segment revenue will be fueled by a robust state new adoption market which is expected to grow 10% to 15% to between $900 million and $950 million. Open territory sales, which have remained flat over the past two years, are expected to increase modestly owing to pent-up demand for new instructional materials. In the testing market, the Company expects continued growth driven by state-specific custom assessments as mandated by the No Child Left Behind Act which will continue intact. In the 2007-2008 school year, science joined reading and math as a tested subject. In addition, the Company expects continued growth in higher education both in the U.S. and abroad. The higher education space will continue to be influenced by the growth in online course programs. The McGraw-Hill Education segment will experience increased expense as additional investments are made in order to take advantage of the increased opportunities, particularly in the el-hi marketplace in 2008 and beyond, and to take advantage of the increased digital opportunities in the higher education space. In 2008, prepublication amortization expense is expected to increase as the Company makes investments to take advantage of the significant adoption and open territory opportunities in key states for 2008 and beyond. The McGraw-Hill Education segment will also realize efficiencies from the 2007 and 2006 restructuring initiatives to help mitigate the impact of these increased investments.
     The Financial Services segment faces challenging comparisons in the first half of 2008 as a result of the segment’s strong performance during the first half of 2007. Credit Market Services will be unfavorably impacted by the continued weakness in structured finance issuance that is expected to continue at least through the first half of 2008. Mitigating these impacts are the benefits from continued global expansion and product diversification as well as a favorable interest rate environment and increased capital spending. The growth in Investment Services revenue should continue in 2008.
     In 2008, the Information & Media segment will continue to transform itself, placing greater emphasis on Web-based delivery and digital asset management, which offer new opportunities to deliver premium services. J.D. Power and Associates will continue to expand its global automotive business into the rapidly growing Asia-Pacific markets. In the construction market, transformation of digital and Web-based products will continue in order to better serve customers in the commercial construction markets. The ongoing volatility of the oil and natural gas markets is expected to increase customer demand for news and pricing products. The segment will also continue to invest in BusinessWeek.com during 2008. The Broadcasting Group will continue to pursue digital revenue opportunities as well as growth in the Hispanic markets that it serves through its Azteca America affiliated stations. Higher political advertising revenues are expected from the presidential election year.


25


 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Outlook (continued)
     In 2008, the Company plans to continue its focus on the following strategies:
  Leveraging existing capabilities to create new services.
  Continuing to make selective acquisitions that complement the Company’s existing business capabilities.
  Expanding and refining the use of technology in all segments to improve performance, market penetration and productivity.
     There can be no assurance that the Company will achieve success in implementing any one or more of these strategies. The following factors could unfavorably impact operating results in 2008:
  Lower educational funding as a result of budget concerns.
  Prolonged difficulties in the credit markets or a significant economic recession.
  A change in the regulatory environment affecting the Company’s businesses, including educational spending or the ratings process.
Disclosure Controls
The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the Company’s reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
     As of December 31, 2007, an evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the CEO and CFO, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Based on that evaluation, the Company’s management, including the CEO and CFO, concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2007.
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Section 404”) and as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, management is required to provide the following report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting:
1.   The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Company.
 
2.   The Company’s management has evaluated the system of internal control using the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) framework. Management has selected the COSO framework for its evaluation as it is a control framework, recognized by the SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, that is free from bias, permits reasonably consistent qualitative and quantitative measurement of the Company’s internal controls, is sufficiently
    complete so that relevant controls are not omitted and is relevant to an evaluation of internal controls over financial reporting.
 
3.   Based on management’s evaluation under this framework, management has concluded that the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting were effective as of December 31, 2007. There are no material weaknesses in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that have been identified by management.
 
4.   The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP, has audited the consolidated financial statements of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2007, and has issued its reports on the financial statements and the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting. These reports are located on pages 77 and 78 of the 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders.
Other Matters
There have been no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the most recent quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The Company’s discussion and analysis of its financial condition and results of operations is based upon the Company’s consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires the Company to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities.
     On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates and assumptions, including those related to revenue recognition, allowance for doubtful accounts and sales returns, prepublication costs, valuation of inventories, valuation of long-lived assets, goodwill and other intangible assets, pension plans, income taxes and stock-based compensation. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience, current developments and on various other assumptions that it believes to be reasonable under these circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about carrying values of assets and liabilities that cannot readily be determined from other sources. There can be no assurance that actual results will not differ from those estimates.
     Management considers an accounting estimate to be critical if it required assumptions to be made that were uncertain at the time the estimate was made and changes in the estimate or different estimates could have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations.
     Management has discussed the development and selection of the Company’s critical accounting estimates with the Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors. The Audit Committee has reviewed the Company’s disclosure relating to them in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis.


26


 

     The Company believes the following critical accounting policies require it to make significant judgments and estimates in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements:
      Revenue recognition. Revenue is recognized when goods are shipped to customers or services are rendered. Units whose revenue is principally from service contracts record revenue as earned. The Company considers amounts to be earned once evidence of an arrangement has been obtained, services are performed, fees are fixed or determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured. Revenue relating to products that provide for more than one deliverable is recognized based upon the relative fair value to the customer of each deliverable as each deliverable is provided. Revenue relating to agreements that provide for more than one service is recognized based upon the relative fair value to the customer of each service component and as each component is earned. If the fair value to the customer for each service is not objectively determinable, revenue is recorded as unearned and recognized ratably over the service period. Fair value is determined for each service component through a bifurcation analysis that relies upon the pricing of similar cash arrangements that are not part of the multi-element arrangement. Advertising revenue is recognized when the page is run or the spot is aired. Subscription income is recognized over the related subscription period.
     Product revenue consists of the revenue from the McGraw-Hill Education and Information & Media segments, and represents educational products, primarily books, magazine circulation revenue and syndicated study products. Service revenue represents the revenue from the Financial Services segment; the remaining revenue of the Information & Media segment, primarily related to information-related services and advertising; and service assessment contracts for the McGraw-Hill Education segment.
     For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, no significant changes have been made to the underlying assumptions related to estimates of revenue or the methodologies applied. These assumptions are not expected to significantly change in 2008.
      Allowance for doubtful accounts and sales returns. The accounts receivable reserve methodology is based on historical trends and a review of outstanding balances. The impact on operating profit for a one percentage point change in the allowance for doubtful accounts is $14.6 million. A significant estimate in the McGraw-Hill Education segment, and particularly within the Higher Education, Professional and International Group (“HPI”), is the allowance for sales returns, which is based on the historical rate of return and current market conditions. Should the estimate for the HPI Group vary by one percentage point, it would have an approximate $11.3 million impact on operating profit.
     For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, management made no material changes in its assumptions regarding the determination of the allowance for doubtful accounts and sales returns. These assumptions are not expected to significantly change in 2008.
      Prepublication costs. Prepublication costs, principally outside preparation costs, are amortized from the year of publication over their estimated useful lives, one to five years, using either an
accelerated or straight-line method. The majority of the programs are amortized using an accelerated methodology. The Company periodically evaluates the amortization methods, rates, remaining lives and recoverability of such costs, which are sometimes dependent upon program acceptance by state adoption authorities, based on expected undiscounted cash flows.
     For the year ended December 31, 2007, prepublication amortization expense was $240.2 million, representing 9.5% of consolidated operating-related expenses and 10.4% of the McGraw-Hill Education segment’s total expenses. If the annual prepublication amortization varied by one percentage point, the consolidated amortization expense would have changed by approximately $2.4 million.
     For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, no significant changes have been made to the amortization rates applied to prepublication costs, the underlying assumptions related to estimates of amortization or the methodology applied. These assumptions are not expected to significantly change in 2008.
      Valuation of inventories. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or market. A significant estimate in the McGraw-Hill Education segment is the reserve for inventory obsolescence. The reserve is based upon management’s assessment of the marketplace of products in demand as compared to the number of units currently on hand. Should the estimate for inventory obsolescence for the Company vary by one percentage point, it would have an approximate $4.6 million impact on operating profit.
     For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, management made no material changes in its assumptions regarding the determination of the valuation of inventories. These assumptions are not expected to significantly change in 2008.
      Intangibles, goodwill and other long-lived assets. The Company reviews long-lived assets, including intangible assets, and goodwill for impairment annually, or sooner whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amounts of such assets may not be recoverable. Upon such an occurrence, recoverability of these assets is determined as follows: Intangibles with indefinite lives are tested by comparing their carrying amounts to fair value. Impairment within goodwill is tested using a two-step method. The first step is to compare the fair value of the reporting unit to its book value, including goodwill. If the fair value of the unit is less than its book value, the second step is applied. The second step requires the Company to determine the implied fair value of goodwill by deducting the fair value of the reporting unit’s net assets from the fair value of the reporting unit. If the book value of goodwill is greater than its implied fair value, the Company writes down goodwill to its implied fair value. For long-lived assets that are held for use, the Company compares the forecasted undiscounted net cash flows to the carrying amount. If the long-lived asset is determined to be unable to recover the carrying amount, then it is written down to fair value. For long-lived assets held for sale, assets are written down to fair value less costs to sell.


27


 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates (continued)
     Fair value is determined based on discounted cash flows, appraised values or management’s estimates, depending upon the nature of the assets. In estimating future cash flows for the Company’s businesses, internal budgets are used. The budgets are based on recent sales data for existing products, planned timing of new product launches or capital projects and customer commitments related to new and existing products. These budgets also include assumptions of future production volumes and pricing of products.
     The Company performed its impairment assessment on long-lived assets, including intangible assets and goodwill, in accordance with the methods prescribed above. The Company concluded that no impairment existed in 2007.
      Retirement plans and postretirement healthcare and other benefits. The Company’s pension plans and postretirement benefit plans are accounted for using actuarial valuations required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 87, “Employers’ Accounting for Pensions,” and SFAS No. 106, “Employers’ Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions.” The Company also applies the recognition and disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of SFAS No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R),” (“SFAS No. 158”), which requires the Company to recognize the funded status of its pension and other postretirement benefit plans in the consolidated balance sheet.
     The Company’s employee pension and other postretirement benefit costs and obligations are dependent on assumptions concerning the outcome of future events and circumstances, including compensation increases, long-term return on pension plan assets, healthcare cost trends, discount rates and other factors. In determining such assumptions, the Company consults with outside actuaries and other advisors where deemed appropriate. In accordance with relevant accounting standards, if actual results differ from the Company’s assumptions, such differences are deferred and amortized over the estimated future working life of the plan participants. While the Company believes that the assumptions used in these calculations are reasonable, differences in actual experience or changes in assumptions could affect the expense and liabilities related to the Company’s pension and other postretirement benefits.
     The following is a discussion of some significant assumptions that the Company makes in determining costs and obligations for pension and other postretirement benefits:
  Discount rate assumptions are based on current yields on high-grade corporate long-term bonds.
  Salary growth assumptions are based on the Company’s long-term actual experience and future outlook.
  Healthcare cost trend assumptions are based on historical market data, the near-term outlook and an assessment of likely long-term trends.
  Long-term return on pension plan assets is based on a calculated market-related value of assets, which recognizes changes in market value over five years.
     The Company’s discount rate and return on asset assumptions used to determine the net periodic pension cost on its U.S. retirement plans are as follows:
                         
January 1   2008   2007   2006
 
Discount rate
    6.25 %     5.90 %     5.65 %
Return on asset assumption
    8.00 %     8.00 %     8.00 %
 
     Pension expense for 2007 decreased $2.2 million pre-tax primarily due to changes in assumptions and return on plan assets for both domestic and foreign pension plans. Effective January 1, 2008, the Company changed the discount rate for its qualified retirement plans. The effect of these changes on 2008 earnings per share is expected to be immaterial.
     The Company’s discount rate and initial health care cost trend rate used to determine the net periodic postretirement benefit cost on its U.S. retirement plans are as follows:
                         
January 1   2008   2007   2006
 
Discount rate
    6.00 %     5.75 %     5.50 %
Healthcare cost trend rate
    8.50 %     9.00 %     9.00 %
 
      Income taxes. The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to be applied to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.
     Management’s judgment is required in determining the Company’s provision for income taxes and deferred tax assets and liabilities. In determining the need for a valuation allowance, the historical and projected financial performance of the operation that is recording a net deferred tax asset is considered along with any other pertinent information.
     During 2007, the Company’s annual effective tax rate increased from 37.2% to 37.5% due to minor increases in state taxes.
     The Company or one of its subsidiaries files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, various states, and foreign jurisdictions, and the Company is routinely under audit by many different tax authorities. Management believes that its accrual for tax liabilities is adequate for all open audit years based on its assessment of many factors including past experience and interpretations of tax law. This assessment relies on estimates and assumptions and may involve a series of complex judgments about future events. It is possible that examinations will be settled prior to December 31, 2008. If any of these tax audit settlements do occur within that period the Company would make any necessary adjustments to the accrual for unrecognized tax benefits. Until formal resolutions are reached between the Company and the tax authorities, the


28


 

determination of a possible audit settlement range with respect to the impact on unrecognized tax benefits is not practicable. On the basis of present information, it is the opinion of the Company’s management that any assessments resulting from the current audits will not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
     Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted the provisions of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109,” (“FIN 48”). FIN 48 clarifies the accounting and reporting for uncertainties in income taxes and prescribes a comprehensive model for the financial statement recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in income tax returns. As a result of the implementation of FIN 48, the Company recognized an increase in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $5.2 million, which was accounted for as a reduction to the January 1, 2007 balance of retained income. The total amount of federal, state and local, and foreign unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2007 and January 1, 2007 were $45.8 million and $75.1 million, respectively, exclusive of interest and penalties. Included in the balance at December 31, 2007 and January 1, 2007, are $3.9 million and $13.5 million, respectively, of tax positions for which the ultimate deductibility is highly certain but for which there is uncertainty about the timing of such deductibility. Because of the impact of deferred tax accounting, other than interest and penalties, the disallowance of the shorter deductibility period would not affect the annual effective tax rate but would accelerate the payment of cash to the taxing authority to an earlier period. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense and operating expense, respectively. In addition to the unrecognized tax benefits, as of December 31, 2007 and January 1, 2007, the Company had $11.9 million and $12.4 million, respectively, of accrued interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions.
     For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, management made no material changes in its assumptions regarding the determination of the provision for income taxes. However, certain events could occur that would materially affect the Company’s estimates and assumptions regarding deferred taxes. Changes in current tax laws and applicable enacted tax rates could affect the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, thereby impacting the Company’s income tax provision.
      Stock-based Compensation. Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R), applying the modified prospective method, under which prior periods are not revised for comparative purposes. Under the fair value recognition provisions of this statement, stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period, which is the vesting period. Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), the Company applied the provisions of the Accounting Principles Board Opinion
No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” in accounting for its stock-based awards and accordingly, recognized no compensation cost for its stock plans other than for its restricted stock performance and non-performance awards.
     Under the modified prospective method, SFAS No. 123(R) applies to new awards and to the unvested portion of awards that were outstanding as of December 31, 2005 as well as awards that were outstanding as of December 31, 2005 that are subsequently modified, repurchased or canceled. Compensation expense recognized during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 includes the expense for all share-based payments granted prior to, but not yet vested as of December 31, 2005, based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (“SFAS No. 123”), and the expense for all share-based payments granted subsequent to December 31, 2005, based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No.123(R).
     Stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $124.7 million, $136.2 million and $51.1 million, respectively.
     In 2006, the Company incurred a one-time charge of $23.8 million ($14.9 million after-tax, or $0.04 per diluted share) from the elimination of the Company’s restoration stock option program. The Company’s Board of Directors voted to terminate the restoration feature of its stock option program effective March 30, 2006. Also included in stock-based compensation expense is restricted performance stock expense of $94.2 million ($58.8 million after-tax, or $0.17 per diluted share) in 2007, $66.0 million ($41.5 million after-tax, or $0.11 per diluted share) in 2006 and $51.1 million ($32.1 million after-tax, or $0.08 per diluted share) in 2005. The Company has reshaped its long-term incentive compensation program to emphasize the use of restricted performance stock over employee stock options (see Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements).
     The Company uses a lattice-based option-pricing model to estimate the fair value of options granted in 2007, 2006 and 2005. Options granted prior to January 1, 2005 were valued using the Black-Scholes model. The following assumptions were used in valuing the options granted during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005:
                         
    2007   2006   2005
 
Risk-free average interest rate
    3.60–6.28 %     4.14–6.07 %     1.99–4.64 %
Dividend yield
    1.2–1.7 %     1.1–1.5 %     1.6 %
Volatility
    14–22 %     12–22 %     16–24 %
Expected life (years)
    7.0–7.2       6.7–7.1       0.5–6.8  
Weighted-average grant- date fair value
  $ 15.80     $ 14.15     $ 8.90  
 
     Because lattice-based option-pricing models incorporate ranges of assumptions, those ranges are disclosed. These assumptions are based on multiple factors, including historical exercise patterns,


29


 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates (continued)
post-vesting termination rates, expected future exercise patterns and the expected volatility of the Company’s stock price. The risk-free interest rate is the imputed forward rate based on the U.S. Treasury yield at the date of grant. The Company uses the historical volatility of the Company’s stock price over the expected term of the options to estimate the expected volatility. The expected term of options granted is derived from the output of the lattice model and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding.
Results of Operations — Consolidated Review
Revenue and Operating Profit
                         
(in millions)   2007 (a)   2006 (b)   2005 (c)
 
Revenue
  $ 6,772.3     $ 6,255.1     $ 6,003.6  
% increase
    8.3 %     4.2 %     14.3 %
Operating profit*
  $ 1,822.9     $ 1,581.3     $ 1,490.0  
% increase
    15.3 %     6.1 %     14.7 %
% operating margin
    27 %     25 %     25 %
 
*   Operating profit is income from operations before taxes on income, interest expense and corporate expense.
 
(a)   2007 operating profit includes pre-tax gains relating to divestitures and a pre-tax charge related to restructuring.
 
(b)   2006 operating profit includes a pre-tax charge related to the effect of adopting SFAS No. 123(R), the elimination of the Company’s restoration stock option program and a pre-tax charge related to restructuring.
 
(c)   2005 operating profit includes a pre-tax charge related to restructuring.
      The Segment Review that follows is incorporated herein by reference.
2007 Compared with 2006
In 2007 the Company achieved growth in revenue and operating profit of 8.3% and 15.3%, respectively. The increase in revenue is primarily attributable to growth in the Financial Services and McGraw-Hill Education segments. In 2007, foreign exchange rate fluctuations positively impacted revenue growth by $78.3 million but had an immaterial impact on operating profit growth. The Company generally has naturally hedged positions in most countries. However, in 2007, the Company generated a portion of its revenue in foreign countries in U.S. dollars, where most of the expenses are denominated in local currencies, which generally strengthened against the dollar. In 2006, foreign exchange contributed $12.7 million to revenue and had an immaterial impact on operating profit.
     Product revenue increased 6.6% in 2007, due primarily to a stronger state adoption year in K-12 for the McGraw-Hill Education segment as well as growth in U.S. and international higher education sales. The product margin increased to 17.6% in 2007 from 16.5% in 2006. Product revenue consists of revenue from the McGraw-Hill Education and Information & Media segments and represents educational products, primarily books, magazine circulation revenue and syndicated study product revenue.
     Service revenue increased 9.3% in 2007, due primarily to a 10.9% increase in the Financial Services segment despite challenging
market conditions in the second half of 2007 in the credit markets which adversely impacted structured finance. Service revenue consists of revenue of the Financial Services segment and the remaining revenue in Information & Media and McGraw-Hill Education’s service contracts for assessments. The revenue represents information-related services, advertising and service contracts for assessments. The Financial Services segment’s increase in revenue was driven by corporate (industrial and financial services) and government finance ratings and investment services. Strength in Investment Services was driven by demand for both the Capital IQ and index products. The service margin increased to 32.4% in 2007 from 30.9% in 2006. In Financial Services, issuance levels deteriorated across all asset classes and regions during the latter part of the year because of the current credit market conditions. The impact on U.S. residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”) and U.S. collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”) had the greatest impact on structured finance ratings. The Company expects the current market conditions and global issuance levels to persist through the first half of 2008 versus the prior year, primarily in structured finance. The outlook for U.S. RMBS and CDOs as well as other asset classes is dependent upon many factors including the general condition of the economy, interest rates, credit quality and spreads, and the level of liquidity in the financial markets.
     During 2007, no significant acquisitions were made.
     On March 16, 2007, the Company sold its mutual fund data business, which was part of the Financial Services segment. The sale resulted in a $17.3 million pre-tax gain ($10.3 million after-tax, or $0.03 per diluted share), recorded as other income. The divestiture of the mutual fund data business is consistent with the Financial Services segment’s strategy of directing resources to those businesses that have the best opportunities to achieve both significant financial growth and market leadership. The divestiture will enable the Financial Services segment to focus on its core business of providing independent research, ratings, data, indices and portfolio services. The impact of this divestiture on comparability of results is immaterial.
     During 2006, no significant acquisitions or divestitures were made.
     During 2006, the Sweets building products database was integrated into the McGraw-Hill Construction Network, providing architects, engineers and contractors a powerful new search function for finding, comparing, selecting and purchasing products. Although it was anticipated that Sweets would move from a primarily print catalog to an online service, customers contracted to purchase a bundled print and integrated online product. Historically, Sweets print catalog sales were recognized in the fourth quarter of each year, when catalogs were delivered to our customers. Online service revenue is recognized as service is provided. The impact of recognizing sales of the bundled product ratably over the service period negatively impacted 2006 revenue by $23.8 million and operating profit by $21.1 million, with the deferral recognized in 2007.
     In the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company restructured a limited number of business operations to enhance the Company’s


30


 

long-term growth prospects. The Company incurred a 2007 restructuring charge of $43.7 million pre-tax ($27.3 million after-tax, or $0.08 per diluted share), which consisted mostly of severance costs related to a workforce reduction of approximately 600 positions across the Company.
     In the third and fourth quarters of 2006, the Company also restructured a limited number of business operations to enhance the Company’s long-term growth prospects and incurred a 2006 restructuring charge of $31.5 million pre-tax ($19.8 million after-tax, or $0.06 per diluted share), which consisted primarily of vacant facilities and employee severance costs related to the reduction of approximately 700 positions in the McGraw-Hill Education segment, Information & Media segment and Corporate.
     In 2006, the Company incurred a one-time charge of $23.8 million pre-tax ($14.9 million after-tax or $0.04 per diluted share) from the elimination of the Company’s restoration stock option program. The Company’s Board of Directors voted to terminate the restoration feature of its stock option program effective March 30, 2006.
2006 Compared with 2005
In 2006, the Company achieved growth in revenue and income from operations. The results are primarily attributable to growth in the Financial Services segment and the impact of the April 1, 2005 acquisition of J.D. Power and Associates, which contributed $43.8 million in revenue in the first quarter of 2006 and had no material impact on operating profit. In 2006, foreign exchange rates contributed $12.7 million to revenue and had no material impact on operating profit. In 2005, foreign exchange rates contributed $6.0 million to revenue and had no material impact on operating profit.
     During 2006, the Sweets building products database was integrated into the McGraw-Hill Construction Network, providing architects, engineers and contractors a powerful new search function for finding, comparing, selecting and purchasing products. Although it was anticipated that Sweets would move from a primarily print catalog to an online service, customers contracted to purchase a bundled print and integrated online product. Historically, Sweets print catalog sales were recognized in the fourth quarter of each year, when catalogs were delivered to its customers. Online service revenue is recognized as service is provided. The impact of recognizing sales of the bundled product ratably over the service period negatively impacted 2006 revenue by $23.8 million and operating profit by $21.1 million with the deferred revenue and corresponding operating profit recognized in 2007.
     Effective January 2006, the Company adopted the provisions of, and accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with, SFAS No. 123(R). The Company has applied the modified-prospective method, under which prior periods are not revised for comparability purposes. Under the fair value recognition provisions of this statement, stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period, which is the vesting period. The valuation provisions of SFAS No. 123(R)
apply to new grants and to the non-vested portions of grants that were outstanding as of the effective date as well as grants that were outstanding as of the effective date that are subsequently modified. Estimated compensation for grants that were outstanding as of the effective date are recognized over the remaining service period using the compensation cost estimated for the SFAS No. 123 pro forma disclosures. Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), the Company applied the provisions prescribed by Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” in accounting for its stock-based awards and, accordingly, recognized no compensation cost for its stock option plans other than for its restricted stock performance and non-performance awards.
     For the year ended 2006, the Company incurred stock-based compensation expense of $136.2 million pre-tax ($85.5 million after-tax, or $0.23 per diluted share), which is primarily related to the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) and includes a one-time charge of $23.8 million pre-tax ($14.9 million after-tax, or $0.04 per diluted share) from the elimination of the Company’s restoration stock option program. The Company’s Board of Directors voted to terminate the restoration feature of its stock option program effective March 30, 2006. Also included in 2006 stock-based compensation expense is restricted performance stock expense of $66.0 million pre-tax ($41.5 million after-tax, or $0.11 per diluted share) compared with $51.1 million pre-tax ($32.1 million after-tax, or $0.08 per diluted share) in the same period of 2005. Additionally, the Company has reshaped its long-term incentive compensation program to emphasize the use of restricted performance stock over employee stock options.
     In the third and fourth quarters of 2006, the Company restructured a limited number of business operations to enhance the Company’s long-term growth prospects. The restructuring will strengthen key capabilities, lower costs and allow the Company to direct resources to areas with the greatest potential for continued growth in the years ahead. The Company incurred a 2006 restructuring charge of $31.5 million pre-tax ($19.8 million after-tax, or $0.06 per diluted share), which consisted primarily of vacant facilities and employee severance costs related to the reduction of approximately 700 positions in the McGraw-Hill Education segment, Information & Media segment and Corporate.
     During the fourth quarter of 2005, the Company recorded a restructuring charge of $23.2 million pre-tax, which consisted primarily of employee severance costs related to the reduction of positions across the Company.
     During 2006 no significant acquisitions or divestitures were made.
     During 2005, the Company made several acquisitions as follows:
  CRISIL Limited: The Company acquired majority ownership of CRISIL Limited (“CRISIL”), a leading provider of credit ratings, financial news and risk and policy advisory services in India on June 1, 2005. CRISIL is now part of the Financial Services segment.


31


 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Results of Operations — Consolidated Review (continued)
  Vista Research, Inc: The Company acquired Vista Research, Inc., a leading provider of primary research on April 1, 2005. Vista Research, Inc. is now part of the Financial Services segment.
 
  J.D. Power and Associates (“JDPA”): The Company acquired JDPA, a leading provider of marketing information services for the global automotive industry that has established a strong and growing presence in several other important industries, including finance and insurance, healthcare, home building, telecommunications and energy, on April 1, 2005. JDPA is now part of the Information & Media segment.
     In 2005, the Company sold its Healthcare Information Group, a unit of the Information & Media segment. The Healthcare Information Group consisted of several magazines including: The Physician and Sportsmedicine , Postgraduate Medicine and Healthcare Informatics , as well as a variety of healthcare information programs that serve the medical market. The Company recognized a pre-tax loss of $5.5 million ($3.3 million after-tax, or less than 1 cent per diluted share).
     In 2005, the Company sold its Corporate Value Consulting (“CVC”) business, the valuation services unit of the Financial Services segment. This business was selected for divestiture as it no longer fit with the Company’s strategic plans. The divestiture of CVC enabled the Financial Services segment to focus on its core business of providing independent research, ratings, data indices and portfolio services. The Company recognized a pre-tax gain of $6.8 million ($4.2 million after-tax, or $0.01 per diluted share).
     Revenue from McGraw-Hill Education’s service contracts for assessments of $214.4 million and $246.1 million in 2006 and 2005, respectively, have been reclassified from product to service as a result of the service component becoming more significant and inseparable from the deliverable.
     Product revenue decreased 3.7% in 2006, due to a weaker state new adoption market for the McGraw-Hill Education segment. Product revenue consists of the revenue from the McGraw-Hill Education and Information & Media segments and represents educational products, primarily books, magazine circulation revenue and syndicated study product revenue.
     Service revenue increased 10.0% in 2006, primarily due to increased revenue in the Financial Services segment, which increased 14.4% or $345.6 million. Financial Services revenue increased due to the strong performance of structured finance and corporate (industrial and financial services) and government ratings. The full year impact of the 2005 CRISIL Limited and Vista Research, Inc. acquisitions represented approximately 14.0% of the growth in the service revenue. Also contributing to growth was the acquisition of JDPA, which represented 10.6% of the growth in service revenue. Service revenue represents the revenue from the Financial Services segment; the remaining revenue of the Information & Media segment, primarily related to information-related services and advertising; and service assessment contracts for the McGraw-Hill Education segment.
Operating Profit and Margin
The following table sets forth information about the Company’s operating profit and operating margin by segment:
2007 Compared with 2006
                                                   
    2007   2006
    Operating   %     %   Operating   %     %    
(in millions)   Profit (a)   Total   Margin   Profit (b)   Total   Margin
 
McGraw-Hill
Education
  $ 400.0       22 %     15 %   $ 329.1       21 %     13 %
Financial
Services
    1,359.4       75 %     45 %     1,202.3       76 %     44 %
Information
& Media
    63.5       3 %     6 %     49.9       3 %     5 %
 
Total
  $ 1,822.9       100 %     27 %   $ 1,581.3       100 %     25 %
 
(a)   2007 operating profit includes a pre-tax charge related to restructuring and a pre-tax gain on the sale of the Company’s mutual fund data business.
 
(b)   2006 operating profit includes a charge primarily related to the effect of adopting SFAS No. 123(R), the elimination of the Company’s restoration stock option program and a pre-tax charge related to restructuring.
     As demonstrated by the preceding table, operating margin percentages vary by operating segment and the percentage contribution to operating profit by each operating segment varies from year to year.
     The 2007 operating profit and operating margin percentages increased across all segments reflecting growing revenues and efficiency improvements.
     The McGraw-Hill Education (“MHE”) segment’s 2007 operating profit and margin increased by 21.5% and improved 1.7 percentage points, respectively, over 2006. These results were primarily due to the following items:
  Strong performance at the School Education Group (“SEG”) was driven by an increase in the total state new adoption market from approximately $685 million in 2006 to approximately $820 million in 2007. In 2007, SEG outperformed the industry in the state new adoption market with an estimated share of 32% in grades K-12.
 
  Growth at the Higher Education, Professional and International (“HPI”) Group was fueled by U.S. and international sales of higher education titles, growth in professional and reference products and expansion internationally.
 
  SEG’s testing revenue increased over the prior year due to custom contracts in Georgia, Indiana, Florida and Wisconsin and higher shelf revenue driven chiefly by sales of Acuity formative assessments. SEG continued to invest in technology to improve efficiencies in developing, delivering, and scoring custom assessments.
 
  Restructuring charges of $16.3 million and $16.0 million pre-tax affected the MHE segment operating profit for 2007 and 2006, respectively.


32


 

     The Financial Services (“FS”) segment’s 2007 operating profit and margin grew by 13.1% and improved 1.0 percentage point, respectively, from 2006. These results were primarily due to the following items:
  Acquisition-related financing and share repurchasing activity drove growth in corporate issuance (industrial and financial institutions) in both the U.S. and globally.
 
  Robust public finance issuance was driven by requirements to raise new money to fund municipal projects and to refund existing debt.
 
  Strong demand for investment services products such as Capital IQ and securities information products such as RatingsXpress and RatingsDirect.
 
  Continued expansion in Standard & Poor’s indices, due to growth in assets under management for exchange traded funds.
 
  Positive returns earned by CRISIL Limited, India’s leading provider of credit ratings, financial news and risk and policy advisory services.
 
  Restructuring charges of $18.8 million pre-tax impacted the Financial Services segment’s operating profit for 2007.
 
  The sale of the segment’s mutual fund data business contributed $17.3 million pre-tax to operating profit for 2007 but did not materially impact the comparability of results.
     The Information & Media (“I&M”) segment’s 2007 operating profit and margin grew by 27.2% and improved 1.2 percentage points, respectively, from 2006. These results were primarily due to the following items:
  In the Business-to-Business Group, oil, natural gas and power news and pricing products experienced growth as a result of the increased demand for market information due to volatility in the price of crude oil and other commodities.
 
  Expansion of international research studies, growth domestically from new research studies and increased revenue from corporate communications positively influenced 2007 Business-to-Business Group results.
 
  The Sweets transformation in the Business-to-Business Group resulted in deferral of revenues of $23.8 million and operating profit of $21.1 million in 2006, with a corresponding benefit in 2007.
 
  Declines in BusinessWeek ‘s advertising pages in the global edition for 2007 had an adverse impact on 2007 Business-to-Business Group results.
 
  In Broadcasting, comparisons to 2006 were adversely impacted by declines in political advertising as well as local and national advertising, particularly in the automotive and services sectors.
 
  Restructuring charges of $6.7 million and $8.7 million pre-tax impacted the I&M segment’s operating profit for 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
  I&M’s 2006 operating profit includes a one-time stock-based compensation expense pre-tax charge of $2.7 million from the elimination of the Company’s restoration stock option program.
2006 Compared with 2005
                                                 
    2006   2005
    Operating     %    %   Operating      %    %
(in millions)   Profit (a)     Total   Margin   Profit (b)     Total   Margin
 
McGraw-Hill Education
  $ 329.1       21 %     13 %   $ 410.2       28 %     15 %
Financial Services
    1,202.3       76 %     44 %     1,019.2       68 %     42 %
Information & Media
    49.9       3 %     5 %     60.6       4 %     7 %
 
Total
  $ 1,581.3       100 %     25 %   $ 1,490.0       100 %     25 %
 
(a)   2006 operating profit includes a charge primarily related to the effect of adopting SFAS No. 123(R), the elimination of the Company’s restoration stock option program and a pre-tax charge related to restructuring.
 
(b)   2005 operating profit includes a pre-tax charge relating to restructuring.
     As demonstrated by the preceding table, operating margins vary by operating segment and the percentage contribution to operating profit by each operating segment fluctuates from year to year.
     In 2006, operating profit increased as a result of the Financial Services segment. Impacting these results is stock-based compensation expense of $136.2 million pre-tax ($85.5 million after-tax, or $0.23 per diluted share) primarily related to the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R). This charge includes a one-time charge of $23.8 million pre-tax ($14.9 million after-tax, or $0.04 per diluted share) from the elimination of the Company’s restoration stock option program. Also included in 2006 stock-based compensation expense is restricted performance stock expense of $66.0 million pre-tax ($41.5 million after-tax, or $0.11 per diluted share) compared with $51.1 million pre-tax ($32.1 million after-tax, or $0.08 per diluted share) in 2005. During the third and fourth quarters of 2006, the Company restructured a limited number of business operations to enhance the Company’s long-term growth prospects. The Company incurred a 2006 restructuring charge of $31.5 million pre-tax, which consisted primarily of employee severance costs related to the headcount reduction of approximately 700 in the McGraw-Hill Education segment, Information & Media segment and Corporate. The total 2006 restructuring charge after-tax was $19.8 million and impacted diluted earnings per share by $0.06. The impact of the Sweets transformation within the Information & Media segment resulted in a decrease in operating profit of $21.1 million.
     The McGraw-Hill Education (“MHE”) segment’s 2006 operating profit and margin declined by 19.8% and a 2.3 percentage point change, respectively, from 2005. These results were primarily due to the following items:
  A weak performance at School Education Group (“SEG”) due to the decline in the state new adoption market from $950 million in 2005 to $685 million in 2006.
 
  Less successful performances than initially expected by SEG’s elementary programs in key adoptions in Florida and California for 2006.
 
  A decrease in volume and scope of custom assessments due in part to the non-renewal of low margin contracts.


33


 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Results of Operations — Consolidated Review (continued)

  Decreases in shelf assessment products as the states continue to migrate away from these products due to the impact of No Child Left Behind.
 
  Growth in the Higher Education, Professional and International Group driven by its strong science, engineering and mathematics lists.
 
  The stock-based compensation impact to MHE, in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R), of $31.6 million, which includes a charge of $4.2 million from the elimination of the Company’s restoration stock option program and $16.8 million of restricted performance stock expense. MHE’s restricted performance stock expense for 2005 was $12.0 million.
 
  Pre-tax restructuring charges of $16.0 million and $9.0 million affected the MHE segment’s operating profit for 2006 and 2005, respectively.
     The Financial Services (“FS”) segment’s 2006 operating profit and margin grew by 18.0% and a 1.3 percentage point change, respectively, from 2005. These results were primarily due to the following items:
  Growth in structured finance related to the continued strength in issuance of U.S. commercial mortgage-backed securities and collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”) in 2006, primarily driven by strong investor demand for both asset classes, strong commercial real estate origination trends and new CDO structures and arbitraging opportunities.
 
  Growth in corporate finance ratings, which is attributable to increases in industrial issuance, driven primarily by the market’s favorable financing conditions, robust capital spending and healthy merger and acquisition activity.
 
  Strong demand for ratings and research products such as RatingsDirect and RatingsXpress.
 
  Continued expansion in Standard & Poor’s indices, due to growth in assets under management for exchange-traded funds and higher trading levels for futures and options based on S&P indices.
 
  The impact of stock-based compensation, in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R), of $38.3 million, which includes a charge to FS of $2.1 million from the elimination of the Company’s restoration stock option program and $20.2 million of restricted performance stock expense. FS’s restricted performance stock expense for 2005 was $8.4 million.
 
  The disposition of the Corporate Value Consulting business, which contributed $13.7 million to 2005 operating profit.
 
  A pre-tax restructuring charge of $1.2 million included in the FS segment’s operating profit for 2005.
     The Information & Media (“I&M”) segment’s 2006 operating profit and margin declined by 17.6% and a 1.4 percentage point change, respectively, from 2005. These results were primarily due to the following items:
  The Sweets transformation, which resulted in lower than anticipated revenues of $23.8 million and operating profit of $21.1 million.
 
  The impact of stock-based compensation, in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R), of $22.9 million, which includes a charge to
    I&M of $2.7 million from the elimination of the Company’s restoration stock option program and $12.1 million of restricted performance stock expense. I&M’s restricted performance stock expense for 2005 was $8.8 million.
 
  Pre-tax restructuring charges of $8.7 million and $10.2 million in the I&M segment’s operating profit for 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
  The decline was partially offset by strength in oil pricing and information products.
Operating Costs and Expenses
                         
(in millions)   2007     2006     2005  
 
Operating-related expenses
  $ 2,527.6     $ 2,387.2     $ 2,316.3  
% growth
    5.9 %     3.1 %     13.2 %
Selling and general expenses
    2,437.9       2,287.9       2,172.4  
% growth
    6.6 %     5.3 %     14.1 %
Other operating costs and expenses
    161.0       161.6       151.0  
% growth
    %     7.0 %     21.1 %
 
Total expense
  $ 5,126.5     $ 4,836.7     $ 4,639.7  
% growth
    6.0 %     4.2 %     13.8 %
 
2007 Compared with 2006
Total expenses in 2007 increased 6.0% while total revenue in 2007 increased 8.3%. The growth in total expenses is attributed primarily to the growth in the Financial Services and McGraw-Hill Education segments.
     The Company implemented SFAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment,” on January 1, 2006. Included in the 2006 stock-based compensation expense is a one-time charge of $23.8 million from the elimination of the Company’s restoration stock option program.
     Total product-related expenses increased 5.3% while product revenue increased 6.6%. Product operating-related expenses, which includes amortization of prepublication costs, increased $37.2 million or 3.4%, primarily due to the growth in expenses at McGraw-Hill Education. The growth in expenses is primarily due to increases in direct expenses relating to product development, partially offset by cost containment efforts. Amortization of pre-publication costs increased by $11.8 million or 5.2%, as compared with same period in 2006, as a result of product mix and adoption cycles. For 2007, combined printing, paper and distribution prices for manufacturing remained flat versus 2006. Printing prices decreased slightly versus 2006 due to successful negotiations with suppliers globally. Paper prices were limited to a slight increase due to successful negotiations and long-term agreements in place limiting increases for a majority of the Company’s paper purchases. Overall distribution prices increased 2.6% due to U.S. Postal Service, international postage and air-freight rate increases, offset by savings resulting from changes in distribution delivery methods and negotiations with ground carriers. In 2007, combined paper, printing and distribution expenses represented 23.2% of total operating-related expenses. Product-related selling and general expenses increased 7.4%, primarily due to increased


34


 

sales opportunities at McGraw-Hill Education. The product margin improved 1.0% mainly due to the increased state new adoption opportunities at McGraw-Hill Education and the effect of previous restructuring initiatives.
     Total service-related expenses increased 6.9%, while service revenue increased 9.3%. Service operating-related expenses increased 8.0% and service selling and general expenses increased 5.9%, while the service margin improved 1.5%, primarily due to revenue growth across all segments led by Financial Services.
     During 2007 and 2006, the Company restructured a limited number of business operations to enhance the Company’s long-term growth prospects. Included in selling and general expenses for 2007 are restructuring charges of $43.7 million pre-tax ($27.3 million after-tax, or $0.08 per diluted share), which consisted primarily of severance costs related to a workforce reduction of approximately 600 positions across the Company. Included in selling and general expenses for 2006 are restructuring charges of $31.5 million pre-tax ($19.8 million after-tax, or $0.06 per diluted share), which consisted primarily of employee severance costs related to the reduction of approximately 700 positions in the McGraw-Hill Education segment, Information & Media segment and Corporate.
     Other operating costs and expenses, which include depreciation and amortization of intangibles, were essentially flat.
Expense Outlook
Product-related expense growth is anticipated to accelerate in 2008 as the McGraw-Hill Education segment prepares for increased opportunities offered by the state adoption cycle in 2008 and beyond, with prepublication spending expected to increase to between $300 million to $310 million. It is anticipated that this level of spending will continue over the next few years. This increased investment will result in an increase in the amortization of pre-publication costs of approximately $45 million or 19% in 2008.
     Combined printing, paper, and distribution prices for product-related manufacturing, which typically represent 20% of total operating-related expenses, are expected to remain flat in 2008. The Company continues to take advantage of opportunities to lower manufacturing costs that will positively impact 2008 and beyond. This includes increased focus on more effective product assignments to lower-cost suppliers worldwide. Printing prices are expected to remain roughly flat in 2008. The Company’s overall paper price increase will be limited to approximately 4.0% due to negotiated price reductions, long-term agreements and short-term price caps. Overall distribution prices are expected to rise approximately 4.0% due to increases in U.S. Postal Service, international postage rates, and air-freight and trucking.
     In 2008, the Company will continue its efforts relating to its global resource management initiatives and business process improvements to further enhance operating efficiencies and leverage its buying power. The Company expects to generate expense savings from the restructurings implemented over the last few years.
     Merit increases for 2008 will be approximately 3.5%, unchanged from prior year. Minimal staff increases are expected at the McGraw-Hill Education and Information & Media segments.
Financial Services will increase positions in India to support growth at its CRISIL and Capital IQ divisions.
     In 2008, depreciation is expected to increase as a result of projected capital spending of approximately $170 million in 2008 and a full year of depreciation from 2007 capital expenditures, primarily related to investments in the Company’s information technology data centers and technology-related equipment. Intangible amortization is expected to remain flat in 2008.
2006 Compared with 2005
In 2006, total expenses increased 4.2% over the prior year, which is slightly higher than revenue growth.
     A significant portion of both operating-related and selling and general expenses is compensation expense, which increased approximately 9.4% in 2006, primarily as a result of stock-based compensation and an increase in the employee base, primarily as a result of international expansion. Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R), applying the modified prospective method, under which prior periods are not revised for comparative purposes. Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), the Company applied the provisions of the Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” in accounting for its stock-based awards and, accordingly, recognized no compensation cost for its stock plans other than for its restricted stock performance and non-performance awards.
     The Company’s 2006 operating-related and selling and general expenses include a stock-based compensation pre-tax charge of $32.0 million and $104.2 million, respectively, primarily as a result of the implementation of SFAS No. 123(R). This charge includes a one-time charge of $23.8 million in selling and general expenses from the elimination of the Company’s restoration stock option program. Also included in the 2006 stock-based compensation expense is restricted performance stock of $12.7 million in operating-related expenses and $53.3 million in selling and general expenses as compared with $51.1 million in selling and general expenses, respectively, in 2005.
     Also contributing to the increase in compensation expense is the increase in pension expense from the Company’s U.S. and U.K. qualified retirement plans. Effective January 1, 2006, the Company changed certain assumptions on its pension plans. The effect of these changes resulted in an increase in pension expense for 2006 of $12.7 million pre-tax.
     Beginning in the third quarter of 2006, the Company restructured a limited number of business operations to enhance the Company’s long-term growth prospects. The Company incurred a 2006 restructuring charge of $31.5 million pre-tax, all of which was charged to selling and general expenses. The restructuring consisted primarily of employee severance costs related to the reduction of approximately 700 positions in the McGraw-Hill Education segment, Information & Media segment and Corporate.
     During the fourth quarter of 2005, the Company recorded a restructuring charge of $23.2 million pre-tax, all of which was charged to selling and general expenses. The restructuring consisted primarily of employee severance costs related to the reduction of positions across the Company.


35


 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Results of Operations — Consolidated Review (continued)

     During 2005, the Company made several acquisitions, which are further discussed in Note 2 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements, as follows:
  CRISIL Limited: The Company acquired majority ownership of CRISIL Limited (“CRISIL”), a leading provider of credit ratings, financial news and risk and policy advisory services in India on June 1, 2005. CRISIL is now part of the Financial Services segment.
 
  Vista Research, Inc: The Company acquired Vista Research, Inc., a leading provider of primary research on April 1, 2005. Vista Research, Inc. is now part of the Financial Services segment.
 
  J.D. Power and Associates (“JDPA”): The Company acquired JDPA, a leading provider of marketing information services for the global automotive industry that has established a strong and growing presence in several other important industries, including finance and insurance, healthcare, home building, telecommunications and energy, on April 1, 2005. JDPA is now part of the Information & Media segment.
     In 2005, the Company sold its Healthcare Information Group, a unit of the Information & Media segment. The Healthcare Information Group consisted of several magazines including: The Physician and Sportsmedicine , Postgraduate Medicine and Healthcare Informatics , as well as a variety of healthcare information programs that serve the medical market. The Company recognized a pre-tax loss of $5.5 million ($3.3 million after-tax, or less than 1 cent per diluted share), which is included in other income.
     In 2005, the Company sold its Corporate Value Consulting (“CVC”) business, the valuation services unit of the Financial Services segment. This business was selected for divestiture as it no longer fit with the Company’s strategic plans. The divestiture of CVC enabled the Financial Services segment to focus on its core business of providing independent research, ratings, data indices and portfolio services. The Company recognized a pre-tax gain of $6.8 million ($4.2 million after-tax, or $0.01 per diluted share), which is included in other income.
     Operating-related and selling and general expenses from McGraw-Hill Education’s service contracts for assessments of $239.4 million and $246.5 million in 2006 and 2005, respectively, have been reclassified from product to service as a result of the service component becoming more significant and inseparable from the deliverable.
     Total product-related expenses declined by 1.8% in 2006 while product-related revenue declined by 3.7%. Product operating-related expenses, which include the amortization of prepublication costs, were flat as compared with the prior year, primarily due to the reduced volume from the weaker adoption calendar and cost saving measures at McGraw-Hill Education, offset by stock-based compensation charges and the impact of first quarter 2006 for JDPA. Amortization of prepublication costs decreased $5.9 million as compared with 2005, as a result of product mix and the adoption cycle. For 2006, combined printing, paper and distribution
prices for product-related manufacturing increased by approximately 1.3% or $6.3 million. Printing prices were held to a slight increase versus 2005 due to successful negotiations with suppliers globally. Paper prices were limited to a 2.4% increase due to successful negotiations and long-term agreements in place limiting increases for a majority of the Company’s paper purchases. Overall distribution prices increased by 4.9% due to the U.S. Postal Service rate increase combined with air-freight and trucking rate increases averaging 4.0%. In 2006, combined paper, printing and distribution expenses represented 20.8% of total operating-related expenses. Product-related selling and general expenses decreased 3.8% as a result of McGraw-Hill Education’s cost-saving measures offset by stock-based compensation charges and restructuring charges. Product selling and general expenses in 2006 included restructuring charges of $9.3 million and 2005 restructuring charges of $9.0 million. The product margin for 2006 decreased 1.6%.
     Total service-related expenses for 2006 increased 9.3% while service revenue increased 10.0%. The Financial Services segment expenses increased only 11.8% on a revenue growth of 14.4%. Service operating-related expenses increased by 5.8% due to growth in Financial Services, the impact of stock-based compensation including the impact of reloads and the impact of the first quarter of 2006 for JDPA. Service selling and general expenses for 2006 increased 12.9% due to stock-based compensation, restructuring and the impact of the first quarter of 2006 for JDPA. Service selling and general expense included $22.3 million related to 2006 restructuring and $14.2 million related to the 2005 restructuring. The service margin grew 0.4%.
     In 2006, depreciation expense increased 6.0% to $113.2 million as a result of 2005 acquisitions and increased depreciation of technology-related equipment. Amortization of intangibles increased 9.4% to $48.4 million as of December 31, 2006 due to 2005 acquisitions.
Other Income — net
                         
(in millions)   2007   2006   2005
 
Other income — net
  $ 17.3     $     $ 1.2  
% growth
    n/m       n/m       n/m  
 
n/m — not meaningful
     In 2007, other income includes a gain on the sale of the Company’s mutual fund data business, which was part of the Financial Services segment. The sale resulted in a $17.3 million pre-tax gain ($10.3 million after-tax, or $0.03 per diluted share). In 2006, the Company did not have other income. In 2005, other income includes a $6.8 million pre-tax gain from the disposition of Corporate Value Consulting, which was mostly offset by a $5.5 million pre-tax loss on the disposition of the Healthcare Information Group.


36


 

Interest Expense — net
                         
(in millions)   2007     2006     2005  
 
Interest expense — net
  $ 40.6     $ 13.6     $ 5.2  
% growth
    n/m       n/m       (10.1 )%
 
n/m — not meaningful
     Interest expense increased to $40.6 million in 2007, compared with $13.6 million in 2006. This increase is due to higher average debt borrowings and higher interest rates in 2007. The higher level of borrowings was driven by cash requirements above our operating cash flow to execute our share repurchase program. In 2007, the Company repurchased 37 million shares at an average price of $59.80, as compared with 2006 repurchases of 28.4 million shares at an average price of $54.23.
     In November 2007, the Company issued $1.2 billion of senior notes as follows: $400 million of 5.375% senior notes due in 2012; $400 million of 5.900% senior notes due in 2017; and $400 million of 6.550% senior notes due in 2037. Included in 2007 is $11.7 million of interest and debt discount amortization related to the senior notes.
     Average total short-term borrowings consisted of commercial paper, extendible commercial notes (“ECNs”), and promissory note borrowings. Average short-term borrowings outstanding in 2007 were $674.8 million at an average interest rate of 5.4%. This compares with average total short-term borrowings consisting of commercial paper outstanding in 2006 of $223.1 million at an average interest rate of 5.2%. There were no ECNs or promissory note borrowings outstanding during 2006, and there were no commercial paper borrowings outstanding at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.
     Interest expense in 2005 was $5.2 million. Average commercial paper outstanding during 2005 was $129.3 million and average interest rate on commercial paper borrowings in 2005 was 3.1 %. The increase in interest expense in 2006 compared with 2005 resulted from an increase in both average commercial paper borrowings and higher interest rates. Lower interest income earned on lower investment balances represents the remaining variance. The increase in average borrowings was required to help fund share repurchases of 28.4 million shares in 2006 compared with 14.3 million shares in 2005.
     Included in 2007, 2006 and 2005 was approximately $8.5 million, $8.9 million and $9.3 million, respectively, of non-cash interest expense related to the accounting for the sale-leaseback of the Company’s headquarters building in New York City.
     In 2008, interest expense is projected to increase as a result of the full year impact of increased borrowings to fund 2007 share repurchases as well as anticipated 2008 share repurchases under the current program, which has 28 million shares remaining.
Provision for Income Taxes
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Provision for income taxes as
                       
% of income from operations
    37.5 %     37.2 %     37.9 %
 
     During 2007, the Company’s annual effective tax rate increased from 37.2% to 37.5% due to minor increases in state taxes.
     The Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48 on January 1, 2007. As a result of the implementation of FIN 48, the Company recognized an increase in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $5.2 million, which was accounted for as a reduction to the January 1, 2007 balance of retained income. The total amount of federal, state and local, and foreign unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2007 and January 1, 2007 were $45.8 million and $75.1 million, respectively, exclusive of interest and penalties. Included in the balance at December 31, 2007 and January 1, 2007, are $3.9 million and $13.5 million, respectively, of tax positions for which the ultimate deductibility is highly certain but for which there is uncertainty about the timing of such deductibility. Because of the impact of deferred tax accounting, other than interest and penalties, the disallowance of the shorter deductibility period would not affect the annual effective tax rate but would accelerate the payment of cash to the taxing authority to an earlier period. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense and operating expense, respectively. In addition to the unrecognized tax benefits, as of December 31, 2007 and January 1, 2007, the Company had $11.9 million and $12.4 million, respectively, of accrued interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions.
     In 2007, the Company completed the U.S. federal tax audits for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and consequently has no open U.S. federal income tax examinations for years prior to 2007. In 2007, the Company completed various state and foreign tax audits and, with few exceptions, is no longer subject to state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for the years before 2002. See Note 5 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements for reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits.
     During 2006, the Company completed various federal, state and local, and foreign tax audits and accordingly removed approximately $17 million from its accrued income tax liability accounts. This amount was offset by additional requirements for taxes related to foreign subsidiaries. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2006 was 37.2%.
     During 2005, the Company repatriated $209.3 million of earnings from its foreign subsidiaries. The repatriation took advantage of the one-time incentive offered under the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 and resulted in an incremental income tax of $10.0 million. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2005 was 37.9%.


37


 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Results of Operations - Consolidated Review (continued)

     The Company expects the 2008 effective tax rate to be approximately 37.5% absent the impact of numerous factors including intervening audit settlements, changes in federal, state or foreign law and changes in the locational mix of the Company’s income.
Net Income
                         
(in millions)   2007     2006     2005  
 
Net income
  $ 1,013.6     $ 882.2     $ 844.3  
% growth
    14.9 %     4.5 %     11.7 %
 
     Net income for 2007 increased 14.9% as compared with 2006 as a result of the strong performance in the Financial Services and McGraw-Hill Education segments. Included in net income is an after-tax charge of $27.3 million relating to restructuring and an after-tax gain of $10.3 million on the divestiture of the Company’s mutual fund data business.
     Net income for 2006 increased 4.5% as compared with 2005 primarily as a result of performance in the Financial Services segment. Included in net income is an after-tax charge of $19.8 million relating to restructuring and an after-tax charge of $85.5 million relating to stock-based compensation expense. The Sweets transformation from a primarily print catalog to an integrated online service resulted in an after-tax deferral of $13.3 million in the 2006 net income with a corresponding increase in 2007.
Diluted Earnings per Common Share
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Diluted earnings per common share:
                       
Net income
  $ 2.94     $ 2.40     $ 2.21  
% growth
    22.5 %     8.6 %     12.8 %
 
     Diluted earnings per share were $2.94 in 2007 as compared with $2.40 in 2006. Included in 2007 is a $0.03 after-tax benefit of the divestiture of the Financial Services’ mutual fund data business and a $0.08 after-tax restructuring charge.
     Included in the 2006 diluted earnings per share is a one-time charge of $0.04 after-tax from the elimination of the Company’s restoration stock option program, a $0.06 after-tax restructuring charge and $0.04 deferral of revenue relating to the Sweets transformation, which was recognized in 2007.
     In 2005, diluted earnings per share includes a restructuring charge of $0.04 and dilution from the increase in the income taxes on the repatriation of foreign earnings of $0.03.
     The increase in diluted earnings per share in 2007 as compared with 2006 and in 2006 as compared with 2005 was due to increases in net income, enhanced by share repurchases of 37 million, 28.4 million and 14.3 million in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
     The effect of repurchases of common stock resulted in an increase in diluted earnings per share of $0.04 in 2007, $0.03 in 2006 and $0.02 in 2005.
Segment Review
McGraw-Hill Education
                         
(in millions)   2007 ( a )     2006( b )     2005( a )  
 
Revenue
  $ 2,705.9     $ 2,524.2     $ 2,671.7  
% increase/(decrease)
    7.2 %     (5.5 )%     11.5 %
 
Operating profit
  $ 400.0     $ 329.1     $ 410.2  
% increase/(decrease)
    21.5 %     (19.8 )%     20.6 %
 
% operating margin
    15 %     13 %     15 %
 
(a)   Operating profit includes a pre-tax charge relating to restructuring.
 
(b)   Operating profit includes the effect of adopting SFAS No. 123(R), the elimination of the Company’s restoration stock option program and a restructuring charge.
     The McGraw-Hill Education segment is one of the premier global educational publishers and is the largest U.S.-owned educational publisher serving the elementary and high school (“el-hi”), college and university, professional and international markets. The segment consists of two operating groups: the School Education Group (“SEG”) and the Higher Education, Professional and International (“HPI”) Group.
     In 2007, revenue for the McGraw-Hill Education segment increased 7.2% from the prior year. The increase in SEG’s revenue of 6.8% was driven by an increase in the total state new adoption market from approximately $685 million in 2006 to approximately $820 million in 2007. In 2007, SEG outperformed the industry in the state new adoption market with an estimated share of 32% in grades K-12. HPI’s revenue increased by 7.6% reflecting growth in U.S. and international sales of higher education titles, growth in professional and reference products and expansion internationally.
     In 2007, operating profit for the McGraw-Hill Education segment increased by $70.9 million or 21.5% as compared with 2006 driven by increased state new adoption opportunities in SEG and expansion across HPI, as well as cost containment efforts. The operating margin grew as a result of an increase in the total state new adoption market in 2007 and cost savings from various process efficiency initiatives, including the 2006 reorganization of the School Solutions Group. Foreign exchange rates benefited revenue by $23.6 million and did not have a material impact on operating profit.
     In 2007, the McGraw-Hill Education segment incurred restructuring charges totaling $16.3 million pre-tax. The pre-tax charge consists of employee severance costs related to a workforce reduction of approximately 300 positions across the segment and is included in selling and general expenses. These restructuring activities related primarily to reallocation of certain resources to support continued digital evolution and productivity initiatives at HPI and SEG.
     In 2006, the McGraw-Hill Education segment incurred restructuring charges totaling $16.0 million pre-tax. The restructuring included the integration of the Company’s elementary and secondary basal publishing businesses. The pre-tax charge consisted


38


 

of employee severance costs related to a workforce reduction of approximately 450 positions primarily at SEG and vacant facilities costs at SEG. The vacant facilities costs primarily relate to the shutdown of the Company’s Salinas, California facility.
     McGraw-Hill Education’s 2006 operating profit includes a one-time stock-based compensation expense pre-tax charge of $4.2 million from the elimination of the Company’s restoration stock option program.
     In 2008, overall industry growth in the el-hi market is projected to be 4% to 5%, again driven by a strong state adoption cycle. The state new adoption market will improve to between $900 million and $950 million, depending on the available state funding, versus approximately $820 million for 2007. The key adoption opportunities in 2008 are California K-8 Math, Florida K-5 Reading and Texas K-5 Math. Open territory sales, which have remained flat over the past two years, are projected to increase modestly owing to pent-up demand for new instructional materials. In 2008, open territory purchasing may be affected by limited increases in federal funding and pressures on local and state budgets as problems in the housing sector cause tax revenues to decline. In 2008, SEG expects growth in revenue for “off the shelf” tests, notably Acuity, TerraNova3 and TABE. SEG will continue to focus on winning additional custom testing contracts in key states during 2008 while also investing in the technology necessary for the ongoing development of summative and formative assessment products that can be offered online.
     HPI expects 2008 to be a good year in higher education in the United States and internationally. Growth is expected at all four imprints: Science, Engineering and Mathematics (“SEM”); Business and Economics (“B&E”); Humanities, Social Science and Languages (“HSSL”); and Career Education. The professional market revenue should be driven by the core print business with strong growth in the medical product line partially offset by a decline in sales of technical titles. Digital licensing and digital subscriptions should also contribute to revenue growth.
     Operating margins for 2008 are expected to decrease due to increased prepublication spending and ensuing amortization as well as technology investments required by the digital transformation in the education markets and costs related to the migration to our new data center. These increased costs will be partially mitigated by process efficiencies.
     In 2006, revenue for the McGraw-Hill Education segment decreased 5.5% as compared with 2005. The decrease in SEG’s revenue of 12.4% resulted from the total state new adoption market decreasing from approximately $950 million in 2005 to approximately $685 million in 2006. Additionally, open territory opportunities declined slightly in 2006 according to statistics reported by the Association of American Publishers (“AAP”). Also affecting SEG’s results was a reduction from 2005 levels in volume and scope of custom assessment contracts and the volume of norm-referenced tests. HPI’s revenue increased by 3.5%, reflecting growth in U.S. and international sales of higher education titles, growth in professional and reference products and expansion internationally.
     In 2006, operating profit decreased by $81.1 million as compared with 2005 due in part to the $31.6 million of stock-based compensation charges due to the initial adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) and $16.0 million in restructuring charges. The operating margin declined because of a decrease in the total state new adoption market in 2006 and the product mix, offset by improved margins at HPI. Foreign exchange rates benefited revenue by $6.6 million and positively affected operating results by $2.3 million.
School Education Group
                         
(in millions)   2007     2006     2005  
 
Revenue
  $ 1,416.8     $ 1 ,326.6     $ 1,515.0  
% increase/(decrease)
    6.8 %     (12.4 )%     18.5 %
 
     The SEG consists of several key brands, including SRA/ McGraw-Hill, specialized niche basal programs such as Open Court Reading for the elementary market; Wright Group/McGraw-Hill, innovative supplementary products for the early childhood, elementary and remedial markets; Macmillan/McGraw-Hill, core basal instructional programs for the elementary market; Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, basal and supplementary products for the secondary market; CTB/McGraw-Hill, customized and standardized testing materials and scoring services, online diagnostics and formative assessment products; and The Grow Network/ McGraw-Hill, assessment reporting and customized content.
     In 2007, revenue for SEG increased by $90.2 million or 6.8% as compared with 2006. SEG revenue reflects the total state new adoption market in 2007 of approximately $820 million as compared with approximately $685 million in 2006.
     Total U.S. PreK-12 enrollment for 2006-2007 is estimated at 55.0 million students, up 0.5% from 2005-2006, according to the National Center for Education Statistics (“NCES”). The total available state new adoption market in 2008 is estimated at between $900 million to $950 million.
     In the adoption market, revenue increases were driven by strong basal sales performance including K-8 science in California and South Carolina, 6-12 math in Texas and K-5 reading in Tennessee, Indiana and Oregon. Everyday Mathematics, SEG’s reform-based program, led the K-5 market in New Mexico.
     Growth in the open territory was limited by overall softness in the market, but SEG achieved strong sales in New York City with K-8 math and 6-8 science. The new, third edition of Everyday Mathematics also performed well throughout the open territory.
     Market conditions also limited growth in the supplementary market, although SEG experienced success with its reading and math intervention programs, particularly Number Worlds.
     According to statistics compiled by the AAP, total net basal and supplementary sales of elementary and secondary instructional materials were up by 2.7% for the year ended December 2007 compared to the prior year.


39


 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Segment Review ( continued)

     SEG’s testing revenue increased over the prior year driven by custom contracts in Georgia, Indiana, Florida and Wisconsin and higher shelf revenue driven chiefly by sales of Acuity formative assessments. SEG continued to invest in technology to improve efficiencies in developing, delivering, and scoring custom assessments.
     New products that will contribute to growth in 2008 include:
  California Mathematics K-8 and Texas Mathematics K-5: Programs tailored for the adoptions in those states.
  Treasures: A balanced basal program for the largest segment of the reading market.
  Imagine It!: A revision of the highly successful skills-based program Open Court Reading.
  Everyday Mathematics, 3rd Edition: A revision of the leading program in the reform-based segment of the market.
     Balancing budgets for fiscal 2008-2009 will be challenging for many states due to declining tax revenues related to the problems in the housing market in 2007 and overall economic conditions. As a result, the outlook for funding of discretionary educational spending on items such as instructional materials may be constrained in some areas, particularly in open territory states where school districts rely heavily on local tax revenues. However, based on a very strong state adoption schedule through the end of the decade, SEG continues to project good growth in 2008 and beyond. In order to capitalize on these state adoption opportunities, in 2008, SEG will accordingly make substantial investments in new program development and major program revisions primarily in reading, math and science.
     The No Child Left Behind Act (“NCLB”) mandates annual statewide testing in reading and math in grades three through eight, and science testing at three grade levels is required beginning in the 2007-2008 school year. The law also requires statewide testing once in grades 10 through 12, as well as specialized assessments for English Language Learner (“ELL”) students. Because the NCLB tests must be aligned with the learning standards adopted by each state, customized criterion-referenced tests are replacing norm-referenced tests, or “shelf tests,” in the summative testing market. SEG holds strong positions in both the custom and the shelf testing markets. In general, customized, state-specific tests have lower margins than shelf tests.
     In 2008, SEG expects growth in customized test revenue, notably Acuity, TerraNova3 and TABE. SEG will continue to focus on winning additional custom contracts in key states during 2008 and will invest in the technology necessary for the ongoing development of summative and formative assessment products that can be offered online. Summative tests are high-stakes tests administered to measure achievement, such as NCLB accountability assessments. Formative tests are low-stakes tests administered to predict performance on summative tests, diagnose student learning needs, and inform future instruction.
     In 2006, revenue for SEG decreased by $188.4 million or 12.4% as compared with 2005. SEG revenue reflects the total state new adoption market in 2006 of $685 million compared with approximately $950 million in 2005, a decline that limited sales for the
K-12 publishing industry. In large part, SEG’s results reflected the negative comparisons to the large market share captured in 2005. 2006 key adoptions were in Florida and California, which purchased science and social studies, respectively. In Florida, SEG led the secondary portion of the market, which offered the highest dollar volume, but its K-5 program was less successful. In California, SEG’s performance in the elementary social studies market fell short of expectations. However, SEG captured the leading share of available secondary business with strong performances at both the middle school and high school levels. California’s high schools purchase on an open territory basis but tend to follow the adoption cycle as to subject area. In other state adoptions, SEG was very successful with secondary science in New Mexico, Oklahoma, and West Virginia, and with elementary music in Indiana and Oregon.
     For the 2006 open territory selling season, SEG introduced a new elementary basal reading program, Treasures, which was very well received and won the two largest open territory reading adoptions in 2006, in Wichita and Pittsburgh. SEG also achieved good year-over-year growth of its alternative basal program Everyday Mathematics. However, the volume of available open territory business was not sufficient to offset the reduction in the state new adoption markets. In fact, open territory opportunities declined slightly in 2006 according to the AAP According to statistics compiled by the AAP, the industry’s total net basal and supplementary sales of elementary and secondary instructional materials declined by 5.8% compared with the same period in 2005.
Higher Education, Professional and International Group
                         
(in millions)   2007     2006     2005  
 
Revenue
  $ 1,289.1     $ 1,197.5     $ 1,156.8  
% increase
    7.6 %     3.5 %     3.5 %
 
     The Higher Education, Professional and International (“HPI”) Group serves the college, professional, international and adult education markets.
     HPI revenue increased $91.6 million or 7.6% compared to the prior year.
     Revenues increased for the principal higher education imprints, Science, Engineering and Mathematics (“SEM”), Humanities, Social Science and Languages (“HSSL”) and Business and Economics (“B&E”) with growth largely driven by B&E’s frontlist and backlist titles along with key titles from the other imprints. New copyright titles contributing to growth included:
  McConnell, Economics, 17/e;
  Nickels, Understanding Business, 8/e;
  Garrison, Managerial Accounting, 12/e;
  Kamien, Music: An Appreciation, Brief Edition, 6/e;
  Bentley, Traditions and Encounters, 4/e;
  Getlein, Living with Art, 8/e; and
  Wild, Fundamental Accounting Principles, 18/e.


40


 

     Contributing to the performance of professional titles were McGraw-Hill Encyclopedia of Science & Technology, 10/e; Harrison’ s Principles of Internal Medicine, 16/e; Harrison’ s Manual of Medicine, Crucial Conversations; and Current Medical Diagnosis & Treatment.
     Internationally, strong performance was driven by increased professional sales in Australia, strong adoptions in India and increased higher education volume in Korea and China. HPI also benefited from increased higher education funding in Brazil and strong school sales in Spain.
     The HPI Group expects 2008 to be another good year in higher education both in the United States and internationally. In 2008, growth is expected to occur at SEM, B&E and HSSL, the three major higher education imprints, and at the newly organized Career imprint. Career expects growth fueled by its allied health and computer applications product lines. B&E is expected to grow with strength in the marketing and management categories. HSSL anticipates growth with strong titles in psychology and Spanish. SEM will grow based on increases in math and chemistry titles. Improving sales in India, Asia and Latin America are expected across the higher education imprints in 2008. Custom textbooks and online products should also have a positive impact in 2008.
     The U.S. college new textbook market is approximately $3.7 billion and is expected to grow about 3% to 4% annually through 2009. In 2008, the Company anticipates that its college product sales will outperform the industry. As technology continues to be the key trend in higher education for course management and content delivery, the HPI Group will aggressively pursue a variety of e-initiatives, including e-books, homework support for students and online faculty training and support.
     U.S. college enrollments are projected to rise by 17% to 20.4 million between 2005 and 2016, according to the National Center for Educational Statistics (“NCES”). On-line education enrollments continue to grow faster than traditional enrollments, although at a slower rate than in prior years. For-profit colleges and distance-learning institutions continue to report strong enrollment growth, with annual gains of 7.5% expected through 2010. Internationally, enrollments are also expected to increase significantly in India and China.
     2008 will see increased federal funding due to the U.S. government’s removal of the “50% rule.” Colleges will no longer be required to deliver at least half of their courses on campus, instead of online, to qualify for federal student aid. The fully online education market is expected to be split evenly between for-profit and not-for-profit schools in 2008. Negatively affecting the higher education market is the purchase of used books, which has grown as a percentage of total book sales from 27% in 2002 to 29% in 2005, according to Monument Information Resource. Piracy and textbook leakage also continue to plague the industry. Foreign governments are aiding in combating this trend, especially in China.
     In 2008, in the professional market, McGraw-Hill Education expects growth in revenue driven by its core printing business with strong growth in its medical product line partially offset by a decline in sales of technical titles. Digital licensing and digital subscriptions will also contribute to revenue growth.
     In 2006, HPI products performed well in both the United States and international markets, with increased revenue of $40.7 million or 3.5% compared to prior year. The Science, Engineering and Mathematics (“SEM”) higher education imprint achieved solid growth in 2006. However, sales results for Business and Economics (“B&E”), whose list was between major revision cycles, and Humanities, Social Science and Languages (“HSSL”) were flat with prior year. Key higher education titles contributing to 2006 performance included:
  Ober, Keyboarding, 10/e;
  Garrison, Managerial Accounting, 11/e;
  Terrell, Dos Mundos, 6/e;
  Lucas, The Art of Public Speaking, 9/e;
  Saladin, Anatomy and Physiology, 4/e; and
  Shier, Hole’s Human A&P, 11/e.
     The U.S. college new textbook market grew by 2.8% in 2006 compared to 2005, according to the AAP. In 2006, the higher education market was favorable as appropriations for higher education increased 7.0%, according to the Center for the Study of Education Policy at Illinois State University. Per the AAP, 90% of faculty required or recommended a textbook in 2006, a decrease from 94% in 2004.
     In the professional marketplace during 2006, both backlist and frontlist titles in the business category performed well, with five new titles appearing on national best-seller lists. Some softness was experienced in the medical market owing to the natural drop-off in sales of Harrison’s Principles of Internal Medicine, 16/e, which was published in 2004. The digital subscription-based program AccessMedicine experienced continued growth and surpassed 10 million content retrievals for the year.
     Special school funding in British Columbia and Ontario, Canada, benefited the HPI Group’s international growth, as did improved opportunities for school products in Latin America and higher education products in India.
     HPI experienced growth from products serving the business and medical professional markets and from college and school products internationally. HPI’s revenue also grew from the sale of U.S. college products, although at a slower rate.
Financial Services
                         
(in millions)   2007 (a)     2006 (b)     2005 (c)  
 
Revenue
  $ 3,046.2     $ 2,746.4     $ 2,400.8  
% increase
    10.9 %     14.4 %     16.8 %
 
Operating profit
  $ 1,359.4     $ 1,202.3     $ 1,019.2  
% increase
    13.1 %     18.0 %     21.4 %
 
% operating margin
    45 %     44 %     42 %
 
(a)   Operating profit includes a $17.3 million pre-tax gain on the sale of a mutual fund data business and a $18.8 million pre-tax restructuring charge.
 
(b)   Operating profit includes the effect of adopting SFAS No. 123(R) and includes the elimination of the Company’s restoration stock option program.
(c)   Operating profit includes $6.8 million pre-tax gain on the sale of the Corporate Value Consulting business.




41


 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Segment Review (continued)

     The Financial Services segment operates under the Standard & Poor’s brand. This segment provides services to investors, corporations, governments, financial institutions, investment managers and advisors globally. The segment consists of two operating groups: Credit Market Services and Investment Services. Credit Market Services includes independent global credit ratings, credit risk evaluations, and ratings-related information and products. Investment Services includes comprehensive value-added financial data, information, indices and research. The segment and the markets it serves are impacted by interest rates, the state of global economies, credit quality and investor confidence. The Financial Services segment continues to be favorably impacted by the global growth of financial markets, the disintermediation of banks and the increased use of securitization as a source of funding and managing risk. In 2007, Financial Services also benefited from the continued low interest rate environment, increased globalization of the capital markets and robust merger and acquisition activity during the first half of the year, which was partially offset by decreased new dollar volume issuance in the United States structured finance market in the second half of the year.
     Issuance volumes noted within the discussion that follows are based on the domicile of the issuer. Issuance volumes can be reported in two ways: by “domicile,” which is based on where an issuer is located or where the assets associated with an issue are located, or based on “marketplace,” which is where the bonds are sold.
     In 2007, Financial Services revenue and operating profit increased 10.9% and 13.1 %, respectively, over prior year results despite challenging market conditions in the second half of 2007 in the credit markets which adversely impacted structured finance. The Financial Services segment’s increase in revenue and operating profit was driven by the performance of corporate (industrial and financial institutions) and government ratings as well as data, information and index products. Acquisition-related financing, general refinancing and share repurchasing activity drove growth in corporate issuance in both industrial and financial institutions in the United States and globally. Public finance issuance was driven by requirements to raise new money to fund municipal projects and to refund existing debt. A flat yield curve and low long-term yields also encouraged municipal issuance. Strength in Investment Services was driven by demand for both the Capital IQ and index products. Foreign exchange positively impacted revenue growth by $53.0 million but did not materially impact operating profit growth.
     In 2007, the Financial Services segment incurred restructuring charges totaling $18.8 million pre-tax. The pre-tax charge consists of employee severance costs related to a workforce reduction of approximately 170 positions across the segment. The current business environment and the consolidation of several support functions drove these restructuring activities across the segment’s global operations. The segment’s restructuring actions affected both its Credit Market Services and Investment Services businesses.
     On March 16, 2007, the Company sold its mutual fund data business, which was part of the Financial Services segment. The sale resulted in a $17.3 million pre-tax gain ($10.3 million after-tax, or $0.03 per diluted share), recorded as other income, and had an immaterial impact on the comparison of the segment’s operating profit. The divestiture of the mutual fund data business is consistent with the Financial Services segment’s strategy of directing resources to those businesses that have the best opportunities to achieve both significant financial growth and market leadership. The divestiture will enable the Financial Services segment to focus on its core business of providing independent research, ratings, data, indices and portfolio services.
     In 2006, the Financial Services segment experienced double-digit growth in revenue and operating profit, increasing 14.4% and 18.0%, respectively, over 2005 results. The increases in revenue and operating profit were due to the performance of structured finance and corporate (industrial and financial institutions) and government ratings, which represented approximately 55.4% and 33.7%, respectively, of the growth in revenue. The five months of incremental revenue from the CRISIL acquisition also positively contributed to revenue growth in 2006. The growth in revenue was reduced by 29.3% from the divestiture of CVC in 2005. Including the impact of adopting SFAS No. 123(R) and expensing stock-based compensation and the divestiture of CVC, the Financial Services segment expanded its 2006 operating profit margins. Foreign exchange rates benefited revenue by $5.6 million and did not materially impact operating results.
     During 2005, the segment acquired Vista Research, Inc. and a majority interest in CRISIL Limited. On September 30, 2005, the Company sold its Corporate Value Consulting (“CVC”) business, the valuation services unit of the segment. The sale resulted in a $6.8 million pre-tax gain in 2005.
     The financial services industry is subject to the potential for increased regulation in the United States and abroad. The businesses conducted by the Financial Services segment are in certain cases regulated under the Credit Rating Agency Reform Act of 2006, U.S. Investment Advisers Act of 1940, the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the National Association of Securities Dealers and/or the laws of the states or other jurisdictions in which they conduct business.
     Standard & Poor’s is a credit rating agency that is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) as one of eight Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organizations, or NRSROs. The SEC first began designating NRSROs in 1975 for use of their credit ratings in the determination of capital charges for registered brokers and dealers under the SEC’s Net Capital Rule.
     Credit rating agency legislation entitled “Credit Rating Agency Reform Act of 2006” (the “Act”) was signed into law on September 29, 2006. The Act created a new SEC registration system for rating agencies that want to be recognized as NRSROs. Registrants, including existing NRSROs, are required to submit policies, methodologies, performance data and other materials.


42


 

Registered NRSROs are required to certify annually as to the accuracy of application materials and list material changes. Under the Act, the SEC is given authority and oversight of NRSROs and can censure NRSROs, revoke their registration or limit or suspend their registration in certain cases. The SEC is not authorized to review the analytical process, ratings criteria or methodology of the NRSROs. An agency’s decision to register and comply with the Act will not constitute a waiver of or diminish any right, defense or privilege available under applicable law. Pre-emption language is included in the Act consistent with other legal precedent. The Company does not believe the Act will have a material adverse effect on its financial condition or results of operations.
     The SEC issued rules to implement the Act, effective June 2007. Standard & Poor’s submitted its application on Form NRSRO on June 25, 2007. On September 24, 2007, the SEC granted Standard & Poor’s registration as an NRSRO under the Act.
     In the third quarter of 2007, rating agencies became subject to scrutiny for their ratings on structured finance transactions that involve the packaging of subprime residential mortgages, including residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”) and collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”).
     On August 29, 2007, Standard & Poor’s received a subpoena from the New York Attorney General’s Office requesting information and documents relating to Standard & Poor’s ratings of securities backed by residential real estate mortgages. Standard & Poor’s is responding to this request.
     In September 2007, the SEC commenced an examination of rating agencies’ policies and procedures regarding conflicts of interest and the application of those policies and procedures to ratings on RMBS and related CDOs. Standard & Poor’s is cooperating with the SEC staff in connection with this examination.
     On October 16, 2007, Standard & Poor’s received a subpoena from the Connecticut Attorney General’s Office requesting information and documents relating to the conduct of Standard & Poor’s credit ratings business. The subpoena appears to relate to an investigation by the Connecticut Attorney General into whether Standard & Poor’s, in the conduct of its credit ratings business, violated the Connecticut Antitrust Act. Subsequently, a second subpoena dated December 6, 2007, seeking information and documents relating to the rating of securities backed by residential real estate mortgages, and a third subpoena dated January 14, 2008, seeking information and documents relating to the rating of municipal and corporate debt, were served. The Company is responding to the subpoenas.
     On November 8, 2007, Standard & Poor’s received a civil investigative demand from the Massachusetts Attorney General’s Office requesting information and documents relating to Standard & Poor’s ratings of securities backed by residential real estate mortgages. Standard & Poor’s is responding to this request.
     The legal status of rating agencies has also been addressed by courts in the United States in various decisions and is likely to be considered and addressed in legal proceedings from time to time in the future.
     Outside the United States, particularly in Europe, regulators and government officials have reviewed whether credit rating agencies should be subject to formal oversight. In the past several years, the European Commission, the Committee of European Securities Regulators (“CESR”) and the International Organization of Securities Commissions (“IOSCO”) have issued reports, consultations and questionnaires concerning the role of credit agencies and potential regulation. IOSCO’s review culminated in December 2004 with its Code of Conduct Fundamentals for rating agencies. Standard & Poor’s worked closely with IOSCO in drafting the Code and, in October 2005, Standard & Poor’s issued a new Credit Market Services Code of Conduct, which was updated in June 2007 that is consistent with the IOSCO Code.
     CESR has been charged by the European Commission with monitoring and reporting to the Commission on rating agencies’ compliance with their IOSCO-based codes of conduct. CESR held its first annual compliance review in 2006 and, in December 2006, issued its first annual report. CESR concluded that the four agencies it reviewed (including Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s, Fitch and Dominion Bond Rating Service) are largely compliant with the IOSCO Code. CESR noted areas for improvement and in June 2007, CESR published a questionnaire for public comment concerning structured finance ratings and processes and asked the rating agencies for additional information in the fall. Standard & Poor’s participated in this process. CESR plans to issue its 2007 report in mid-2008. CESR stated it will also assess in its next report the impact of the new U.S. law and SEC rules on the ratings industry in Europe.
     In 2006, IOSCO conducted a similar review of rating agencies’ implementation of IOSCO’s model Code of Conduct and issued a report for public consultation in February 2007. IOSCO’s draft conclusions concerning implementation by the major rating agencies are positive overall. As part of its ongoing review and in response to developments in the U.S. housing market, in September 2007, IOSCO convened a meeting of rating agency task force members and representatives from the then seven NRSROs to discuss structured finance rating issues. IOSCO may modify its model Code of Conduct following its review of agencies’ structured finance rating processes. IOSCO’s work is expected to conclude in mid-2008.
     New legislation, regulations or judicial determinations applicable to credit rating agencies in the United States and abroad could affect the competitive position of Standard & Poor’s Credit Market Services; however, the Company does not believe that any new or currently proposed legislation, regulations or judicial determinations would have a materially adverse effect on its financial condition or results of operations.
     The market for credit ratings as well as research, investment advisory and broker-dealer services is very competitive. The Financial Services segment competes domestically and internationally on the basis of a number of factors, including quality of


43


 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Segment Review (continued)
ratings, research and investment advice, client service, reputation, price, geographic scope, range of products and technological innovation. In addition, in some of the countries in which Standard & Poor’s competes, governments may provide financial or other support to locally-based rating agencies and may from time to time establish official credit rating agencies, credit ratings criteria or procedures for evaluating local issuers.
     A writ of summons was served on The McGraw-Hill Companies, SRL and on The McGraw-Hill Companies, SA (both indirect subsidiaries of the Company) (collectively, “Standard & Poor’s”) on September 29, 2005 and October 7, 2005, respectively, in an action brought in the Tribunal of Milan, Italy by Enrico Bondi (“Bondi”), the Extraordinary Commissioner of Parmalat Finanziaria S.p.A. and Parmalat S.p.A. (collectively, “Parmalat”). Bondi has brought numerous other lawsuits in both Italy and the United States against entities and individuals who had dealings with Parmalat. In this suit, Bondi claims that Standard & Poor’s, which had issued investment grade ratings on Parmalat until shortly before Parmalat’s collapse in December 2003, breached its duty to issue an independent and professional rating and negligently and knowingly assigned inflated ratings in order to retain Parmalat’s business. Alleging joint and several liability, Bondi claims damages of euros 4,073,984,120 (representing the value of bonds issued by Parmalat and the rating fees paid by Parmalat) with interest, plus damages to be ascertained for Standard & Poor’s alleged complicity in aggravating Parmalat’s financial difficulties and/or for having contributed in bringing about Parmalat’s indebtedness towards its bondholders, and legal fees. The Company believes that Bondi’s allegations and claims for damages lack legal or factual merit. Standard & Poor’s filed its answer, counterclaim and third-party claims on March 16, 2006 and will continue to vigorously contest the action.
     In a separate proceeding, the prosecutor’s office in Parma, Italy is conducting an investigation into the bankruptcy of Parmalat. In June 2006, the prosecutor’s office issued a Note of Completion of an Investigation (“Note of Completion”) concerning allegations, based on Standard & Poor’s investment grade ratings of Parmalat, that individual Standard & Poor’s rating analysts conspired with Parmalat insiders and rating advisors to fraudulently or negligently cause the Parmalat bankruptcy. The Note of Completion was served on eight Standard & Poor’s rating analysts. While not a formal charge, the Note of Completion indicates the prosecutor’s intention that the named rating analysts should appear before a judge in Parma for a preliminary hearing, at which hearing the judge will determine whether there is sufficient evidence against the rating analysts to proceed to trial. No date has been set for the preliminary hearing. On July 7, 2006, a defense brief was filed with the Parma prosecutor’s office on behalf of the rating analysts. The Company believes that there is no basis in fact or law to support the allegations against the rating analysts, and they will be vigorously defended by the subsidiaries involved.
     The Company has learned that on August 9, 2007 a pro se action titled Blomquist v. Washington Mutual, et al. , was filed in the
District Court for the Northern District of California against numerous financial institutions, government agencies and individuals, including the Company and Mr. Harold McGraw III, the CEO of the Company, alleging various state and federal claims. The claims against the Company and Mr. McGraw concern Standard & Poor’s ratings of subprime mortgage-backed securities. An amended Complaint was filed in the Blomquist action on September 10, 2007 which added two other rating agencies as defendants. On February 19, 2008 the Company was served with the Complaint. In addition, the Company has learned that on August 28, 2007 a putative shareholder class action titled Reese v. Bahash , was filed in the District Court for the District of Columbia against Mr. Robert Bahash, the CFO of the Company, alleging claims under the federal securities laws and state tort law concerning Standard & Poor’s ratings, particularly its ratings of sub-prime mortgage-backed securities. Mr. Bahash has not been served with the Complaint. On February 11, 2008, the District Court in the Reese matter entered an order appointing a lead plaintiff in that action and permitting plaintiffs to amend the Complaint on or before April 16, 2008 to add additional defendants. The Company believes both Complaints to be without merit and intends to vigorously defend in the event that service is effected.
     In addition, in the normal course of business both in the United States and abroad, the Company and its subsidiaries are defendants in numerous legal proceedings and are involved, from time to time, in governmental and self-regulatory agency proceedings, which may result in adverse judgments, damages, fines or penalties. Also, various governmental and self-regulatory agencies regularly make inquiries and conduct investigations concerning compliance with applicable laws and regulations. Based on information currently known by the Company’s management, the Company does not believe that any pending legal, governmental or self-regulatory proceedings or investigations will result in a material adverse effect on its financial condition or results of operations.
Credit Market Services
                         
(in millions)   2007     2006     2005  
 
Revenue
  $ 2,264.1     $ 2,073.8     $ 1,737.6  
% increase
    9.2 %     19.4 %     17.4 %
 
     Credit Market Services provides independent credit ratings, covering corporate and government entities, infrastructure projects and structured finance transactions. This operating group also provides ratings related information through its RatingsXpress and RatingsDirect products, in addition to credit risk evaluation services. Credit Market Services revenue increased 9.2% in 2007 over the prior year despite the challenging credit market conditions experienced during the second half of the year. Information products such as RatingsXpress and RatingsDirect performed well as customer demand for ratings data increased.
     According to Thomson Financial, U.S. corporate issuance by dollar volume for the year 2007 increased 21.7%, with investment


44


 

grade issuance up 25.3% and high yield issuance up 0.6%, driven by strong merger and acquisition activity during the first half of the year as well as opportunistic financing as issuers, primarily investment grade, took advantage of favorable market conditions. Issuance of U.S. municipals grew 13.9%, with new money up 7% driven by pension funding requirements and the need to fund infrastructure investment associated with an increasing population, particularly in the southeast and southwest. Bank loan ratings, counterparty credit ratings as well as rating evaluation services all showed strong growth during the year. In 2007, total U.S. structured finance new issue dollar volume decreased 22.2% versus prior year due primarily to a decline of 40.4% in U.S. residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”) issuance attributable to reductions in mortgage originations in the subprime and affordability products and home equity sectors. Although U.S. collateralized debt obligation (“CDO”) issuance was strong during the first half of 2007, it slowed significantly during the second half due to deteriorating market conditions and was up only 1.4% for the full year 2007 as compared with 2006 according to Harrison Scott Publications and Standard & Poor’s internal estimates (“Harrison Scott Publications/S&P”). U.S. commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”) issuance increased 6.8% over the prior year due to higher mortgage originations driven by the low interest rate environment and strong commercial real estate fundamentals as well as rising property values and refinancing of maturing deals experienced over the first three quarters of the year offset by sharp declines in issuance in the fourth quarter of 2007.
     In Europe, structured finance issuance grew 33.3% as all structured finance asset classes, with the exception of CMBS, experienced growth despite challenging market conditions in the latter part of the year. RMBS issuance led all asset classes with an increase of 53.2% over the prior year. European corporate issuance was down 6.8% as the result of the diminished investor appetite for lower credit quality bonds.
     Financial market concerns regarding the credit quality of sub-prime mortgages adversely impacted debt issuance of RMBS and CDOs backed by subprime RMBS in the United States. The Company had been anticipating a decline in residential mortgage originations as well as a slowdown in the rate of growth of CDO issuance versus the significant rates of growth experienced in the past. U.S. RMBS declined by 70.5% in the second half of the year, as compared with the same period in 2006, which resulted in a 40.4% decline in issuance for the year. U.S. CDO issuance declined 48.5% in the second half of the year, as compared to the same period in 2006, and was up a slight 1.4% for the year.
     Because of the current credit market conditions, issuance levels deteriorated across all asset classes and all regions with the exception of Europe, which was up a slight 1.8% during the second half of the year. The impact on U.S. RMBS and U.S. CDOs has been the greatest. The Company expects the current market conditions and global issuance levels to persist through the first half of 2008, primarily in structured finance. The outlook for U.S. RMBS and U.S. CDOs asset classes as well as other asset classes is dependent upon many factors, including the general
condition of the economy, interest rates, credit quality and spreads, and the level of liquidity in the financial markets.
     Growth rates in 2008 for Credit Market Services will be unfavorably impacted for at least the first half of the year due to expected lower issuance levels for most U.S. structured finance and challenging comparisons to the same period of the prior year. The Mortgage Bankers Association is forecasting approximately a 16% decline in mortgage originations due to continued weakness in the housing market, which is expected to adversely impact the U.S. RMBS sector. International growth and product diversification may help mitigate the anticipated decline in most U.S. structured finance issuance volumes.
     The U.S. CMBS market in 2008 is expected to decline significantly due to lower commercial origination levels and investor aversion to risk. U.S. CDO issuance will be impacted by an anticipated decrease in investor demand for complex securities in favor of those that are less complex as well as a decline in the availability of underlying collateral. Issuance in the U.S. asset-backed securities market is anticipated to grow moderately in 2008 as auto manufacturers continue to rely on securitization as a source of funding. The resiliency of the consumer should also lead to growth in the credit card and student loan sectors.
     In 2008, U.S. corporate issuance is anticipated to grow, led by more strategic debt-financed merger and acquisition activity, refinancing of maturing debt, issuance tied to hybrid security innovation, higher financing needs resulting from slower growth in corporate profits and opportunistic financing due to a low interest rate environment. However, each of these factors is dependent upon economic conditions. These growth opportunities will be partially offset by slower capital equipment spending. The 2008 U.S. municipal market is expected to show modest issuance growth coming off a record year in 2007. Most expect state spending to surpass money collected in 2007, driving funding needs. Spending pressures in areas such as healthcare, education, pensions, and transportation infrastructure are expected to rise.
     International market growth in 2008 could be positive as the favorable trends of securitization, disintermediation and privatization are expected to continue. The Company anticipates that European structured finance issuance may not be as adversely impacted as the U.S. structured finance market. Corporate issuance in Europe is expected to increase due to anticipated merger and acquisition activity, capital spending, an active Gulf and Emerging Europe region and broader acceptance of covered bonds through expanded regulation.
     The 2008 outlook in Asia is favorable due to strong regional GDP growth, stable interest rates, an active merger and acquisition market and a broader investor base. As Asia’s capital markets continue to grow, the Financial Services segment expects to see increased activity in Small Market Enterprise (“SME”) ratings, mortgage-backed securities, bank loan ratings, rating evaluation services and infrastructure.
     In 2008, RatingsDirect and RatingsXpress products are expected to perform well as customer demand for credit ratings-related data and information is expected to increase.


45


 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Segment Review (continued)
     In the United States, in 2006, strong growth was experienced in the issuance of CMBS and CDOs. CDO issuance was driven by strong investor demand in both the cash flow and synthetic sectors, fueled by more innovative structures, arbitraging opportunities and growth of the collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”) sector, which benefited from increases in leveraged loans related to merger and acquisition activity. CMBS issuance was driven by strong investor demand and strong commercial real estate origination trends. The RMBS market was up slightly year-over-year, as increases in mortgage rates, a slowing of the rate of home price appreciation, and the tightening of lending standards by subprime lenders for affordability products adversely impacted RMBS issuance. The growth in U.S. corporate issuance was attributable to increases in industrial and financial services issuance, driven primarily by the market’s favorable financing conditions and healthy merger and acquisition activity. Bank loan ratings showed strong growth in 2006 over 2005.
     In Europe, RMBS was the largest sector of issuance in 2006, representing 58.9% of total European structured finance issuance. Overall, the European structured finance market, led by growth in RMBS, CMBS and CDO markets, grew by 35.4%. CDO issuance was driven by cash CDO deals and a robust market for CLOs. European corporate issuance was up 25.0% in 2006 due to solid merger and acquisition activity and opportunistic issuance.
Investment Services
                         
(in millions)   2007     2006     2005  
 
Revenue
  $ 782.1     $ 672.6     $ 663.2  
% increase
    16.3 %     1.4 %     15.2 %
 
     Investment Services is a leading provider of data, analysis, independent investment advice, equity research, investment indices and investment fund management ratings. The growth of this area was driven by our data and information products as well as our S&P indices. Revenue for this operating group increased 16.3% in 2007 as compared with 2006 as a result of strong uptake of the Capital IQ products with the number of clients increasing 26.1% versus prior year. In addition, revenue related to S&P indices increased as assets under management for exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) rose 46.0% to $235.3 billion in 2007 from $161.2 billion in 2006.
     In 2008, data and information products, such as Capital IQ, will continue to expand their customer bases due to a strong customer demand. The Standard & Poor’s indices are expected to continue their growth with the increase in demand for new investable products and investment strategies driven by trends such as wealth transfer, a growing global investor culture and the expansion of cross-border investing. Equity research will continue to experience a challenging and competitive market environment in 2008.
     In 2006, Capital IQ products grew with the number of clients increasing 36.7% over 2005.
     Revenue related to S&P indices increased as assets under management for ETFs rose 19.3% from 2005 to $161.2 billion as
of December 31, 2006. ETF assets under management on December 31, 2005 were $135.1 billion.
Information & Media
                         
(in millions)   2007 (a)     2006 (b)     2005 (c)  
 
Revenue
  $ 1,020.2     $ 984.5     $ 931.1  
% increase
    3.6 %     5.7 %     16.4 %
 
Operating profit
  $ 63.5     $ 49.9     $ 60.6  
% increase/(decrease)
    27.2 %     (17.6 )%     (49.2 )%
 
% operating margin
    6 %     5 %     7 %
 
 
(a)   Revenue and operating profit include the impact of the Sweets transformation. Operating profit includes a pre-tax restructuring charge.
 
(b)   Revenue and operating profit include the revenue deferral resulting from the Sweets transformation. Operating profit includes the effect of adopting SFAS No. 123(R), the elimination of the Company’s restoration stock option program and a restructuring charge.
 
(c)   Operating profit includes a $5.5 million pre-tax loss on the sale of the Healthcare Information Group and a pre-tax restructuring charge.
     The Information & Media segment includes business, professional and broadcast media, offering information, insight and analysis, and consists of two operating groups: the Business-to-Business Group (including such brands as BusinessWeek , J.D. Power and Associates (“JDPA”), McGraw-Hill Construction, Platts and Aviation Week ) and the Broadcasting Group, which operates nine television stations (four ABC affiliates and five Azteca America affiliated stations). The segment’s growth is driven by the need for information and transparency in a variety of industries and, to a lesser extent, advertising growth, which is dependent on the strength of the economy in the U.S.
     In 2007, revenue grew by 3.6% or $35.7 million over the prior year while operating profit increased $13.6 million. The growth generated by Platts, a leading global provider of energy and metal information, and JDPA was partially offset by decreased advertising revenue at Broadcasting and BusinessWeek . Also contributing to growth was a deferral of revenue of $23.8 million from 2006 to 2007 upon the transformation of the Sweets product. Foreign exchange rates had an immaterial impact on revenue growth and a negative impact of $4.6 million on segment operating profit growth.
     In 2007, the Information & Media segment incurred a restructuring charge of $6.7 million pre-tax consisting primarily of employee severance costs related to the reduction of approximately 100 positions across the segment. These restructuring activities related primarily to the reallocation of certain resources to support continued digital evolution and productivity initiatives.
     In 2006, the Information & Media segment incurred a restructuring charge of $8.7 million pre-tax consisting primarily of employee severance costs related to the reduction of approximately 150 positions across the segment. These restructuring activities related to operating efficiency improvements.


46


 

     Information & Media’s 2006 stock-based compensation expense includes a one-time charge of $2.7 million from the elimination of the Company’s restoration stock option program.
     In 2008, the Information & Media segment will continue to transition, placing greater emphasis on Web-based delivery and digital asset management, which offer new opportunities to deliver premium services. JDPA will continue to expand its online syndicated studies and its global automotive business into the rapidly growing Asia-Pacific markets. In the construction market, transformation of digital and Web-based products will continue, in order to better serve customers in the commercial construction markets. The ongoing volatility of the oil and natural gas markets is expected to increase customer demand for news and pricing products. The segment will also continue to invest in BusinessWeek.com during 2008. The Broadcasting stations will benefit from strong political market spending in 2008, as well as revenue growth from digital products and the Azteca Spanish language television stations.
     In 2006, revenue increased by 5.7%, or $53.4 million, and operating profit decreased $10.7 million or 17.6% compared to 2005. The increase in revenue primarily related to the impact of the JDPA acquisition as of April 1, 2005. In the first quarter 2006, JDPA contributed $43.8 million in revenue to the Business-to-Business Group but had a negative impact of $5.3 million on operating profit. Additionally, in 2006, operating profit includes the impact of the Sweets transformation, which resulted in a deferral of $21.1 million of operating profit from 2006 to 2007, favorable developments with respect to certain disputed billings of $8.3 million, a restructuring charge of $8.7 million and stock-based compensation expense of $22.9 million as a result of the initial adoption of SFAS No. 123(R). In 2005, operating profit includes the impact of the loss on the sale of the Healthcare Information Group of $5.5 million as well as a $10.2 million restructuring charge. The Broadcasting Group’s benefits from political advertising were offset by investments in Azteca America affiliated stations, the Group’s decision not to renew the syndicated Oprah Winfrey Show and the ABC Network’s loss of Monday Night Football .
Business-to-Business Group
                         
(in millions)   2007     2006     2005  
 
Revenue
  $ 917.2     $ 864.0     $ 818.9  
% increase
    6.2 %     5.5 %     19.4 %
 
     At the Business-to-Business Group, revenue in 2007 increased 6.2% as compared with 2006 driven by growth in subscription-based news and pricing products in the oil, natural gas and power markets, the Sweets transformation which deferred $23.8 million of revenue from 2006 to 2007, improved market penetration of studies and proprietary services from JDPA as well as growth in the Asia-Pacific market. This growth was partially offset by a decline in traditional print advertising at BusinessWeek . Revenue from BusinessWeek.com grew compared with 2006. The Company continues to make investments in the BusinessWeek.com brand.
According to the Publishers Information Bureau (“PIB”), BusinessWeek ’s advertising pages in the global edition for 2007 were down 18.2% in 2007 versus 2006, with comparable number of issues in each year for PIB purposes.
     In 2007, U.S. construction starts decreased 11% compared with 2006, as the housing correction outweighed growth for non-residential building and public works. Nonresidential building increased 3% relative to 2006 while residential building decreased 24% compared with 2006, as the demand for single-family housing has been curtailed by tighter lending standards. Nonbuilding construction grew slightly (up 2%) reflecting gains for highways, bridges, sewers and supply systems, offset by electrical utilities.
     In 2008, the Business-to-Business Group will continue to transition, placing greater emphasis on Web-based delivery and digital asset management, which offer new opportunities to deliver premium services. JDPA will continue to expand its online syndicated studies and its global automotive business into the rapidly growing Asia-Pacific markets. In the construction market, transformation of digital and Web-based products will continue, in order to better serve customers in the commercial construction markets. The ongoing volatility of the oil and natural gas markets is expected to increase customer demand for news and pricing products. The segment will also continue to invest in BusinessWeek.com during 2008.
     In 2006, revenues increased compared with 2005 for the Business-to-Business Group primarily due to the impact of the acquisition of JDPA, which was acquired on April 1, 2005. In the first quarter of 2006, JDPA contributed $43.8 million in first quarter incremental revenue. JDPA’s revenues during 2006 grew due to growth in automotive products, both domestically and internationally as well as from finance and insurance product offerings. Softness in the advertising market negatively impacted the Business-to-Business Group.
     The discontinuation of the BusinessWeek Europe and Asia print editions had a negative impact on the Business-to-Business Group’s comparisons in 2006 versus 2005. Total 2005 revenue for these editions was approximately $26.4 million with no comparable revenue in 2006. According to the PIB, BusinessWeek ’s advertising pages in the Global edition were down 0.6%, with the same number of issues for PIB purposes. There was the same number of issues for revenue recognition purposes as for PIB purposes in 2006. In an effort to focus more sharply on delivering high-quality advertiser value, BusinessWeek circulation was reduced and the advertising rate card pricing was also lowered in 2006. BusinessWeek.com performed well with increased advertising and average monthly unique visitors. Favorable developments with respect to certain disputed billings benefited the Business-to-Business Group’s year-over-year comparisons by $8.3 million. The oil news and pricing products continued to experience growth as a result of the increased need for market information driven by volatility in the price of crude oil.
     During 2006, the Sweets building products database was enhanced to provide architects, engineers and contractors a powerful new search function for finding, comparing, selecting and purchasing products. Although it was anticipated that Sweets


47


 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Segment Review (continued)
would move from a primarily print catalog to an online service, customers contracted to purchase a bundled print catalog and integrated online product. Historically, Sweets print catalog sales were recognized in the fourth quarter of each year, when catalogs were delivered to its customers. Online service revenue is recognized as service is provided. The impact of recognizing sales of the bundled product ratably over the service period negatively impacted 2006 revenue by $23.8 million as compared with 2005.
     U.S. construction starts in 2006 were comparable to 2005. Nonresidential building climbed relative to its subdued performance at the outset of 2005. Residential building was down 12% compared with 2005, due to the market correction for single-family housing. Nonbuilding construction grew (up 19%) reflecting strong gains for highways and electrical utilities. McGraw-Hill Construction Network Project News continued to grow and In Demand , a custom publishing project for the U.S. Department of Labor, was issued in the third quarter of 2006.
Broadcasting Group
                         
(in millions)   2007     2006     2005  
 
Revenue
  $ 103.0     $ 120.6     $ 112.2  
% (decrease)/increase
    (14.6 )%     7.5 %     (1.7 )%
 
     The Broadcasting Group operates nine television stations, of which four are ABC affiliates located in Denver, Indianapolis, San Diego, and Bakersfield, California and five are Azteca America affiliated stations in Denver (two stations), Colorado Springs, San Diego and Bakersfield, California.
     All Azteca America affiliated stations were acquired in 2005, with the exception of the Bakersfield, California station, which was acquired in July 2006. The impact of these acquisitions was not material to revenue.
     In 2007, Broadcasting revenue declined by 14.6% as compared with 2006. Broadcasting experienced some political revenue primarily associated with proposition advertising and a mayoral race; however, political revenue was significantly lower than the prior year, which included governors’ races, house races and proposition advertising. Time sales, excluding political advertising, declined due to the full year impact of the Group’s decision not to renew the Oprah Winfrey Show for the San Diego and Denver markets and the airing of the 2006 Super Bowl on ABC. Local and national advertising declines were primarily driven by the automotive and services sectors.
     In 2008, political advertising is expected to be robust due to the presidential election and races for various state and local political offices, as well as proposition advertising.
     In 2006, Broadcasting revenue increased 7.5% driven by strong political advertising from midterm elections and propositions in California, Indiana and Colorado, as well as increases in local time sales at all stations except San Diego. Time sales, excluding political advertising, declined due to the ABC Network’s loss of Monday Night Football and the Group’s decision not to renew the
Oprah Winfrey Show for the San Diego and Denver ABC affiliates. Service and leisure advertising categories drove the growth in local time sales.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
                 
December 31,            
(in millions)   2007     2006  
 
Working capital
  $ (323.8 )   $ (210.1 )
 
Total debt
  $ 1,197.4     $ 2.7  
 
Gross accounts receivable
  $ 1,456.9     $ 1,499.2  
% (decrease)/increase
    (2.8 )%     9.0 %
 
Inventories – net
  $ 350.7     $ 322.2  
% increase/(decrease)
    8.8 %     (3.9 )%
 
Investment in prepublication costs
  $ 299.0     $ 276.8  
% increase
    8.0 %     7.4 %
 
Purchase of property and equipment
  $ 229.6     $ 126.6  
% increase
    81.4 %     5.2 %
 
     The Company continues to maintain a strong financial position. The Company’s primary source of funds for operations is cash generated by operating activities. The Company’s core businesses have been strong cash generators. Income and, consequently, cash provided from operations during the year are significantly impacted by the seasonality of businesses, particularly educational publishing. The first quarter is the smallest, accounting for 19.1% of revenue and only 14.2% of net income in 2007. The third quarter is the largest, accounting for 32.3% of revenue and generating 44.6% of 2007 annual net income. This seasonality also impacts cash flow and related borrowing patterns. The Company’s cash flow is typically negative to neutral in the first half of the year and turns positive during the third and fourth quarters. Debt financing is used as necessary for acquisitions, share repurchases and for seasonal fluctuations in working capital. Cash and cash equivalents were $396.1 million on December 31, 2007, an increase of $42.6 million as compared with December 31, 2006 and consist primarily of cash held abroad. Typically, cash held outside the United States is anticipated to be utilized to fund international operations or to be reinvested outside of the United States, as a significant portion of the Company’s opportunities for growth in the coming years are expected to be abroad.
     The major items affecting the increased cash flow were the growth in operating results and the issuance of senior notes, partially offset by the repurchase of 37 million shares, the payment of dividends, and the increased investments in prepublication and property and equipment.
     Cash flow from operations was sufficient to cover all of the investing and financing requirements, excluding stock repurchases, of the Company. During 2007, the Company successfully issued senior notes totaling $1.2 billion, combining the proceeds from that issuance with the remaining cash flow from operations, permitting the Company to repurchase 37 million shares. In 2008, cash on hand, cash flow from operations and the existing credit


48


 

facility are expected to be sufficient to meet any additional operating and recurring cash needs (dividends, investment in publishing programs, capital expenditures and planned stock repurchases) into the foreseeable future.
     The Company had negative working capital of $323.8 million at December 31, 2007, compared to negative working capital of $210.1 million at the end of 2006. The change primarily reflects an increase in unearned revenue, primarily from the growth in the Financial Services segment.
Cash Flow
Operating activities: Cash provided by operations increased $207.6 million to $1.7 billion in 2007 mainly due to an increase in operating results for the year and a year-end decrease in accounts receivable.
     The year-end decrease in accounts receivable is attributable to a decrease in fourth quarter revenues as compared to 2006 as well as the impact of foreign exchange. Days sales outstanding (“DSO”) in 2007 remained consistent with 2006. In 2006, accounts receivable increased due to sales growth.
     Total inventories increased $11.6 million in 2007 as compared to 2006 due to a stronger 2007 state new adoption year partially offset by improved inventory management controls. Total inventories decreased $21.6 million in 2006 as compared to a $9.5 million increase in 2005, as the Company maintained its inventory management.
     Increases in accounts payable and accrued expenses was primarily due to the timing of contributions to retirement plans as compared with 2006 as well as changes in the actuarial projected increase in future retirement plan liabilities, partly offset by the reduction in accounts payable.
     Income taxes payable decreased $73.5 million during the year due to the timing of estimated tax payments and the Company’s adoption of FIN 48 which resulted in the reclassification of $44.9 million in unrecognized tax benefits from income taxes currently payable to other non-current liabilities. In 2006, income taxes payable increased $52.0 million from the prior year-end, primarily due to the timing of estimated tax payments and was in line with the 2005 taxes payable increase of $48.0 million.
     Net deferred income taxes increased $46.6 million due to deferred income taxes associated with equity based compensation expense being recorded in accordance with SFAS No.123(R), as well as the reclassification of unrecognized income tax benefits to other non-current liabilities from the Company’s adoption of FIN 48. In 2006, the net increase in deferred income taxes of $86.6 million was primarily the result of the Company’s 2006 implementation of SFAS No.123(R).
      Investing activities: Cash used for investing activities was $569.7 million and $427.5 million for 2007 and 2006, respectively. The increase of $142.2 million is due primarily to increased purchases of property and equipment and acquisitions, partly offset by proceeds from the divestiture of a mutual fund data business.
     Purchases of property and equipment totaled $229.6 million in 2007 as compared with $126.6 million in 2006. The increase in 2007 is primarily related to increased investment in the Company’s
information technology data centers and other technology initiatives, as well as a new McGraw-Hill Education facility in Iowa. The 2006 spending related to the Company’s investment in distribution centers and facilities. In 2008, capital expenditures are expected to be approximately $170 million and primarily related to increased investment in the Company’s information technology data centers and other technology initiatives.
     In 2007, net prepublication costs increased $65.3 million to $573.2 million from December 31, 2006, as spending outpaced amortization. Prepublication investment in the current year totaled $299.0 million, $22.2 million more than the same period in 2006. Prepublication investment for 2008 is expected to be approximately $300 million to $310 million, reflecting new product development in light of the significant adoption opportunities in key states in 2008 and beyond.
      Financing activities: Cash used for financing activities was $1.1 billion in 2007 compared with $1.5 billion in 2006. The difference is primarily attributable to an increase in the repurchase of shares and dividend payments as well as reduced proceeds from stock option exercises and was partially offset by the issuance of $1.2 billion in senior notes.
     Cash was utilized to repurchase 37 million treasury shares for $2.2 billion in 2007. In 2006, cash was utilized to repurchase approximately 28.4 million treasury shares for $1.5 billion on a settlement date basis. Shares repurchased under the repurchase programs are held in treasury and used for general corporate purposes, including the issuance of shares for stock compensation plans and to offset the dilutive effect of the exercise of employee stock options. Commercial paper borrowings were used at times during 2007 and 2006 as a result of an increase in the repurchase of shares and the increase in adoption opportunities in 2008 and beyond.
Outstanding Debt and Other Financing Arrangements
In November 2007, the Company issued $1.2 billion of senior notes as follows:
         
(in millions)   Principal Amount  
 
5.375% Senior Notes, due 2012
  $ 400.0  
5.900% Senior Notes, due 2017
    400.0  
6.550% Senior Notes, due 2037
    400.0  
 
 
  $ 1,200.0  
 
     As of December 31, 2007, the Company had outstanding $399.7 million of 2012 senior notes consisting of $400 million principal and an unamortized debt discount of $0.3 million. The 2012 senior notes, when issued in November 2007, were priced at 99.911% with a yield of 5.399%. Interest payments are required to be made semiannually on February 15 and August 15.
     As of December 31, 2007, the Company had outstanding $399.0 million of 2017 senior notes consisting of $400 million principal and an unamortized debt discount of $1.0 million. The 2017 senior notes, when issued in November 2007, were priced at 99.76% with a yield of 5.933%. Interest payments are required to be made semiannually on April 15 and October 15.


49


 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Liquidity and Capital Resources (continued)
     As of December 31, 2007, the Company had outstanding $398.4 million of 2037 senior notes consisting of $400 million principal and an unamortized debt discount of $1.6 million. The 2037 senior notes, when issued in November 2007, were priced at 99.605% with a yield of 6.580%. Interest payments are required to be made semiannually on May 15 and November 15.
     There were no commercial paper borrowings as of December 31, 2007 and 2006. Commercial paper borrowings are supplemented by the Company’s five-year revolving credit facility agreement of $1.2 billion that expires on July 20, 2009. The Company pays a facility fee of seven basis points on the credit facility whether or not amounts have been borrowed, and borrowings may be made at a spread of 13 basis points above the prevailing London Inter-Bank Offer Rate (“LIBOR”). This spread increases to 18 basis points for borrowings exceeding 50% of the total capacity available under the facility. The facility contains certain covenants, and the only financial covenant requires that the Company not exceed indebtedness to cash flow ratio, as defined, of 4 to 1 at any time. This restriction has never been exceeded. There were no borrowings under this agreement as of December 31, 2007.
     The Company also has the capacity to issue Extendible Commercial Notes (“ECNs”) of up to $240 million, provided that sufficient investor demand for the ECNs exists. ECNs replicate commercial paper, except that the Company has an option to extend the note beyond its initial redemption date to a maximum final maturity of 390 days. However, if exercised, such an extension is at a higher reset rate, which is at a predetermined spread over LIBOR and is related to the Company’s commercial paper rating at the time of extension. As a result of the extension option, no backup facilities for these borrowings are required. The Company’s ECN facility contains no financial covenants. There were no ECNs outstanding at December 31, 2007 and 2006.
     Under the shelf registration that became effective with the Securities and Exchange Commission in 1990, an additional $250 million of debt securities can be issued.
     On April 19, 2007, the Company signed a promissory note with one of its providers of banking services to enable the Company to borrow additional funds, on an uncommitted basis, from time to time to supplement its commercial paper and ECNs borrowings. The specific terms (principal, interest rate and maturity date) of each borrowing governed by this promissory note are determined on the borrowing date of each loan. There were no borrowings outstanding under this promissory note at December 31, 2007 and 2006.
     In 2006, the Company announced it terminated the restoration feature of its stock option program effective March 30, 2006. The Board of Directors voted to eliminate restoration stock options in an effort to reduce future expenses the Company will incur under SFAS No. 123(R). Additionally, the Company has reshaped its long-term incentive compensation program to emphasize the use of restricted performance stock over employee stock options.
     On April 27, 2005, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a two-for-one stock split of the Company’s common stock that was affected in the form of a 100% stock dividend to shareholders of record on May 6, 2005. The Company’s shareholders received one additional share for each share in their possession on that date. This did not change the proportionate interest a shareholder maintains in the Company. The additional shares were distributed on May 17, 2005.
Dividends
On January 30, 2008, the Board of Directors approved an increase in the quarterly common stock dividend from $0.205 to $0.22 per share. In January 2007, the Board of Directors approved an increase in the quarterly common stock dividend from $0.1815 to $0.205 per share.
Share Repurchase Programs
On January 29, 2003, the Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase program (the “2003 program”) authorizing the purchase of up to 30.0 million shares, which was approximately 7.8% of the total shares of the Company’s outstanding common stock at that time. During 2005, on a trade date basis, the Company repurchased 14.3 million shares for $671.9 million at an average price of $46.84. This program was completed in the first quarter of 2006. The total 30.0 million shares authorized under the 2003 program were repurchased for $1.3 billion at approximately $44.12 per share.
     On January 24, 2006, the Board of Directors approved an additional stock repurchase program (the “2006 program”) authorizing the purchase of up to 45.0 million additional shares, which was approximately 12.1% of the total shares of the Company’s outstanding common stock at that time. During 2006, the Company repurchased 28.4 million shares, which included the remaining 3.4 million shares under the 2003 program, for $1.5 billion at an average price of $54.23, and 8.4 million shares acquired from the estate of William H. McGraw. At December 31, 2006, authorization for the repurchase of 20.0 million shares remained under the 2006 program.
     During March 2006, as part of its previously announced stock repurchase program, the Company acquired 8.4 million shares of the Company’s stock from the holdings of the recently deceased William H. McGraw. The shares were purchased through a mixture of available cash and borrowings at a discount of approximately 2.4% from the March 30, 2006 New York Stock Exchange closing price through a private transaction with Mr. McGraw’s estate. This transaction closed on April 5, 2006, and the total purchase amount was $468.8 million. The transaction was approved by the Financial Policy and Audit Committees of the Company’s Board of Directors, and the Company received independent financial and legal advice concerning the purchase.


50


 

     On January 31, 2007, the Board of Directors approved a new stock repurchase program (the “2007 program”) authorizing the repurchase of up to 45.0 million additional shares, which was approximately 12.7% of the total shares of the Company’s outstanding common stock at that time. During 2007, the Company repurchased 37.0 million shares, which included the remaining 20.0 million shares under the 2006 program, for $2.2 billion at an average price of $59.80. The repurchased shares are used for general corporate purposes, including the issuance of shares in connection with the exercise of employee stock options. Purchases under this program were made from time to time on the open market and in private transactions depending on market conditions. At December 31, 2007, authorization for the repurchase of 28.0 million shares remained under the 2007 program.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk
The Company is exposed to market risk from changes in foreign exchange rates. The Company has operations in various foreign countries. The functional currency is the local currency for all locations, except in the McGraw-Hill Education segment, where operations that are extensions of the parent have the U.S. dollar as the functional currency. For hyperinflationary economies, the functional currency is the U.S. dollar. In the normal course of business, these operations are exposed to fluctuations in currency values. The Company does not generally enter into derivative financial instruments in the normal course of business, nor are such instruments used for speculative purposes. The Company has no such instruments outstanding at this time.
     The Company has naturally hedged positions in most countries with a local currency perspective with offsetting assets and liabilities. The gross amount of the Company’s foreign exchange balance sheet exposure from operations is $151.5 million as of December 31, 2007. Management has estimated using an undiversified value-at-risk analysis with 95% certainty that the
foreign exchange gains and losses should not exceed $15.2 million over the next year based on the historical volatilities of the portfolio.
     The Company’s net interest expense is sensitive to changes in the general level of interest rates. Based on average debt and investments outstanding over the past year, the following is the projected annual impact of interest expense on current operations:
         
Percentage change   Projected annual impact
in interest rates   on operations
(+/- )   (millions)
 
1%
  $ 2.8  
 
Recently Issued Accounting Standards
See Note 1 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements for disclosure of the impact that recently issued accounting standards will have on the Company’s financial statements.
Contractual Obligations, Commitments,
Guarantees and Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangements
The Company has various contractual obligations, which are recorded as liabilities in the consolidated financial statements. Other items, such as certain purchase commitments and other executory contracts, are not recognized as liabilities in the consolidated financial statements but are disclosed herein. For example, the Company is contractually committed to acquire paper and other printing services and broadcast programming and make certain minimum lease payments for the use of property under operating lease agreements.
     The Company believes that the amount of cash and cash equivalents on hand, cash flow expected from operations and availability under its credit facilities will be adequate for the Company to execute its business strategy and meet anticipated requirements for lease obligations, capital expenditures, working capital and debt service for 2008.


51


 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
Contractual Obligations, Commitments, Guarantees and Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangements (continued)
     The following table summarizes the Company’s significant contractual obligations and commercial commitments at December 31, 2007, over the next several years. Additional details regarding these obligations are provided in the notes to the Company’s consolidated financial statements, as referenced in the footnotes to the table:
Contractual Cash Obligations
                                         
            Less than                    
(in millions)   Total     1 Year     1-3 Years     4-5 Years     After 5 Years  
 
Outstanding debt (1)
  $ 1,200.3     $     $ 0.3     $ 400.0     $ 800.0  
Operating leases (2)
    1,835.6       184.1       327.8       294.4       1,029.3  
Pension and postretirement obligations (3)
    437.3       54.5       43.5       46.9       292.4  
Paper and other printing services (4)
    1,285.2       294.8       464.9       278.3       247.2  
Purchase obligations
    112.8       63.5       44.7       4.6        
Other contractual obligations (5,6)
    32.6       11.1       17.4       4.1        
Unconditional purchase obligations (7)
    44.2       25.4       13.2       5.4       0.2  
 
Total contractual cash obligations
  $ 4,948.0     $ 633.4     $ 911.8     $ 1,033.7     $ 2,369.1  
 
(1)   The Company’s long-term debt obligations are described in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements.
 
(2)   The Company’s operating lease obligations are described in Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements. Amounts shown include taxes and escalation.
 
(3)   The Company pension and postretirement medical benefit plans are described in Notes 9 and 10 to the consolidated financial statements.
 
(4)   Included in the category of paper and other printing services are contracts to purchase paper and printing services. While the contracts do have target volume commitments, there are no contractual terms that require The McGraw-Hill Companies to purchase a specified amount of goods or services. If significant volume shortfalls were to occur over the long term during a contract period, then revised contractual terms may be renegotiated with the supplier. These obligations are not recorded in the Company’s consolidated financial statements until contract payment terms take effect.
 
(5)   The Company has various contractual commitments for the purchase of broadcast rights for various television programming.
 
(6)   The Company’s commitments under creative talent agreements include obligations to producers, sports personnel, executives and television personalities.
 
(7)   A significant portion of the Company’s unconditional purchase obligations represents a commitment for contracts with AT&T and Verizon for data, voice and optical network transport services and contractual obligations with Microsoft, IBM and Oracle for enterprisewide IT software licensing and maintenance.
     Effective January 1, 2007 the Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48. As of December 31, 2007, the Company had $45.8 million of liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits. The Company has excluded the liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits from its contractual obligations table because reasonable estimates of the timing of cash settlements with the respective taxing authorities are not practicable.
“Safe Harbor” Statement Under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995
This section, as well as other portions of this document, includes certain forward-looking statements about the Company’s businesses, new products, sales, expenses, tax rates, cash flows, pre-publication investments and operating and capital requirements. Such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to: the strength and sustainability of the U.S. and global economy; Educational Publishing’s level of success in 2008 adoptions and in open territories and enrollment and demographic trends; the level of educational funding; the strength of School Education including the testing market, Higher Education, Professional and International publishing markets and the impact of technology on them; the level of interest rates and the strength of the economy, profit levels and the capital markets in the U.S. and abroad; the level of success of new product development and global expansion and strength of domestic and international markets; the demand and market for debt ratings, including collateralized debt obligations (“CDO”), residential mortgage and asset-backed securities and related asset classes; the regulatory environment affecting Standard & Poor’s; the level of merger and acquisition activity in the U.S. and abroad; the strength of the domestic and international advertising markets; the volatility of the energy marketplace; the
contract value of public works, manufacturing and single-family unit construction; the level of political advertising; and the level of future cash flow, debt levels, manufacturing expenses, distribution expenses, prepublication, amortization and depreciation expense, income tax rates, capital, technology, restructuring charges and other expenditures and prepublication cost investment.
     Actual results may differ materially from those in any forward-looking statements because any such statements involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based upon various important factors, including, but not limited to, worldwide economic, financial, political and regulatory conditions; currency and foreign exchange volatility; the health of debt and equity markets, including interest rates, credit quality and spreads, the level of liquidity, future debt issuances including residential mortgage-backed securities and CDOs backed by residential mortgages and related asset classes; the implementation of an expanded regulatory scheme affecting Standard & Poor’s ratings and services; the level of funding in the education market (both domestically and internationally); the pace of recovery in advertising; continued investment by the construction, computer and aviation industries; the successful marketing of new products, and the effect of competitive products and pricing.


52


 

Consolidated Statement of Income
                         
Years ended December 31 (in thousands, except per share data)   2007     2006     2005  
 
Revenue
                       
Product
  $ 2,604,432     $ 2,442,783     $ 2,536,422  
Service
    4,167,849       3,812,355       3,467,220  
 
Total Revenue
    6,772,281       6,255,138       6,003,642  
 
Expenses
                       
Operating-related
                       
Product
    1,129,519       1,092,309       1,092,159  
Service
    1,398,081       1,294,938       1,224,175  
 
Operating-related Expenses
    2,527,600       2,387,247       2,316,334  
 
Selling and general (Note 14)
                       
Product
    1,017,187       946,695       984,327  
Service
    1,420,697       1,341,155       1,188,068  
 
Selling and General Expenses
    2,437,884       2,287,850       2,172,395  
 
Depreciation
    112,586       113,200       106,750  
Amortization of intangibles
    48,403       48,387       44,235  
 
Total Expenses
    5,126,473       4,836,684       4,639,714  
Other income — net (Note 2)
    17,305             1,236  
 
Income from Operations
    1,663,113       1,418,454       1,365,164  
 
Interest expense — net
    40,581       13,631       5,202  
 
Income from Operations Before Taxes on Income
    1,622,532       1,404,823       1,359,962  
Provision for taxes on income
    608,973       522,592       515,656  
 
Net income
  $ 1,013,559     $ 882,231     $ 844,306  
 
Earnings Per Common Share
                       
Basic
  $ 3.01     $ 2.47     $ 2.25  
Diluted
  $ 2.94     $ 2.40     $ 2.21  
 
See accompanying notes.

53


 

Consolidated Balance Sheet
                 
December 31 (in thousands, except share data)   2007     2006  
 
Assets
               
Current Assets
               
Cash and equivalents
  $ 396,096     $ 353,498  
Accounts receivable (net of allowances for doubtful accounts and sales returns: 2007 — $267,681; 2006 — $261,920)
    1,189,205       1,237,321  
 
Inventories:
               
Finished goods
    324,864       292,934  
Work-in-process
    8,640       8,047  
Paper and other materials
    17,164       21,191  
 
Total inventories
    350,668       322,172  
Deferred income taxes
    280,525       244,674  
Prepaid and other current assets
    116,541       100,273  
 
Total current assets
    2,333,035       2,257,938  
 
Prepublication Costs (net of accumulated amortization:
               
2007 — $940,298; 2006 — $744,274)
    573,179       507,838  
Investments and Other Assets
               
Asset for pension benefits
    276,487       228,588  
Other
    177,757       181,376  
 
Total investments and other assets
    454,244       409,964  
 
Property and Equipment — At Cost
               
Land
    14,600       13,882  
Buildings and leasehold improvements
    596,869       444,310  
Equipment and furniture
    1,002,582       939,349  
 
Total property and equipment
    1,614,051       1,397,541  
Less — accumulated depreciation
    953,285       855,322  
 
Net property and equipment
    660,766       542,219  
 
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
               
Goodwill — net
    1,697,621       1,671,479  
Copyrights — net
    178,869       194,373  
Other intangible assets — net
    459,622       459,079  
 
Net goodwill and other intangible assets
    2,336,112       2,324,931  
 
Total Assets
  $ 6,357,336     $ 6,042,890  
 
See accompanying notes.

54


 

                 
    2007     2006  
 
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
               
Current Liabilities
               
Notes payable
  $ 22     $ 2,367  
Accounts payable
    388,008       372,471  
Accrued royalties
    110,849       105,606  
Accrued compensation and contributions to retirement plans
    598,556       551,627  
Income taxes currently payable
          77,463  
Unearned revenue
    1,085,440       983,210  
Deferred gain on sale leaseback
    10,180       9,011  
Other current liabilities
    463,805       366,261  
 
Total current liabilities
    2,656,860       2,468,016  
 
Other Liabilities
               
Long-term debt
    1,197,425       314  
Deferred income taxes
    139,173       150,713  
Liability for postretirement healthcare and other benefits
    127,893       129,558  
Deferred gain on sale leaseback
    169,941       180,221  
Other non-current liabilities
    459,394       434,450  
 
Total other liabilities
    2,093,826       895,256  
 
Total liabilities
    4,750,686       3,363,272  
 
 
               
Commitments and Contingencies (Notes 6 and 15)
               
 
 
               
Shareholders’ Equity
               
Common stock, $1 par value: authorized — 600,000,000 shares; issued 411,709,328 shares in 2007 and 2006
    411,709       411,709  
Additional paid-in capital
    169,187       114,596  
Retained income
    5,551,757       4,821,118  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (12,623 )     (115,212 )
 
Less — Common stock in treasury — at cost (89,341,682 shares in 2007 and 57,750,506 shares in 2006)
    4,513,380       2,552,593  
 
Total shareholders’ equity
    1,606,650       2,679,618  
 
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
  $ 6,357,336     $ 6,042,890  
 
See accompanying notes.

55


 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
                         
Years ended December 31 (in thousands)   2007     2006     2005  
 
Cash Flow from Operating Activities
                       
Net income
  $ 1,013,559     $ 882,231     $ 844,306  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation
    112,586       113,200       106,750  
Amortization of intangibles
    48,403       48,387       44,235  
Amortization of prepublication costs
    240,182       228,405       234,276  
Provision for losses on accounts receivable
    14,991       19,577       18,896  
Net change in deferred income taxes
    (46,615 )     (86,613 )     (18,730 )
Gain on sale of businesses
    (21,432 )            
Stock-based compensation
    124,692       136,181       51,116  
Other
    12,639       2,896       5,780  
Change in operating assets and liabilities net of effect of acquisitions and dispositions:
                       
Accounts receivable
    71,448       (131,686 )     (134,975 )
Inventories
    (11,601 )     21,619       (9,484 )
Prepaid and other current assets
    24,356       10,588       57,913  
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
    34,840       44,334       93,879  
Unearned revenue
    86,877       120,805       123,414  
Other current liabilities
    83,305       20,468       44,001  
Income taxes currently payable
    (73,529 )     51,983       48,048  
Net change in other assets and liabilities
    2,250       26,929       50,465  
 
Cash provided by operating activities
    1,716,951       1,509,304       1,559,890  
 
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
                       
Investment in prepublication costs
    (298,984 )     (276,810 )     (257,795 )
Purchase of property and equipment
    (229,609 )     (126,593 )     (120,232 )
Acquisition of businesses and equity interests
    (86,707 )     (13,480 )     (461,842 )
Disposition of property, equipment and businesses
    62,261       12,381       131,335  
Additions to technology projects
    (16,654 )     (22,978 )     (16,456 )
 
Cash used for investing activities
    (569,693 )     (427,480 )     (724,990 )
 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
                       
Dividends paid to shareholders
    (277,746 )     (260,323 )     (246,048 )
Proceeds from issuance of senior notes, net
    1,188,803              
Payments/additions on short-term debt — net
    (2,345 )     (605 )     (12,677 )
Repurchase of treasury shares
    (2,212,655 )     (1,540,126 )     (677,659 )
Exercise of stock options
    146,867       262,856       192,764  
Excess tax benefit from share-based payments
    35,849       58,329        
Other
          (75 )     (169 )
 
Cash used for financing activities
    (1,121,227 )     (1,479,944 )     (743,789 )
 
Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash
    16,567       2,831       (22,947 )
 
Net change in cash and equivalents
    42,598       (395,289 )     68,164  
Cash and equivalents at beginning of year
    353,498       748,787       680,623  
 
Cash and equivalents at end of year
  $ 396,096     $ 353,498     $ 748,787  
 
See accompanying notes.

56


 

Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity
                                                         
                                            Less–        
                            Accumulated     Less–     unearned        
            Additional             other     common stock     compensation        
    Common stock     paid-in     Retained     comprehensive     in treasury     on restricted        
(in thousands, except per share data)   $1 par     capital     income     loss     at cost     stock     Total  
 
Balance at December 31, 2004
  $ 205,855     $ 113,843     $ 3,680,852     $ (32,255 )   $ 963,751     $ 20,031     $ 2,984,513  
 
Net income
                844,306                         844,306  
Other comprehensive income:
                                                       
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                      (33,644 )                 (33,644 )
Minimum pension liability adjustment
                      (15,161 )                 (15,161 )
 
                                                     
Comprehensive Income
                                                    795,501  
Dividends ($0.66 per share)
                (246,048 )                       (246,048 )
Share repurchases
                            671,899             (671,899 )
Employee stock plans, net of tax benefit
          13,195                   (233,509 )     (4,273 )     250,977  
Two-for-one stock split at par value
    205,854       (125,954 )     (79,900 )                        
Other
          (64 )                 (168 )           104  
 
Balance at December 31, 2005
    411,709       1,020       4,199,210       (81,060 )     1,401,973       15,758       3,113,148  
 
Net income
                882,231                         882,231  
Other comprehensive income:
                                                       
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                      29,207                   29,207  
Minimum pension liability adjustment
                      6,008                   6,008  
 
                                                     
Comprehensive Income
                                                    917,446  
Adjustment to initially apply SFAS No. 158, net of tax
                      (69,367 )                 (69,367 )
Dividends ($0.73 per share)
                (260,323 )                       (260,323 )
Share repurchases
                            1,540,126             (1,540,126 )
Employee stock plans, net of tax benefit
          113,646                   (389,362 )     (15,758 )     518,766  
Other
          (70 )                 (144 )           74  
 
Balance at December 31, 2006
    411,709       114,596       4,821,118       (115,212 )     2,552,593             2,679,618  
 
Net income
                1,013,559                         1,013,559  
Other comprehensive income:
                                                       
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                      28,618                   28,618  
Unrealized gain on investment, net of tax
                      3,747                   3,747  
Pension and other postretirement benefit plans, net of tax
                      70,224                   70,224  
 
                                                     
Comprehensive Income
                                                    1,116,148  
Adjustment to initially apply FIN 48
                (5,174 )                       (5,174 )
Dividends ($0.82 per share)
                (277,746 )                       (277,746 )
Share repurchases
                            2,212,655             (2,212,655 )
Employee stock plans, net of tax benefit
          54,683                   (251,701 )           306,384  
Other
          (92 )                 (167 )           75  
 
Balance at December 31, 2007
  $ 411,709     $ 169,187     $ 5,551,757     $ (12,623 )   $ 4,513,380     $     $ 1,606,650  
 
See accompanying notes.

57


 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Accounting Policies
Nature of operations. The McGraw-Hill Companies (the“Company”) is a leading global information services provider serving the financial services, education and business information markets with information products and services. Other markets include energy; construction; aerospace and defense; broadcasting; and marketing information services. The operations consist of three business segments: McGraw-Hill Education, Financial Services and Information & Media.
     The McGraw-Hill Education segment is one of the premier global educational publishers. This segment consists of two operating groups: the School Education Group, serving the elementary and high school (“el-hi”) markets and the Higher Education, Professional and International Group (“HPI”), serving the college, professional, international and adult education markets.
     The Financial Services segment operates under the standard & Poor’s brand. This segment provides services to investors, corporations, governments, financial institutions, investment managers and advisors globally. The segment and the markets it serves are impacted by interest rates, the state of global economies, credit quality and investor confidence. The Financial Services segment consists of two operating groups: Credit Market Services and Investment Services. Credit Market Services provides independent global credit ratings and risk evaluations. Investment Services provides comprehensive value-added financial data, information, investment indices and research.
     The Information & Media segment includes business, professional and broadcast media, offering information, insight and analysis; and consists of two operating groups, the Business-to-Business Group (including such brands as BusinessWeek , J.D. Power and Associates, McGraw-Hill Construction, Platts and Aviation Week ) and the Broadcasting Group, which operates nine television stations, four ABC affiliates and five Azteca America affiliated stations.
      Principles of consolidation. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of all subsidiaries and the Company’s share of earnings or losses of joint ventures and affiliated companies under the equity method of accounting. All significant inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
      Use of estimates. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
      Cash and cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less and consist primarily of money market funds and time deposits. Such investments are stated at cost, which approximates market value and were $396.1 million and $353.5 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. These investments are not subject to significant market risk.
      Accounts receivable. Credit is extended to customers based upon an evaluation of the customer’s financial condition. Accounts receivable are recorded at net realizable value.
      Allowance for doubtful accounts and sales returns. The accounts receivable reserve methodology is based on historical analysis and a review of outstanding balances. The impact on the operating profit for a one percentage point change in the allowance for doubtful accounts is $14.6 million. A significant estimate in the McGraw-Hill Education segment, and particularly within the HPI Group, is the allowance for sales returns, which is based on the historical rate of return and current market conditions. Should the estimate of the allowance for sales returns in the HPI Group vary by one percentage point, the impact on operating profit would be approximately $11.3 million.
      Inventories. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or market. A significant estimate in the McGraw-Hill Education segment is the reserve for inventory obsolescence. The reserve is based upon management’s assessment of the marketplace of products in demand as compared to the number of units currently on hand. Should the estimate for inventory obsolescence for the Company vary by one percentage point, it would have an approximate $4.6 million impact on operating profit.
      Prepublication costs. Prepublication costs, principally outside preparation costs, are amortized from the year of publication over their estimated useful lives, one to five years, using either an accelerated or straight-line method. The majority of the programs are amortized using an accelerated methodology. The Company periodically evaluates the amortization methods, rates, remaining lives and recoverability of such costs, which are sometimes dependent upon program acceptance by state adoption authorities, based on expected undiscounted cash flows. If the annual prepublication amortization varied by one percentage point, the consolidated amortization expense would have changed by approximately $2.4 million.
      Deferred technology costs. The Company capitalizes certain software development and Web site implementation costs. Capitalized costs only include incremental, direct costs of materials and services incurred to develop the software after the preliminary project stage is completed, funding has been committed and it is probable that the project will be completed and used to perform the function intended. Incremental costs are expenditures that are out-of-pocket to the Company and are not part of an allocation or existing base from within the Company. Software development and Web site implementation costs are expensed as incurred during the preliminary project stage. Capitalized costs are amortized from the year the software is ready for its intended use over its estimated useful life, three to seven years, using straight-line method. Periodically, the Company evaluates the amortization methods, remaining lives and recoverability of such costs. Capitalized software development and Web site implementation costs are included in other non-current assets and are presented net of accumulated amortization. Gross deferred technology costs were $127.1 million and $127.9 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Accumulated amortization of deferred technology costs was $73.8 million and $54.1 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.


58


 

      Accounting for the impairment of long-lived assets. The Company accounts for impairment of long-lived assets in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,” (“SFAS No. 144”). The Company evaluates long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Upon such an occurrence, recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by comparing the carrying amount of an asset to forecasted undiscounted future net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. For long-lived assets held for sale, assets are written down to fair value, less cost to sell. Fair value is determined based on discounted cash flows, appraised values or management’s estimates, depending upon the nature of the assets. There were no material impairments of long-lived assets for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.
      Goodwill and other intangible assets. Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price and related costs over the value assigned to the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets of businesses acquired. As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, goodwill and other indefinite lived intangible assets was $1.9 billion in each year. In accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” (“SFAS No. 142”) goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized, but instead are tested for impairment annually, or if certain circumstances indicate a possible impairment may exist. The Company evaluates the recoverability of goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets using a two-step impairment test approach at the reporting unit level. In the first step the fair value for the reporting unit is compared to its book value including goodwill. In the case that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the book value, a second step is performed which compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill to the book value of the goodwill. The fair value for the goodwill is determined based on the difference between the fair values of the reporting units and the net fair values of the identifiable assets and liabilities of such reporting units. If the fair value of the goodwill is less than the book value, the difference is recognized as an impairment. SFAS No. 142 also requires that intangible assets with estimable useful lives be amortized over their estimated useful lives to the estimated residual values and reviewed for impairment in accordance with SFAS No. 144. The Company performed its impairment assessment on long-lived assets, including intangible assets and goodwill, in accordance with the methods prescribed above and concluded that no impairment existed for the years ended 2007, 2006 and 2005.
      Foreign currency translation. The Company has operations in many foreign countries. For most international operations, the local currency is the functional currency. For international operations that are determined to be extensions of the Parent Company, the U.S. dollar is the functional currency. For local currency operations, assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars
using end of period exchange rates, and revenue and expenses are translated into U.S. dollars using weighted-average exchange rates. Foreign currency translation adjustments are accumulated in a separate component of shareholders’ equity.
      Revenue. Revenue is recognized when goods are shipped to customers or services are rendered. Units whose revenue is principally from service contracts record revenue as earned. The Company considers amounts to be earned once evidence of an arrangement has been obtained, services are delivered, fees are fixed or determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured. Revenue relating to products that provide for more than one deliverable is recognized based upon the relative fair value to the customer of each deliverable as each deliverable is provided. Revenue relating to agreements that provide for more than one service is recognized based upon the relative fair value to the customer of each service component as each component is earned. If the fair value to the customer for each service is not objectively determinable, revenue is recorded as unearned and recognized ratably over the service period. Fair value is determined for each service component through a bifurcation analysis that relies upon the pricing of similar cash arrangements that are not part of the multi-element arrangement. Advertising revenue is recognized when the page is run or the spot is aired. Subscription income is recognized over the related subscription period.
     The transformation of Sweets, the popular building products database, from a print catalog to a fully-integrated Internet based sales and marketing solution led to sales of bundled products which resulted in an additional $23.8 million of deferred revenue in 2006 which was recognized ratably throughout 2007.
     Product revenue consists of revenue from the McGraw-Hill Education and Information & Media segments, and represents educational products, primarily books, magazine circulation revenue and syndicated study products. Service revenue represents the revenue from the Financial Services segment and the remaining revenue of the Information & Media segment, related to information related services and advertising, and service assessment contracts for the McGraw-Hill Education segment.
      Shipping and handling costs. In accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) No. 00-10, “Accounting for Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs,” all amounts billed to customers in a sales transaction for shipping and handling are classified as revenue.
      Depreciation. The costs of property and equipment are depreciated using the straight-line method based upon the following estimated useful lives: buildings and improvements – 15 to 40 years; equipment and furniture – two to 10 years. The costs of leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the useful lives or the terms of the respective leases.
      Advertising expense. The cost of advertising is expensed as incurred. The Company incurred $80.8 million, $79.6 million and $81.9 million in advertising costs in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
      Stock-based compensation. Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the provisions of, and accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with, SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS No. 123(R)”). Under the


59


 

fair value recognition provisions of this statement, stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period, which is the vesting period. The Company has applied the modified prospective method, under which prior periods are not revised for comparative purposes. The valuation provisions of SFAS No. 123(R) apply to new grants and to grants that were outstanding as of the effective date and are subsequently modified. Estimated compensation for grants that were outstanding as of the effective date will be recognized over the remaining service period using the compensation cost estimated for the SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” (“SFAS No. 123”) pro forma disclosures. Stock-based compensation is classified as both operating expense and selling and general expense on the consolidated statement of income. In accordance with SFAS No. 123(R), accrued compensation on restricted stock within other non-current liabilities and unearned compensation on restricted stock have been reclassed to additional paid-in capital in the consolidated balance sheet on the date of adoption. Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), the Company applied the provisions prescribed by Accounting Principles Board Opinion (“APB”) No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” (“APB No. 25”) in accounting for its stock-based awards, and accordingly, recognized no compensation cost for its stock option plans other than for its performance and non-performance restricted stock awards.
     The following table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per common share if the Company had accounted for stock-based compensation in accordance with SFAS No. 123 for the year ended December 31, 2005:
         
(in millions, except earnings per share)   2005  
 
Net income, as reported
  $ 844.3  
Stock-based compensation cost included in net income, net of tax
    32.1  
Fair value of stock-based compensation cost, net of tax
    (74.0 )
 
Pro forma net income
  $ 802.4  
 
Basic earnings per common share
       
As reported
  $ 2.25  
Pro forma
  $ 2.14  
Diluted earnings per common share
       
As reported
  $ 2.21  
Pro forma
  $ 2.10  
 
      Taxes on Income. The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to be applied to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.
     Management’s judgment is required in determining the Company’s provision for income taxes and deferred tax assets and liabilities. In determining the need for a valuation allowance, the historical and projected financial performance of the operation that is recording a net deferred tax asset is considered along with any other pertinent information.
     Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted the provisions of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109,” (“FIN 48”). FIN 48 clarifies the accounting and reporting for uncertainties in income taxes and prescribes a comprehensive model for the financial statement recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in income tax returns. As a result of the implementation of FIN 48, the Company recognized an increase in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $5.2 million, which was accounted for as a reduction to the January 1, 2007 balance of retained income. The total amount of federal, state and local, and foreign unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2007 and January 1, 2007 were $45.8 million and $75.1 million, respectively, exclusive of interest and penalties. Included in the balance at December 31, 2007 and January 1, 2007, are $3.9 million and $13.5 million, respectively, of tax positions for which the ultimate deductibility is highly certain but for which there is uncertainty about the timing of such deductibility. Because of the impact of deferred tax accounting, other than interest and penalties, the disallowance of the shorter deductibility period would not affect the annual effective tax rate but would accelerate the payment of cash to the taxing authority to an earlier period. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense and operating expense, respectively. In addition to the unrecognized tax benefits, as of December 31, 2007 and January 1, 2007, the Company had $11.9 million and $12.4 million, respectively, of accrued interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions.
     The Company or one of its subsidiaries files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, various states, and foreign jurisdictions, and the Company is routinely under audit by many different tax authorities. Management believes that its accrual for tax liabilities is adequate for all open audit years based on its assessment of many factors including past experience and interpretations of tax law. This assessment relies on estimates and assumptions and may involve a series of complex judgments about future events. It is possible that examinations will be settled prior to December 31, 2008. If any of these tax audit settlements do occur within that period the Company would make any necessary adjustments to the accrual for unrecognized tax benefits. Until formal resolutions are reached between the Company and the tax authorities, the determination of a possible audit settlement range with respect to the impact on unrecognized tax benefits is not practicable. On the basis of present information, it is the opinion of the Company’s management that any assessments resulting from the current audits will not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.


60


 

      Recent accounting pronouncements. In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160 “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements an amendment of ARB No. 51,” (“SFAS No. 160”). SFAS No. 160 amends Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, “Consolidated Financial Statements,” to establish accounting and reporting standards for any noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. SFAS No. 160 clarifies that a noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary should be reported as a component of equity in the consolidated financial statements and requires disclosure, on the face of the consolidated statement of income, of the amounts of consolidated net income attributable to the parent and to the noncontrolled interest. SFAS No. 160 is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2009 and is to be applied prospectively, except for the presentation and disclosure requirements, which upon adoption will be applied retrospectively for all periods presented. Early adoption of SFAS No. 160 is prohibited. The Company is currently evaluating the impact SFAS No. 160 will have on its consolidated financial statements.
     In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), “Business Combinations,” (“SFAS No. 141(R)”). SFAS No. 141(R) fundamentally changes many aspects of existing accounting requirements for business combinations. SFAS No. 141(R) includes guidance for the recognition and measurement of the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any non-controlling or minority interest in the acquired company. It also provides guidance for the measurement of goodwill, the recognition of contingent consideration, the accounting for pre-acquisition gain and loss contingencies as well as acquisition-related transaction costs. SFAS No. 141(R) applies prospectively and is effective for business combinations made by the Company beginning January 1, 2009. Early adoption of SFAS No. 141(R) is prohibited. The Company is currently evaluating the impact SFAS No. 141(R) will have on its consolidated financial statements.
     In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” (“SFAS No. 157”) to clarify the definition of fair value, establish a framework for measuring fair value and expand the disclosures on fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. SFAS No. 157 also stipulates that, as a market-based measurement, fair value measurement should be determined based on the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, and establishes a fair value hierarchy that distinguishes between (a) market participant assumptions developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the reporting entity (observable inputs) and (b) the reporting entity’s own assumptions about market participant assumptions developed based on the best information available in the circumstances (unobservable inputs). SFAS No. 157 is effective beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2008 for financial assets and liabilities. The Company does not anticipate the adoption of SFAS No. 157 for financial assets and liabilities to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements. Further, in February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) 157-2, “Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157,” (“FSP FAS 157-2”) which delays the effective date of SFAS No. 157 for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial
liabilities until fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008, which for the Company is 2009. The Company is currently evaluating the impact FSP FAS 157-2 will have on its consolidated financial statements.
      Reclassification. Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified for comparability purposes.
2. Acquisitions and Dispositions
Acquisitions. In 2007, the Company paid $86.7 million for the acquisition of several businesses and for purchase price adjustments from its prior years’ acquisitions. In 2006, the Company paid $13.5 million for the acquisition of several businesses and partial equity interests and for purchase price adjustments from its prior years’ acquisitions. In 2005, the Company paid $461.8 million for the acquisition of several businesses and partial equity interests and for purchase price adjustments from its prior years’ acquisitions. The businesses acquired in 2005 principally included Vista Research, Inc., J.D. Power and Associates and an additional 49.07% investment in CRISIL Limited. All of these acquisitions were accounted for under the purchase method. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired was preliminarily allocated to goodwill and other intangibles. Intangible assets recorded for all current transactions are amortized using the straight-line method for periods not exceeding 20 years with the exception of the J.D. Power trade name, which has an indefinite life.
      Non-cash investing activities. Liabilities assumed in conjunction with the acquisition of businesses are as follows:
                         
(in millions)   2007     2006     2005  
 
Fair value of assets acquired
  $ 102.5     $ 19.0     $ 643.5  
Cash paid (net of cash acquired)
    86.7       13.5       461.8  
 
Liabilities assumed
  $ 15.8     $ 5.5     $ 181.7  
 
     All of these acquisitions are immaterial to the Company individually and in the aggregate.
      Dispositions. In March 2007, the Company sold its mutual fund data business, which was part of the Financial Services segment. This business was selected for divestiture as it no longer fit within the Company’s strategic plans. The divestiture of the mutual fund data business will enable the Financial Services segment to focus on its core business of providing independent research, ratings, data indices and portfolios services. The Company recognized a pre-tax gain of $17.3 million ($10.3 million after-tax, or $0.03 per diluted share).
     In 2007, all dispositions including the sale of the mutual fund data business are immaterial to the Company individually and in the aggregate.
     In 2006, the Company made several dispositions that are immaterial individually and in the aggregate.
     In November 2005, the Company sold its Healthcare Information Group, a unit of the Information & Media segment. The Healthcare Information Group consisted of several magazines including: The Physician and Sportsmedicine , Postgraduate Medicine and Healthcare Informatics , as well as a variety of healthcare information


61


 

programs that serve the medical market. The divestiture of the Healthcare Information Group enabled the Information & Media segment to direct resources towards building its key business information and market insight franchises. The Company recognized a pre-tax loss of $5.5 million ($3.3 million after-tax, or less than $0.01 per diluted share).
     In September 2005, the Company sold its Corporate Value Consulting (“CVC”) business, the valuation services unit of the Financial Services segment. This business was selected for divestiture as it no longer fit with the Company’s strategic plans. The divestiture of CVC enabled the Financial Services segment to focus on its core business of providing independent research, ratings, data indices and portfolio services. The Company recognized a pre-tax gain of $6.8 million ($4.2 million after-tax, or $0.01 per diluted share).
     All of these dispositions are immaterial to the Company individually and in the aggregate.
3. Debt and Other Commitments
A summary of short-term and long-term debt outstanding as of December 31, is as follows:
                 
(in millions)   2007     2006  
 
5.375% Senior Notes, due 2012 (a)
  $ 399.7     $  
5.900% Senior Notes, due 2017 (b)
    399.0        
6.550% Senior Notes, due 2037 (c)
    398.4        
Notes payable
    0.3       2.7  
 
Total debt
    1,197.4       2.7  
Less: Short-term debt including current maturities
          2.4  
 
Long-term debt
  $ 1,197.4     $ 0.3  
 
Senior Notes
(a)   As of December 31, 2007, the Company had outstanding $399.7 million of 2012 senior notes consisting of $400 million principal and an unamortized debt discount of $0.3 million. The 2012 senior notes, when issued in November 2007, were priced at 99.911% with a yield of 5.399%. Interest payments are required to be made semiannually on February 15 and August 15.
(b)   As of December 31, 2007, the Company had outstanding $399.0 million of 2017 senior notes consisting of $400 million principal and an unamortized debt discount of $1.0 million. The 2017 senior notes, when issued in November 2007, were priced at 99.76% with a yield of 5.933%. Interest payments are required to be made semiannually on April 15 and October 15.
(c)   As of December 31, 2007, the Company had outstanding $398.4 million of 2037 senior notes consisting of $400 million principal and an unamortized debt discount of $1.6 million. The 2037 senior notes, when issued in November 2007, were priced at 99.605% with a yield of 6.580%. Interest payments are required to be made semiannually on May 15 and November 15.
      Available Financing. On June 22, 2007, the Company completed the conversion of its commercial paper program from the Section 3a (3) to the Section 4(2) classification as defined under the Securities Act of 1933. This conversion provides the Company with greater flexibility relating to the use of proceeds received from the issuance of commercial paper which may be sold to qualified institutional buyers and accredited investors. All commercial paper issued by the Company subsequent to this conversion date will be executed under the Section 4(2) program. The Section 3a (3) program was officially terminated when all existing commercial paper outstanding under this program matured in July 2007. The size of the Company’s total commercial paper program remains $1.2 billion and is supported by the revolving credit agreement described below. There were no outstanding commercial paper borrowings as of December 31, 2007 and 2006.
     The Company has a five-year revolving credit facility agreement of $1.2 billion that expires on July 20, 2009. The Company pays a facility fee of seven basis points on the credit facility agreement whether or not amounts have been borrowed, and borrowings may be made at a spread of 13 basis points above the prevailing London Inter-Bank Offer Rate (“LIBOR”). This spread increases to 18 basis points for borrowings exceeding 50% of the total capacity available under the facility.
     The revolving credit facility contains certain covenants. The only financial covenant requires that the Company not exceed indebtedness to cash flow ratio, as defined, of 4 to 1 at any time. This restriction has never been exceeded. There were no borrowings under the amended facility as of December 31, 2007 and 2006.
     The Company has the capacity to issue Extendible Commercial Notes (“ECNs”) of up to $240 million, provided that sufficient investor demand for the ECNs exists. ECNs replicate commercial paper, except that the Company has an option to extend the note beyond its initial redemption date to a maximum final maturity of 390 days. However, if exercised, such an extension is at a higher reset rate, which is at a predetermined spread over LIBOR and is related to the Company’s commercial paper rating at the time of extension. As a result of the extension option, no backup facilities for these borrowings are required. As is the case with commercial paper, ECNs have no financial covenants. There were no ECN borrowings outstanding as of December 31, 2007 and 2006.
     Under the shelf registration that became effective with the Securities and Exchange Commission in 1990, an additional $250 million of debt securities can be issued.
     On April 19, 2007, the Company signed a promissory note with one of its providers of banking services to enable the Company to borrow additional funds, on an uncommitted basis, from time to time to supplement its commercial paper and ECNs borrowings. The specific terms (principal, interest rate and maturity date) of each borrowing governed by this promissory note are determined on the borrowing date of each loan. These borrowings have no financial covenants. There were no promissory note borrowings outstanding as of December 31, 2007 and 2006.


62


 

     Long-term debt was $1,197.4 million and $0.3 million as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The carrying amount of the Company’s borrowings approximates fair value. The Company paid interest on its debt totaling $48.3 million in 2007, $11.7 million in 2006 and $4.2 million in 2005.
     Aggregate requirements for long-term debt maturities during the next five years are as follows: 2008 through 2011 – no amounts due; 2012 – $400.0 million.
     As of December 31, 2007, the Company’s unconditional purchase obligations payments are as follows:
                                                 
(in millions)   2008     2009     2010     2011     2012     Thereafter  
 
 
  $ 25.4     $ 8.4     $ 4.8     $ 2.7     $ 2.7     $ 0.2  
 
4. Segment Reporting and Geographic Information
The Company has three reportable segments: McGraw-Hill Education, Financial Services and Information & Media. The McGraw-Hill Education segment is one of the premier global educational publishers and is the largest U.S. owned educational publisher serving the elementary and high school (“el-hi”), college and university, professional and international markets. The segment consists of two operating groups: the School Education Group (“SEG”) and the Higher Education, Professional and International (“HPI”) Group. During 2007, 2006 and 2005, the segment incurred restructuring charges that reduced operating profit by $16.3 million, $16.0 million and $9.0 million pre-tax, respectively (see Note 14).
     The Financial Services segment operates under the Standard & Poor’s brand. This segment provides services to investors, corporations, governments, financial institutions, investment managers and advisors globally. The segment and the markets it serves are impacted by interest rates, the state of global economies, credit quality and investor confidence. The Financial Services segment consists of two operating groups: Credit Market Services and Investment Services. Credit Market Services provides independent global credit ratings and risk evaluations. Investment Services provides comprehensive value-added financial data, information, investment indices and research. In March 2007, the Company sold its mutual fund data business, which was part of the Financial Services segment, for a pre-tax gain of $17.3 million. In September 2005, the Company divested its Corporate Value Consulting business, which was formerly part of the Financial Services segment. During 2005, the Company acquired Vista Research, Inc. and an additional 49.07% investment in CRISIL Limited. The assets of these acquisitions totaled approximately $123.0 million and are not considered material to the Company. These acquisitions are included as part of the Financial Services segment. In 2007 and 2005, the segment incurred restructuring charges that reduced operating profit by $18.8 million and $1.2 million pre-tax, respectively.
     The Information & Media (“I&M”) segment consists of two operating groups, which include business and professional media offering information, insight and analysis: the Business-to-Business Group (consisting of the BusinessWeek , J.D. Power and Associates
(“JDPA”), McGraw-Hill Construction, Platts and Aviation Week brands), and the Broadcasting Group, which operates nine television stations. During 2007, 2006 and 2005, the segment incurred restructuring charges that reduced operating profit by $6.7 million, $8.7 million and $10.2 million pre-tax, respectively. Included in the results of the I&M segment are the results of JDPA which was acquired on April 1, 2005. The assets acquired in this acquisition totaled approximately $520 million and are not considered material to the Company. The segment revenue included $43.8 million for JDPA in the first quarter of 2006 with no comparable amount in 2005. In November 2005, the Company divested its Healthcare Information Group, which was formerly part of the I&M segment. This divestiture was not material to the I&M segment. The results for 2006 reflect a deferral of $23.8 million of revenue and $21.1 million of operating profit related to the transformation of Sweets from a primarily print catalog to bundled print and online services, which was recognized ratably throughout 2007.
     In 2006, as a result of the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), the Company incurred stock-based compensation expense of $136.2 million which was charged to the following: McGraw-Hill Education, $31.6 million; Financial Services, $38.3 million; Information & Media, $22.9 million and Corporate, $43.4 million, pre-tax. Included in this charge is the impact of the elimination of the Company’s restoration stock option program of $23.8 million which impacted McGraw-Hill Education by $4.2 million, Financial Services by $2.1 million, Information & Media by $2.7 million and Corporate by $14.8 million, pre-tax.
     Information as to the operations of the three segments of the Company is set forth below based on the nature of the products and services offered. The Executive Committee, consisting of the Company’s principal corporate executives, is the Company’s chief operating decision-maker and evaluates performance based primarily on operating profit. The accounting policies of the operating segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies.
     The operating profit adjustments listed below relate to the operating results of the corporate entity, which is not considered an operating segment and includes corporate expenses of $159.8 million, $162.9 million and $124.8 million, and net interest expense of $40.6 million, $13.6 million and $5.2 million, of the Company for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Restructuring charges in 2007, 2006 and 2005 impacted corporate expenses by $1.9 million, $6.8 million and $2.8 million pre-tax, respectively. Corporate assets consist principally of cash and equivalents, prepaid pension expense, deferred income taxes and leasehold improvements related to subleased areas.
     Foreign operating profit was $508.3 million, $305.0 million and $303.4 million in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Foreign revenue, operating profit and long-lived assets include operations in 40 countries. The Company does not have operations in any foreign country that represent more than 5% of its consolidated revenue. Transfers between geographic areas are recorded at agreed upon prices and intercompany revenue and profit are eliminated.


63


 

     Segment information for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 is as follows:
                                                 
    McGraw-Hill     Financial     Information     Segment             Consolidated  
(in millions)   Education     Services     & Media     Totals     Adjustments     Total  
 
2007
                                               
Revenue
  $ 2,705.9     $ 3,046.2     $ 1,020.2 (a)   $ 6,772.3     $     $ 6,772.3  
Operating profit
    400.0       1,359.4       63.5 (a)     1,822.9       (200.4 )     1,622.5 *
Stock-based compensation (b)
    27.7       44.2       22.1       94.0       30.7       124.7  
Depreciation and amortization (c)
    310.3       50.9       33.2       394.4       6.8       401.2  
Assets
    2,996.0       1,306.4       953.1       5,255.5       1,101.8       6,357.3  
Capital expenditures (d)
    434.5       62.1       29.6       526.2       2.4       528.6  
Technology project additions
    5.2       7.1       0.7       13.0       3.7       16.7  
 
2006
                                               
Revenue
  $ 2,524.2     $ 2,746.4     $ 984.5 (a)   $ 6,255.1     $     $ 6,255.1  
Operating profit
    329.1       1,202.3       49.9 (a)     1,581.3       (176.5 )     1,404.8 *
Stock-based compensation (b)
    31.6       38.3       22.9       92.8       43.4       136.2  
Depreciation and amortization (c)
    303.5       48.4       35.4       387.3       2.7       390.0  
Assets
    2,826.5       1,308.0       950.8       5,085.3       957.6       6,042.9  
Capital expenditures (d)
    338.2       44.9       19.3       402.4       1.0       403.4  
Technology project additions
    11.7       2.8       4.8       19.3       3.7       23.0  
 
2005
                                               
Revenue
  $ 2,671.7     $ 2,400.8     $ 931.1     $ 6,003.6     $     $ 6,003.6  
Operating profit
    410.2       1,019.2       60.6       1,490.0       (130.0 )     1,360.0 *
Stock-based compensation
    12.0       8.4       8.8       29.2       21.9       51.1  
Depreciation and amortization (c)
    305.0       45.7       30.6       381.3       3.9       385.2  
Assets
    2,841.5       1,136.5       944.0       4,922.0       1,473.8       6,395.8  
Capital expenditures (d)
    324.1       26.2       23.1       373.4       4.6       378.0  
Technology project additions
    8.6       1.2       6.7       16.5             16.5  
 
 
* Income from operations before taxes on income.  
(a) The results for 2006 reflect a deferral of $23.8 million of revenue and $21.1 million of operating profit related to the transformation of Sweets from a primarily print catalog to bundled print and online services, which was recognized ratably throughout 2007.
(b) In 2006 the company adopted SFAS No. 123(R), “Shared-Based Payment” (see Note 8).
(c) Includes amortization of intangible assets and prepublication costs.
(d) Includes purchase of property and equipment and investments in prepublication costs.
     The following is a schedule of revenue and long-lived assets by geographic location:
                                                 
(in millions)   2007     2006     2005  
            Long-lived             Long-lived             Long-lived  
    Revenue     Assets     Revenue     Assets     Revenue     Assets  
 
United States
  $ 5,008.5     $ 3,279.7     $ 4,725.0     $ 3,114.7     $ 4,665.8     $ 3,208.0  
European region
    1,030.9       186.4       883.9       183.5       760.0       66.7  
Asia
    426.1       117.3       376.3       115.4       336.6       92.5  
Rest of world
    306.8       39.9       269.9       35.2       241.2       44.8  
 
Total
  $ 6,772.3     $ 3,623.3     $ 6,255.1     $ 3,448.8     $ 6,003.6     $ 3,412.0  
 

64


 

5. Taxes on Income
Income from operations before taxes on income resulted from domestic and foreign operations as follows:
                         
(in millions)   2007     2006     2005  
 
Domestic operations
  $ 1,370.3     $ 1,224.0     $ 1,218.9  
Foreign operations
    252.2       180.8       141.1  
 
Total income before taxes
  $ 1,622.5     $ 1,404.8     $ 1,360.0  
 
     A reconciliation of the U.S. statutory tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate for financial reporting purposes follows:
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
 
U.S. statutory rate
    35.0 %     35.0 %     35.0 %
 
Effect of state and local
                       
income taxes
    4.5       4.2       4.4  
American Jobs Creation Act
                       
(see below)
                0.7  
Other — net
    (2.0 )     (2.0 )     (2.2 )
 
Effective tax rate
    37.5 %     37.2 %     37.9 %
 
     The Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48 on January 1, 2007. As a result of the implementation of FIN 48, the Company recognized an increase in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $5.2 million, which was accounted for as a reduction to the January 1, 2007 balance of retained income. The total amount of federal, state and local, and foreign unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2007 and January 1, 2007 were $45.8 million and $75.1 million, respectively, exclusive of interest and penalties. Included in the balance at December 31, 2007 and January 1, 2007, are $3.9 million and $13.5 million, respectively, of tax positions for which the ultimate deductibility is highly certain but for which there is uncertainty about the timing of such deductibility. Because of the impact of deferred tax accounting, other than interest and penalties, the disallowance of the shorter deductibility period would not affect the annual effective tax rate but would accelerate the payment of cash to the taxing authority to an earlier period. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense and operating expense, respectively. In addition to unrecognized tax benefits, as of December 31, 2007 and January 1, 2007, the Company had $11.9 million and $12.4 million, respectively, of accrued interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions.
     A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
         
(in millions)        
  |
Balance at January 1, 2007
  $ 75.1  
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
    12.0  
Additions for tax positions of prior years
    1.5  
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
    (42.8 )
 
Balance at December 31, 2007
  $ 45.8  
 
     The net decrease of $29.3 million in the amount of unrecognized tax benefits favorably impacted tax expense by $20.0 million. The remaining net decrease was attributable to tax positions that were timing related. This favorable impact to the tax provision was offset by additional requirements for the repatriation of cash from international operations.
     In 2007, the Company completed the U.S. federal tax audits for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and consequently has no open U.S. federal income tax examinations for years prior to 2007. In 2007, the Company completed various state and foreign tax audits and, with few exceptions, is no longer subject to state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for the years before 2002.
     The Company or one of its subsidiaries files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, various states, and foreign jurisdictions, and the Company is routinely under audit by many different tax authorities. Management believes that its accrual for tax liabilities is adequate for all open audit years based on its assessment of many factors including past experience and interpretations of tax law. This assessment relies on estimates and assumptions and may involve a series of complex judgments about future events. It is possible that tax examinations will be settled prior to December 31, 2008. If any of these tax audit settlements do occur within that period, the Company would make any necessary adjustments to the accrual for unrecognized tax benefits. Until formal resolutions are reached between the Company and the tax authorities, the determination of a possible audit settlement range with respect to the impact on unrecognized tax benefits is not practicable. On the basis of present information, it is the opinion of the Company’s management that any assessments resulting from the current audits will not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
     During 2006, the Company completed various federal, state and local, and foreign tax audits and removed approximately $17.0 million from its accrued income tax liability accounts. This amount was offset by additional requirements for taxes related to foreign subsidiaries.
     During 2005, the Company repatriated $209.3 million of earnings from its foreign subsidiaries. The repatriation took advantage of the one-time incentive offered under the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 and resulted in an incremental income tax of $10.0 million.


65


 

     The provision/(benefits) for taxes on income consists of the following:
                         
(in millions)   2007     2006     2005  
 
Federal:
                       
Current
  $ 455.7     $ 415.2     $ 385.7  
Deferred
    (59.7 )     (40.8 )     (0.1 )
 
Total federal
    396.0       374.4       385.6  
 
Foreign:
                       
Current
    96.8       62.8       46.0  
Deferred
    8.1       (5.5 )     (3.2 )
 
Total foreign
    104.9       57.3       42.8  
 
State and local:
                       
Current
    122.3       99.3       86.1  
Deferred
    (14.2 )     (8.4 )     1.2  
 
Total state and local
    108.1       90.9       87.3  
 
Total provision for taxes
  $ 609.0     $ 522.6     $ 515.7  
 
     The principal temporary differences between the accounting for income and expenses for financial reporting and income tax purposes as of December 31, are as follows:
                 
(in millions)   2007     2006  
 
Deferred tax assets:
               
Reserves and accruals
  $ 415.5     $ 340.1  
Postretirement benefits
    58.5       104.4  
Deferred gain
    75.2       78.6  
Other — net
    64.2       49.9  
 
Total deferred tax assets
    613.4       573.0  
 
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Fixed assets and intangible assets
    (374.2 )     (362.2 )
Prepaid pension and other expenses
    (90.2 )     (109.9 )
Unearned revenue
    (7.7 )     (6.9 )
 
Total deferred tax liabilities
    (472.1 )     (479.0 )
 
Net deferred income taxes
  $ 141.3     $ 94.0  
 
Reported as:
               
Net current deferred tax assets
  $ 280.5     $ 244.7  
Net non-current deferred tax liabilities
    (139.2 )     (150.7 )
 
Net deferred income taxes
  $ 141.3     $ 94.0  
 
     The Company made net income tax payments totaling $635.4 million in 2007, $480.0 million in 2006 and $419.3 million in 2005. At December 31, 2007, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $39.0 million, which will expire between 2008 and 2027, and the utilization of these losses will be subject to limitations.
     The Company has not recorded deferred income taxes applicable to undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries that are indefinitely reinvested in foreign operations. Undistributed earnings amounted to approximately $392.1 million at December 31, 2007. Quantification of the deferred tax liability, if any, associated with indefinitely reinvested earnings is not practicable.
6. Rental Expense and Lease Obligations
Rental expense for property and equipment under all operating lease agreements is as follows:
                         
(in millions)   2007     2006     2005  
 
Gross rental expense
  $ 228.2     $ 214.7     $ 205.9  
Less: sublease revenue
    5.5       7.3       6.6  
Less: Rock-McGraw rent credit
    17.6       16.9       16.9  
 
Net rental expense
  $ 205.1     $ 190.5     $ 182.4  
 
     The Company is committed under lease arrangements covering property, computer system and office equipment. Leasehold improvements are amortized straight-line over the shorter of their economic lives or their leases term. Certain lease arrangements contain escalation clauses covering increased costs for various defined real estate taxes and operating services. Rent escalation fees are recognized straight-line over the lease team.
     Minimum rental commitments, including rent payment on the sale-leaseback described in Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements, under existing non-cancelable leases with a remaining term of more than one year, are shown in the following table. The annual rental commitments, for real estate are reduced by $2.8 million in 2008, $2.4 million in 2009, $2.2 million in 2010, $1.9 million in 2011 and $1.2 in 2012 for subleases income.
         
(in millions)        
 
2008
  $ 171.4  
2009
    156.0  
2010
    145.2  
2011
    136.2  
2012
    129.6  
2013 and beyond
    927.1  
 
Total
  $ 1,665.5  
 
7. Shareholders’ Equity
Capital Stock
Two million shares of preferred stock, par value $1 per share, are authorized; none have been issued.
     The Company terminated the restoration feature of its stock option program on March 30, 2006 in an effort to reduce future expenses the Company would have incurred under SFAS No. 123(R).
     In 2007, dividends were paid at the quarterly rate of $0.205 per common share. Total dividends paid in 2007, 2006 and 2005 were $277.7 million, $260.3 million and $246.0 million, respectively. On January 30, 2008, the Board of Directors approved an increase in the dividends for 2008 to a quarterly rate of $0.22 per common share.
      Stock Repurchases. On January 29, 2003, the Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase program (the “2003 program”) authorizing the purchase of up to 30.0 million shares, which was approximately 7.8% of the total shares of the Company’s


66


 

outstanding common stock at that time. During 2005, on a trade date basis, the Company repurchased 14.3 million shares for $671.9 million at an average price of $46.84. This program was completed in the first quarter of 2006. The total 30.0 million shares authorized under the 2003 program were repurchased for $1.3 billion at approximately $44.12 per share.
     On January 24, 2006, the Board of Directors approved an additional stock repurchase program (the “2006 program”) authorizing the purchase of up to 45.0 million additional shares, which was approximately 12.1% of the total shares of the Company’s outstanding common stock at that time. During 2006, the Company repurchased 28.4 million shares, which included 3.4 million shares remaining under the 2003 program, for $1.5 billion at an average price of $54.23, and 8.4 million shares acquired from the estate of William H. McGraw. At December 31, 2006, authorization for the repurchase of 20.0 million shares remained under the 2006 program.
     During March 2006, as part of its previously announced stock repurchase program, the Company acquired 8.4 million shares of the Company’s stock from the holdings of the recently deceased William H. McGraw. The shares were purchased through a mixture of available cash and borrowings at a discount of approximately 2.4% from the March 30, 2006 New York Stock Exchange closing price through a private transaction with Mr. McGraw’s estate. This transaction closed on April 5, 2006 and the total purchase amount was $468.8 million. The transaction was approved by the Financial Policy and Audit Committees of the Company’s Board of Directors, and the Company received independent financial and legal advice concerning the purchase.
     On January 31, 2007, the Board of Directors approved a new stock repurchase program (the “2007 program”) authorizing the repurchase of up to 45.0 million additional shares, which was approximately 12.7% of the total shares of the Company’s outstanding common stock at that time. During 2007, the Company repurchased 37.0 million shares, which included the remaining 20.0 million shares under the 2006 program, for $2.2 billion at an average price of $59.80. At December 31, 2007, authorization for the repurchase of 28.0 million shares remained under the 2007 program.
     Share repurchases for the years ended December 31, are as follows:
                         
(in millions, except average price)   2007     2006     2005  
 
Shares repurchased
    37.0       28.4       14.3  
Average price
  $ 59.80     $ 54.23     $ 46.84  
Amount
  $ 2,212.7     $ 1,540.1     $ 671.9  
 
     Shares repurchased were used for general corporate purposes, including the issuance of shares for stock compensation plans and to offset the dilutive effect of the exercise of employee stock options. In any period, cash used in financing activities related to common stock repurchased may differ from the comparable change in stockholders’ equity, reflecting timing differences between the recognition of share repurchase transactions and their settlement for cash.
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
Accumulated other comprehensive loss at December 31, consists of the following:
                         
(in thousands)   2007     2006     2005  
 
Foreign currency
                       
translation adjustments
  $ (8,074 )   $ (36,692 )   $ (65,899 )
Unrealized gain on
                       
investment, net of tax
    3,747              
Pension and other
                       
postretirement plans,
                       
net of tax
    (8,296 )     (78,520 )     (15,161 )
 
Total accumulated other comprehensive loss
  $ (12,623 )   $ (115,212 )   $ (81,060 )
 
8. Stock Plan Awards
The Company has a Director Deferred Stock Ownership Plan and three stock ownership plans: the 1987, 1993 and 2002 Employee Stock Incentive Plans.
      Director Deferred Stock Ownership Plan - Under this Plan, common stock reserved may be credited to deferred stock accounts for eligible Directors. In general, the Plan requires that 50% of eligible Directors’ annual compensation plus dividend equivalents be credited to deferred stock accounts. Each Director may also elect to defer all or a portion of the remaining compensation and have an equivalent number of shares credited to the deferred stock account. Recipients under this Plan are not required to provide consideration to the Company other than rendering service. Shares will be delivered as of the date a recipient ceases to be a member of the Board of Directors or within five years thereafter, if so elected. The Plan will remain in effect until terminated by the Board of Directors or until no shares of stock remain available under the Plan.
      1987 and 1993 Employee Stock Incentive Plans - These plans provided for the granting of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted stock awards, deferred stock (applicable to the 1987 Plan only) or other stock-based awards. No further awards may be granted under the 1987 or 1993 Plans; although awards granted prior to the adoption of the 2002 Plan, as amended, remain outstanding under the 1987 and 1993 Plans in accordance with their terms.
      2002 Employee Stock Incentive Plan as amended in 2004 (the “2002 Plan”) - The 2002 Plan permits the granting of non-qualified stock options, SARs, performance stock, restricted stock, and other stock-based awards.


67


 

     The number of common shares reserved for issuance at December 31, are as follows:
                 
(in thousands of shares)   2007     2006  
 
Shares available for granting under the
2002 Plan
    23,026       22,491  
Options outstanding
    31,837       34,807  
 
Shares reserved for issuance for employee stock plan awards
    54,863       57,298  
Director Deferred Stock Ownership Plan
    560       563  
 
Total shares reserved for issuance
    55,423       57,861  
 
     The Company issues treasury shares upon exercise of stock options and the issuance of restricted stock awards. To offset the dilutive effect of the exercise of employee stock options, the Company periodically repurchases shares.
     Stock-based compensation expense and the corresponding tax benefit for the years ended December 31, are as follows:
                         
(in millions)   2007     2006     2005  
 
Stock-based compensation
                       
Expense
  $ 124.7     $ 136.2     $ 51.1  
Tax benefit
  $ 50.5     $ 50.7     $ 19.0  
 
Stock Options
Stock options, which may not be granted at a price less than the fair market value of the Company’s common stock at date of grant, vest over a two year requisite service period in equal annual installments and have a maximum term of 10 years.
     The Company receives a tax deduction for certain stock option exercises during the period in which the options are exercised, generally for the excess of the quoted market value of the stock at the time of the exercise of the options over the exercise price of the options. Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), the Company reported tax benefits resulting from the exercise of stock options as operating cash flows in its consolidated statement of cash flows. In accordance with SFAS No. 123(R), the Company now reports excess tax benefits as financing cash flows. The actual income tax benefits realized from stock option exercises for the years ended December 31, is as follows:
                         
(in millions)   2007     2006     2005  
 
Income tax benefit realized from stock option exercises
  $ 56.6     $ 100.3     $ 58.5  
Net cash proceeds from the exercise of stock options
  $ 146.9     $ 262.9     $ 192.8  
 
     For the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, $35.8 million and $58.3 million, respectively, of excess tax benefits from stock options exercised is reported in financing cash flows, with no comparable amounts in 2005.
     The Company uses a lattice-based option-pricing model to estimate the fair value of options. Options granted prior to January 1, 2005 were valued using the Black-Scholes model. The following
assumptions were used in valuing the options granted during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005:
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Risk-free average interest rate
    3.60-6.28 %     4.14-6.07 %     1.99-4.64 %
Dividend yield
    1.2-1.7 %     1.1-1.5 %     1.6 %
Volatility
    14-22 %     12-22 %     16-24 %
Expected life (years)
    7.0-7.2       6.7-7.1       0.5-6.8  
Weighted-average grant-date fair value
  $ 15.80     $ 14.15     $ 8.90  
 
     Because lattice-based option-pricing models incorporate ranges of assumptions, those ranges are disclosed. These assumptions are based on multiple factors, including historical exercise patterns, post-vesting termination rates, expected future exercise patterns and the expected volatility of the Company’s stock price. The risk-free interest rate is the imputed forward rate based on the U.S. Treasury yield at the date of grant. The Company uses the historical volatility of the Company’s stock price over the expected term of the options to estimate the expected volatility. The expected term of options granted is derived from the output of the lattice model and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding.
     Stock option compensation costs are recognized from the date of grant, utilizing a two-year graded vesting method. Under this method, fifty percent of the costs are ratably recognized over the first twelve months with the remaining costs ratably recognized over a twenty four month period starting from the date of grant. At December 31, 2007, there was $13.7 million of unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested stock options, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.17 years.
     The total intrinsic value (market value on date of exercise less exercise price) of options exercised during 2007, 2006 and 2005 totaled $139.7 million, $252.1 million and $148.0 million, respectively. The total fair value of options vested during 2007, 2006 and 2005 totaled $42.3 million, $93.7 million and $62.5 million, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic values of stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2007 were $133.0 million and $176.6 million, respectively. The weighted-average remaining years of contractual life for options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2007 were six years for both options outstanding and exercisable.
     Stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2007 is as follows:
                 
            Weighted-average  
(in thousands of shares)   Shares     exercise price  
 
Options outstanding at
December 31, 2006
    34,807       $37.71  
 
Granted
    1,854       $62.02  
Exercised
    (4,520 )     $33.18  
Cancelled and expired
    (304 )     $53.22  
 
Options outstanding at
December 31, 2007
    31,837       $39.62  
 
Options exercisable at
December 31, 2007
    29,255       $37.77  
 


68


 

     Nonvested stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2007 is as follows:
                 
            Weighted-average  
            grant-date  
(in thousands of shares)   Shares     fair value  
 
Nonvested options outstanding at December 31, 2006
    5,670     $10.47  
 
Granted
    1,854     $15.80  
Vested
    (4,692 )   $9.98  
Forfeited
    (250 )   $13.54  
 
Nonvested options outstanding at December 31, 2007
    2,582     $15.38  
 
     Beginning in 1997, participants who exercised an option by tendering previously owned shares of common stock of the Company could elect to receive a one-time restoration option covering the number of shares tendered including any shares withheld for taxes. Restoration options were granted at fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant, had a maximum term equal to the remainder of the original option term and were subject to a six-month vesting period. The Company’s Board of Directors voted to terminate the restoration feature of its stock option program effective March 30, 2006. Restoration options granted between February 3, 2006 and March 30, 2006 vested immediately and all restoration options outstanding as of February 3, 2006 became fully vested. Included in the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company incurred a one-time charge of $23.8 million ($14.9 million after-tax or $0.04 per diluted share) related to the elimination of the restoration stock option program.
Restricted Stock
Restricted stock awards (performance and non-performance) have been granted under the 2002 Plan. Restricted stock performance awards will vest only if the Company achieves certain financial goals over the three-year vesting period. Restricted stock non-performance awards have various vesting periods (generally three years), with vesting beginning on the first anniversary of the awards.
     Recipients of restricted stock awards are not required to provide consideration to the Company other than rendering service and have the right to vote and to receive dividends.
     The share-based expense for restricted stock awards is determined based on the market price of the Company’s stock at the grant date of the award applied to the total number of awards that are anticipated to fully vest. For restricted stock performance awards, adjustments are made to expense dependent upon financial goals achieved. Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), adjustments were also made to expense for changes in market value for restricted stock performance awards. At December 31, 2007, there was unrecognized stock-based compensation of $123.7 million related to restricted stock awards, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.71 years.
     The weighted-average grant-date fair values of restricted stock awards granted during 2007, 2006 and 2005 were $56.12, $57.71
and $43.53, respectively. The total fair value of restricted stock awards vested during 2007, 2006 and 2005 totaled $28.5 million, $50.8 million and $46.1 million, respectively. The tax benefits relating to restricted stock award activity during 2007, 2006 and 2005 were $12.1 million, $21.7 million and $18.9 million, respectively.
     Restricted stock activity for the year ended December 31, 2007 is as follows:
                 
Non-performance awards                
            Weighted-average  
(in thousands of shares)   Shares     grant-date
fair value
 
 
Nonvested shares at
December 31, 2006
    103     $41.30  
 
Granted
    11     $58.57  
Vested
    (87 )   $40.08  
Forfeited
    (2 )   $51.33  
 
Nonvested shares at
December 31, 2007
    25     $52.39  
 
                 
Performance awards                
            Weighted-average  
(in thousands of shares)   Shares     grant-date
fair value
 
 
Nonvested shares at
December 31, 2006
    1,658     $50.40  
 
Granted
    1,515     $56.10  
Vested
    (742 )   $38.34  
Forfeited
    (134 )   $58.06  
 
Nonvested shares at
December 31, 2007
    2,297     $57.61  
 
9. Retirement Plans
The Company and its subsidiaries have a number of defined benefit pension plans and defined contribution plans covering substantially all employees. The Company’s primary pension plan is a noncontributory plan under which benefits are based on employee career employment compensation. The Company also has unfunded non-U.S. and supplemental benefit plans. The supplemental benefit plans provide senior management with supplemental retirement, disability and death benefits. Certain supplemental retirement benefits are based on final monthly earnings. In addition, the Company sponsors voluntary 401(k) plans under which the Company may match employee contributions up to certain levels of compensation as well as profit-sharing plans under which the Company contributes a percentage of eligible employees’ compensation to the employees’ accounts.
     On December 31, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R),” (“SFAS No. 158”) which requires the Company to recognize the funded status of its pension plans in the consolidated balance sheet, with a corresponding adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income, net of taxes. The adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income at adoption represents the net unrecognized actuarial losses and unrecognized prior service costs. These amounts will be subsequently recognized as net periodic pension cost pursuant to the


69


 

Company’s historical accounting policy for amortizing such amounts. Further, actuarial gains and losses that arise in subsequent periods and are not recognized as net periodic pension cost in the same periods will be recognized as a component of other comprehensive income. Those amounts will be subsequently recognized as a component of net periodic pension cost on the same basis as the amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income at the adoption of SFAS No. 158.
     A summary of the benefit obligation and the fair value of plan assets, as well as the funded status for the defined benefit plans as of December 31, is as follows:
                 
Change in benefit obligation            
(in millions)   2007     2006  
 
Net benefit obligation at beginning of year
  $ 1,322.9     $ 1,251.5  
Service cost
    64.1       63.1  
Plan amendments
          (5.2 )
Interest cost
    79.9       73.1  
Plan participants’ contributions
    0.8       1.1  
Actuarial gain
    (31.2 )     (39.5 )
Gross benefits paid
    (52.0 )     (49.4 )
Foreign currency effect
    (3.7 )     28.2  
 
Net benefit obligation at end of year
  $ 1,380.8     $ 1,322.9  
 
                 
Change in plan assets            
(in millions)   2007     2006  
 
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
  $ 1,349.0     $ 1,204.4  
Actual return on plan assets
    159.8       152.9  
Employer contributions
    32.8       23.0  
Plan participants’ contributions
    0.9       1.1  
Gross benefits paid
    (52.0 )     (49.4 )
Foreign currency effect
    3.4       17.0  
 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
    1,493.9       1,349.0  
 
Funded status
  $ 113.1     $ 26.1  
 
     Benefits paid in the above table include only those amounts contributed directly to or paid directly from plan assets.
     The funded status of the defined benefit plans includes $276.5 million in non-current asset for pension benefits, $17.5 million in other current liabilities and $145.9 million in other non-current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2007, and $228.6 million in non-current asset for pension benefits, $4.3 million in other current liabilities and $198.2 million in other non-current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2006.
     The accumulated benefit obligation as of December 31, for the defined benefit plans is as follows:
                 
(in millions)   2007     2006  
 
Accumulated benefit obligation
  $ 1,202.1     $ 1,145.3  
 
     The following table reflects pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of the fair value of plan assets for the years ended December 31:
                 
(in millions)   2007     2006  
 
Projected benefit obligation
  $ 123.0     $ 353.3  
 
Accumulated benefit obligation
  $ 88.1     $ 258.6  
 
Fair value of plan assets
  $     $ 150.5  
 
     The U.S. weighted-average assumptions used to determine the benefit obligations are as follows:
                 
    2007     2006  
 
Discount rate
    6.25 %     5.90 %
Compensation increase factor
    5.50 %     5.50 %
 
     Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax as of December 31, consist of:
                 
(in millions)   2007     2006  
 
Net actuarial loss
  $ 21.2     $ 79.4  
Prior service credit
    (7.2 )     (2.1 )
 
Total recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax
  $14.0   $ 77.3  
 
     The actuarial loss and prior service credit included in accumulated other comprehensive income and expected to be recognized in net periodic pension cost during the year ending December 31, 2008 are $2.9 million and $0.4 million, respectively.
     For purposes of determining annual pension cost, prior service costs are being amortized straight-line over the average remaining service period of employees expected to receive benefits. For 2007, the assumed return on U.S. plan assets of 8.0% is based on a calculated market-related value of assets, which recognizes changes in market value over five years.
     A summary of net periodic benefit cost for the Company’s defined benefit plans is as follows:
                         
(in millions)   2007     2006     2005  
 
Service cost
  $ 64.1     $ 63.1     $ 52.3  
Interest cost
    79.9       73.1       64.8  
Expected return on assets
    (98.9 )     (92.1 )     (88.2 )
Amortization of:
                       
Transition obligation
    0.1       0.1        
Actuarial loss
    13.6       16.4       7.6  
Prior service (credit) cost
    (0.3 )     0.1       0.3  
 
Net periodic benefit cost
  $ 58.5     $ 60.7     $ 36.8  
 


70


 

     The U.S. weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost are as follows:
                         
January 1   2007     2006     2005  
 
Discount rate
    5.90 %     5.65 %     5.75 %
Compensation increase factor
    5.50 %     5.50 %     5.50 %
Return on assets
    8.00 %     8.00 %     8.00 %
 
     The Company’s United Kingdom (“U.K.”) retirement plan, which is included in the table above, accounted for $16.3 million in 2007, $20.5 million in 2006 and $13.9 million in 2005 of the net periodic benefit cost attributable to the funded plans. The discount rate assumption for the Company’s U.K retirement plan was 4.90%, 4.75% and 5.50% for the years December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The assumed compensation increase factor for the Company’s U.K retirement plan was 5.75%, 5.50% and 4.25% for the years December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Additionally, effective January 1, 2008, the Company changed its discount rate assumption on its U.S. retirement plans to 6.25% from 5.90% in 2007.
     Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income, net of tax for the years ending December 31, are as follows:
                 
(in millions)   2007   2006   2005
 
Net actuarial gain
  $ (58.7 )   N/A   N/A
Recognized actuarial gain
    (8.5 )   N/A   N/A
Prior service credit
    (5.5 )   N/A   N/A
Recognized prior service cost
    0.3     N/A   N/A
Recognized transition obligation
    (0.1 )   N/A   N/A
 
Total recognized in other
   comprehensive income, net of tax
  $ (72.5 )   N/A   N/A
 
     The total cost for the Company’s retirement plans was $168.1 million for 2007, $157.8 million for 2006 and $127.3 million for 2005. Included in the total retirement plans cost are defined contribution plans cost of $96.8 million for 2007, $87.6 million for 2006 and $78.8 million for 2005.
     Information about the expected cash flows for all of the defined benefit plans combined is as follows:
         
Expected employer contributions        
(in millions)        
 
2008
  $ 34.0  
 
         
Expected benefit payments        
(in millions)        
 
2008
  $ 53.8  
2009
    52.9  
2010
    55.9  
2011
    59.9  
2012
    63.8  
2013-2017
    394.0  
 
     The preceding table reflects the total benefits expected to be paid from the plans or from the Company’s assets including both the Company’s share of the benefit cost and the participants’ share of the cost.
     The asset allocation for the Company’s domestic defined benefit plans at the end of 2007 and 2006 and the target allocation for 2008, by asset category is as follows:
                         
            Percentage of  
Asset category   Target allocation     plan assets at year end  
 
    2008         2007 2006  
 
Domestic equity securities
    54 %       54 %   60 %
Domestic debt securities and cash
    20 %       20 %   19 %
International equity securities
    26 %       26 %   21 %
 
Total
    100 %       100 %   100 %
 
     The domestic defined benefit plans have no investment in the Company’s common stock.
     The investment of assets on behalf of the Company’s defined benefit plans focuses on both the opportunity for capital growth and the reinvestment of income. The growth potential is primarily from capital appreciation from stocks and secondarily from the reinvestment of income from fixed instruments. The mix of assets is established after careful consideration of the long-term performance of asset classes and an analysis of future liabilities. Investments are selected based on their potential to enhance returns, preserve capital and reduce overall volatility. Holdings are well diversified within each asset class, which include U.S. and foreign stocks, high-quality bonds and cash.
     Assets of the defined contribution plan consist primarily of index funds, equity funds, debt instruments and McGraw-Hill common stock. The U.S. plan purchased 591,000 and sold 739,000 shares of McGraw-Hill common stock in 2007 and purchased 305,000 and sold 285,000 shares of McGraw-Hill common stock in 2006. The plan held approximately 4.3 million and 4.5 million shares of McGraw-Hill common stock at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, with market values of $189.1 million and $307.6 million, respectively. The plan received dividends on McGraw-Hill common stock of $3.7 million during 2007 and $3.3 million during 2006.
10. Postretirement Healthcare and Other Benefits
The Company provides certain medical, dental and life insurance benefits for retired employees and eligible dependents. The medical and dental plans are contributory while the life insurance plan is noncontributory. The Company currently does not prefund any of these plans.
     The Company adopted SFAS No. 158 as of December 31, 2006. SFAS No. 158 requires the Company to recognize the funded status of its Postretirement Healthcare and Other Benefits plans in the consolidated balance sheet, with a corresponding adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income, net of taxes. The actuarial gains and losses that arise in subsequent


71


 

periods and are not recognized as net periodic benefit cost in the same periods will be recognized as a component of other comprehensive income. Those amounts will be subsequently recognized as a component of net periodic benefit cost pursuant to the Company’s historical accounting policy for amortizing such amounts.
     The reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances in the benefit obligation as well as the funded status as of December 31, is as follows:
                 
Change in benefit obligation                
(in millions)   2007     2006  
 
Net benefit obligation at beginning of year
  $ 143.7     $ 158.3  
Service cost
    2.5       2.1  
Interest cost
    7.9       7.7  
Plan participants’ contributions
    4.0       3.6  
Actuarial loss (gain)
    3.4       (12.9 )
Gross benefits paid
    (20.1 )     (16.1 )
Federal subsidy benefits received
    1.0       1.0  
 
Net benefit obligation at end of year
  $ 142.4     $ 143.7  
 
     The discount rate used to determine the benefit obligations as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 was 6.00% and 5.75%, respectively.
     As of December 31, 2007, the unfunded status of the post-retirement benefit obligation of $142.4 million includes $16.5 million in other current liabilities and $125.9 million in liabilities for postretirement healthcare and other benefits in the consolidated balance sheet. As of December 31, 2006, the unfunded status of the postretirement benefit obligation of $143.7 million includes $14.1 million in other current liabilities and $129.6 million in liabilities for postretirement healthcare and other benefits in the consolidated balance sheet.
     Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax as of December 31, consist of:
                 
(in millions)   2007     2006  
 
Net actuarial gain
  $ (0.4 )   $ (2.4 )
Prior service credit
    (4.8 )     (5.5 )
 
Total recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax
  $ (5.2 )   $ (7.9 )
 
     The prior service credit included in accumulated other comprehensive loss and expected to be recognized in net periodic benefit cost during the fiscal year ending December 31, 2008 is $1.2 million.
     A summary of the components of the net periodic benefit cost is as follows:
                         
Components of net periodic benefit cost                
(in millions)   2007     2006     2005  
 
Service cost
  $ 2.5     $ 2.1     $ 2.0  
Interest cost
    7.9       7.7       8.2  
Amortization of prior service credit
    (1.2 )     (1.2 )     (1.2 )
 
Net periodic benefit cost
  $ 9.2     $ 8.6     $ 9.0  
 
     Other changes in the benefit obligation recognized in other comprehensive income, net of tax for the years ended December 31, are as follows:
                         
(in millions)   2007     2006     2005  
 
Net actuarial loss
  $ 2.0       N/A       N/A  
Recognized prior service credit
    0.7       N/A       N/A  
 
Total recognized other comprehensive income, net of tax
  $ 2.7       N/A       N/A  
 
     The weighted-average assumption used to determine net periodic benefit cost is as follows:
                         
January 1   2007     2006     2005  
 
Discount rate
    5.75 %     5.50 %     5.50 %
 
     The weighted-average healthcare cost rates for 2007 and 2006 were 8.50% and 9.00%, respectively. The assumed weighted-average healthcare cost trend rate will decrease ratably from 8.50% in 2007 to 5.50% in 2013 and remain at that level thereafter. Assumed healthcare cost trends have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the healthcare plans. A one percentage point change in assumed healthcare cost trend creates the following effects:
                 
    One percentage     One percentage  
(in millions)   point increase     point decrease  
 
Effect on total of service and interest cost
  $0.3     $(0.3 )
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation
  $5.9     $(5.7 )
 
     In December 2003, the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (the “Act”) was enacted. The Act established a prescription drug benefit under Medicare, known as “Medicare Part D,” and a federal subsidy to sponsors of retiree healthcare benefit plans that provide a benefit that is at least actuarially equivalent to Medicare Part D. The Company’s benefits provided to certain participants are at least actuarially equivalent to Medicare Part D, and, accordingly, the Company is entitled to a subsidy.


72


 

     Information about the expected cash flows and the impact of the Medicare subsidy for the other postretirement benefit plans is as follows:
Expected benefit payments
                         
    Gross     Medicare     Payments net  
(in millions)   payments     subsidy     of subsidy  
 
2008
  $16.5     $(1.0 )   $15.5  
2009
    16.8       (1.0 )     15.8  
2010
    17.1       (1.0 )     16.1  
2011
    17.2       (1.0 )     16.2  
2012
    17.0       (0.9 )     16.1  
2013–2017
    79.7       (4.1 )     75.6  
 
     The above table reflects the total benefits expected to be paid from the Company’s assets.
11. Earnings per Share
A reconciliation of the number of shares used for calculating basic earnings per common share and diluted earnings per common share is as follows:
                         
(in thousands)   2007     2006     2005  
 
Net income
  $ 1,013,559     $ 882,231     $ 844,306  
 
Average number of common shares outstanding
    336,210       356,467       375,006  
Effect of stock options and other dilutive securities
    8,575       10,411       7,564  
 
Average number of common shares outstanding including effect of dilutive securities
    344,785       366,878       382,570  
 
     Restricted performance shares outstanding of 2.0 million, 1.8 million and 1.3 million at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per common share because the necessary vesting conditions have not yet been met.
     The weighted-average diluted shares outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 excludes the effect of approximately 1.7 million, 2.5 million and 1.4 million, respectively, of potentially dilutive outstanding stock options from the calculation of diluted earnings per share because the effects were antidilutive.
12. Goodwill and Intangible Assets
The following table summarizes the activity in goodwill for the year ended December 31:
                 
(in thousands)   2007     2006  
 
Beginning balance
  $ 1,671,479     $ 1,654,628  
Additions
    19,686       1,940  
Other
    6,456       14,911  
 
Total
  $ 1,697,621     $ 1,671,479  
 
     The following table summarizes the activity in goodwill by segment for the year ended December 31:
                 
(in thousands)   2007     2006  
 
McGraw-Hill Education
               
Beginning balance
  $ 923,611     $ 922,099  
Other
    7,455       1,512  
 
Total McGraw-Hill Education
  $ 931,066     $ 923,611  
 
Financial Services
               
Beginning balance
  $ 469,445     $ 454,582  
Additions
    19,686        
Other
    (1,254 )     14,863  
 
Total Financial Services
  $ 487,877     $ 469,445  
 
Information & Media
               
Beginning balance
  $ 278,423     $ 277,947  
Additions
          1,940  
Other
    255       (1,464 )
 
Total Information & Media
  $ 278,678     $ 278,423  
 
Total Company
  $ 1,697,621     $ 1,671,479  
 
     In 2007, the change in goodwill is primarily attributable to the effect of acquisitions and foreign exchange translation offset by the mutual fund data business disposition.
     In 2006, the change in goodwill is primarily attributable to the effect of foreign exchange translation and purchase price adjustments on prior years’ acquisitions.
     The following table summarizes other intangible assets subject to amortization at December 31:
                 
(in thousands)   2007     2006  
 
Copyrights
  $ 462,070     $ 461,110  
Accumulated amortization
    (283,201 )     (266,737 )
 
Net copyrights
    178,869       194,373  
 
Other intangibles
    435,976       417,557  
Accumulated amortization
    (178,419 )     (160,543 )
 
Net other intangibles
    257,557       257,014  
 
Total gross intangible assets
    898,046       878,667  
Total accumulated amortization
    (461,620 )     (427,280 )
 
Total net intangible assets
  $ 436,426     $ 451,387  
 
     Intangible assets are being amortized on a straight-line basis over periods of up to 40 years. Amortization expense for intangible assets totaled $48.4 million, $48.4 million and $44.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The weighted-average life of the intangible assets at December 31, 2007 is 13 years. The projected amortization expense for intangible assets, assuming no further acquisitions or dispositions, is approximately $44 million per year over the next five years.


73


 

     The following table summarizes other intangible assets not subject to amortization as of December 31:
                 
(in thousands)   2007     2006  
 
Trade name – J.D. Power and Associates
  $ 164,000     $ 164,000  
FCC licenses
  $ 38,065     $ 38,065  
 
13. Sale-Leaseback Transaction
In December 2003, the Company sold its 45% equity investment in Rock-McGraw, Inc., which owns the Company’s headquarters building in New York City. The transaction was valued at $450.0 million, including assumed debt. Proceeds from the disposition were $382.1 million. The sale resulted in a pre-tax gain of $131.3 million and an after-tax benefit of $58.4 million, or $0.15 per diluted share.
     The Company remains an anchor tenant of what continues to be known as The McGraw-Hill Companies building and will continue to lease space from Rock-McGraw, Inc., under an existing lease through March 2020. Currently, the Company leases approximately 17% of the building space. The lease is being accounted for as an operating lease. Pursuant to sale-leaseback accounting rules, as a result of the Company’s continued involvement, a gain of approximately $212.3 million ($126.3 million after-tax) was deferred at December 31, 2003, and is being amortized over the remaining lease term as a reduction in rent expense. At the time of the sale, the Company’s degree of involvement was determined to be “more than minor” since the present value of future minimum lease payments under the current lease was greater than 10% of the fair value of the property.
     Information relating to the sale-leaseback transaction for the year ended December 31, 2007, is as follows:
         
(in millions)        
 
Deferred gain at December 31, 2006
  $ 189.2  
Reduction in rent expense
    (17.6 )
Interest expense
    8.5  
 
Deferred gain at December 31, 2007
  $ 180.1  
 
     As of December 31, 2007, the minimum lease payments to be paid each year are as follows:
                                                         
(in millions)   2008     2009     2010     2011     2012     Thereafter     Total  
 
 
  $ 18.4     $ 18.4     $ 18.4     $ 18.4     $ 19.1     $ 144.4     $ 237.1  
 
14. Restructuring
2007 Restructuring
In the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company began implementing a restructuring plan related to a limited number of business operations across the Company to gain efficiencies, reflect current business conditions and to fortify its long-term growth prospects. As a result, the Company recorded a restructuring charge of $43.7 million pre-tax, consisting primarily of employee severance costs related to a workforce reduction of approximately 600 positions across the Company. This charge comprised $16.3 million for McGraw-Hill Education, $18.8 million for Financial Services, $6.7 million for Information & Media and $1.9 million for Corporate. The after-tax charge recorded was $27.3 million, or $0.08 per diluted share. Restructuring expenses for Financial Services and Corporate are classified as selling and general service expenses within the statement of income. Restructuring expenses for McGraw-Hill Education are classified as selling and general product expenses, $15.0 million, and selling and general service expense, $1.3 million, within the statement of income. Restructuring expenses for Information and Media are classified as selling and general product expenses, $0.4 million, and selling and general service expense, $6.3 million, within the statement of income.
     At December 31, 2007, the Company has paid approximately $4.9 million, consisting primarily of employee severance costs. At December 31, 2007, the remaining liability, which is included in other current liabilities, was approximately $38.8 million.
2006 Restructuring
During 2006, the Company recorded a restructuring charge of $31.5 million pre-tax, consisting primarily of vacant facilities and employee severance costs related to the elimination of 700 positions across the Company. This charge comprised $16.0 million for McGraw-Hill Education, $8.7 million for Information & Media and $6.8 million for Corporate. The after-tax charge recorded was $19.8 million, or $0.06 per diluted share. Restructuring expenses for Information & Media and Corporate are classified as selling and general service expenses within the statement of income. Restructuring expenses for McGraw-Hill Education are classified as selling and general product expenses, $9.3 million, and selling and general service expense, $6.7 million, within the statement of income.
     For the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company has paid approximately $11.0 million. At December 31, 2007, the remaining liability, which consists primarily of vacant facilities and is included in other current liabilities, was approximately $9.6 million.


74


 

2005 Restructuring
During 2005, the Company recorded a restructuring charge of $23.2 million pre-tax, consisting mostly of employee severance costs related to the reduction of approximately 500 positions across the Company. This charge comprised $10.2 million for Information & Media, $9.0 million for McGraw-Hill Education, $1.2 million for Financial Services, and $2.8 million for Corporate. The after-tax charge recorded was $14.6 million, or $0.04 per diluted share. Restructuring expenses for Information & Media, Financial Services and Corporate were classified as selling and general service expenses within the statement of income. Restructuring expenses for McGraw-Hill Education were classified as selling and general product expenses within the statement of income. All related costs were paid as of December 31, 2006.
15. Commitments and Contingencies
A writ of summons was served on The McGraw-Hill Companies, SRL and on The McGraw-Hill Companies, SA (both indirect subsidiaries of the Company) (collectively, “Standard & Poor’s”) on September 29, 2005 and October 7, 2005, respectively, in an action brought in the Tribunal of Milan, Italy by Enrico Bondi (“Bondi”), the Extraordinary Commissioner of Parmalat Finanziaria S.p.A. and Parmalat S.p.A. (collectively, “Parmalat”). Bondi has brought numerous other lawsuits in both Italy and the United States against entities and individuals who had dealings with Parmalat. In this suit, Bondi claims that Standard & Poor’s, which had issued investment grade ratings on Parmalat until shortly before Parmalat’s collapse in December 2003, breached its duty to issue an independent and professional rating and negligently and knowingly assigned inflated ratings in order to retain Parmalat’s business. Alleging joint and several liability, Bondi claims damages of euros 4,073,984,120 (representing the value of bonds issued by Parmalat and the rating fees paid by Parmalat) with interest, plus damages to be ascertained for Standard & Poor’s alleged complicity in aggravating Parmalat’s financial difficulties and/or for having contributed in bringing about Parmalat’s indebtedness towards its bondholders, and legal fees. The Company believes that Bondi’s allegations and claims for damages lack legal or factual merit. Standard & Poor’s filed its answer, counterclaim and third-party claims on March 16, 2006 and will continue to vigorously contest the action.
     In a separate proceeding, the prosecutor’s office in Parma, Italy is conducting an investigation into the bankruptcy of Parmalat. In June 2006, the prosecutor’s office issued a Note of Completion of an Investigation (“Note of Completion”) concerning allegations, based on Standard & Poor’s investment grade ratings of Parmalat, that individual Standard & Poor’s rating analysts conspired with Parmalat insiders and rating advisors to fraudulently or negligently
cause the Parmalat bankruptcy. The Note of Completion was served on eight Standard & Poor’s rating analysts. While not a formal charge, the Note of Completion indicates the prosecutor’s intention that the named rating analysts should appear before a judge in Parma for a preliminary hearing, at which hearing the judge will determine whether there is sufficient evidence against the rating analysts to proceed to trial. No date has been set for the preliminary hearing. On July 7, 2006, a defense brief was filed with the Parma prosecutor’s office on behalf of the rating analysts. The Company believes that there is no basis in fact or law to support the allegations against the rating analysts, and they will be vigorously defended by the subsidiaries involved.
     The Company has learned that on August 9, 2007 a pro se action titled Blomquist v. Washington Mutual, et al. , was filed in the District Court for the Northern District of California against numerous financial institutions, government agencies and individuals, including the Company and Mr. Harold McGraw III, the CEO of the Company, alleging various state and federal claims. The claims against the Company and Mr. McGraw concern Standard & Poor’s ratings of subprime mortgage-backed securities. An amended Complaint was filed in the Blomquist action on September 10, 2007 which added two other rating agencies as defendants. On February 19, 2008 the Company was served with the Complaint. In addition, the Company has learned that on August 28, 2007 a putative shareholder class action titled Reese v. Bahash , was filed in the District Court for the District of Columbia against Mr. Robert Bahash, the CFO of the Company, alleging claims under the federal securities laws and state tort law concerning Standard & Poor’s ratings, particularly its ratings of subprime mortgage-backed securities. Mr. Bahash has not been served with the Complaint. On February 11, 2008, the District Court in the Reese matter entered an order appointing a lead plaintiff in that action and permitting plaintiffs to amend the Complaint on or before April 16, 2008 to add additional defendants. The Company believes both Complaints to be without merit and intends to vigorously defend in the event that service is effected.
     In addition, in the normal course of business both in the United States and abroad, the Company and its subsidiaries are defendants in numerous legal proceedings and are involved, from time to time, in governmental and self-regulatory agency proceedings, which may result in adverse judgments, damages, fines or penalties. Also, various governmental and self-regulatory agencies regularly make inquiries and conduct investigations concerning compliance with applicable laws and regulations. Based on information currently known by the Company’s management, the Company does not believe that any pending legal, governmental or self-regulatory proceedings or investigations will result in a material adverse effect on its financial condition or results of operations.


75


 

Report of Management

To the Shareholders of
The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.
Management’s Annual Report on its Responsibility for the Company’s Financial Statements and Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
The financial statements in this report were prepared by the management of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., which is responsible for their integrity and objectivity.
     These statements, prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and including amounts based on management’s best estimates and judgments, present fairly The McGraw-Hill Companies’ financial condition and the results of the Company’s operations. Other financial information given in this report is consistent with these statements.
     The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Company as defined under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934. It further assures the quality of the financial records in several ways: a program of internal audits, the careful selection and training of management personnel, maintaining an organizational structure that provides an appropriate division of financial responsibilities, and communicating financial and other relevant policies throughout the Company.
     The McGraw-Hill Companies’ Board of Directors, through its Audit Committee, composed entirely of outside directors, is responsible for reviewing and monitoring the Company’s financial reporting and accounting practices. The Audit Committee meets periodically with management, the Company’s internal auditors and the independent auditors to ensure that each group is carrying out its respective responsibilities. In addition, the independent auditors have full and free access to the Audit Committee and meet with it with no representatives from management present.
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
As stated above, the Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s management has evaluated the system of internal control using the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) framework.
Management has selected the COSO framework for its evaluation as it is a control framework recognized by the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board that is free from bias, permits reasonably consistent qualitative and quantitative measurement of the Company’s internal controls, is sufficiently complete so that relevant controls are not omitted and is relevant to an evaluation of internal controls over financial reporting.
     Based on management’s evaluation under this framework, we have concluded that the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting were effective as of December 31, 2007. There are no material weaknesses in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that have been identified by management.
     The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP, have audited the consolidated financial statements of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2007, and have issued their reports on the financial statements and the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting. These reports are located on pages 77 and 78 of the 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders.
Other Matters
There have been no changes in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting during the most recent quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
(-S- HAROLD MCGRAW III)
Harold McGraw III
Chairman of the Board, President and
Chief Executive Officer
      
(-S- ROBERT J. BAHASH)
Robert J. Bahash
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer


76


 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and
Shareholders of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.
We have audited The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the “COSO criteria”). The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on its Responsibility for the Company’s Financial Statements and Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
     We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
     A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that
(1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
     Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
     In our opinion, The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on the COSO criteria.
     We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007 of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and our report dated February 26, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
(-S- ERNST & YOUNG LLP)
New York, New York
February 26, 2008


77


 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of
The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
     We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. at December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
     As discussed in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2007, The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109.” As discussed in Note 1, to the consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2006, The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payments” using the modified-prospective transition method. As discussed in Notes 9 and 10 to the consolidated financial statements, effective December 31, 2006, The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans,” an amendment of FASB Statement No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R).
     We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 26, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
(-S- ERNST & YOUNG LLP)
New York, New York
February 26, 2008


78


 

Supplemental Financial Information
Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)
                                         
(in thousands, except per share data)   First quarter     Second quarter     Third quarter     Fourth quarter     Total year  
 
2007
                                       
Revenue (b)
  $ 1,296,418     $ 1,718,179     $ 2,187,996     $ 1,569,688     $ 6,772,281  
Income from operations before taxes on income (b)
    230,977 (a)     443,326       723,229 (a)     225,000 (c)     1,622,532  
Net income
    143,838 (a)     277,078       452,018 (a)     140,625 (c)     1,013,559  
Earnings per share:
                                       
Basic
    0.41       0.81       1.37       0.43       3.01  
Diluted
    0.40       0.79       1.34       0.43       2.94  
 
2006
                                       
Revenue
  $ 1,140,679     $ 1,527,543     $ 1,992,570     $ 1,594,346 (b)   $ 6,255,138  
Income from operations before taxes on income (d)
    118,183       351,848       608,714 (e)     326,078 (b,f)     1,404,823  
Net income (d)
    74,220       220,961       382,273 (e)     204,777 (b,f)     882,231  
Earnings per share:
                                       
Basic
    0.20       0.62       1.09       0.58       2.47  
Diluted
    0.20       0.60       1.06       0.56       2.40  
 
2005
                                       
Revenue
  $ 1,029,006     $ 1,456,277     $ 1,977,041     $ 1,541,318     $ 6,003,642  
Income from operations before taxes on income
    124,976       310,461       607,147 (g)     317,378 (h)     1,359,962  
Net income
    78,735       194,970       381,289 (g)     189,312 (h)     844,306  
Earnings per share:
                                       
Basic
    0.21       0.52       1.02       0.51       2.25  
Diluted
    0.20       0.51       1.00       0.50       2.21  
 

Note: Basic and diluted earnings per share are computed independently for each quarter and full year presented. The number of weighted-average shares outstanding changes as common shares are issued pursuant to employee stock plans, as shares are repurchased by the Company, and other activity occurs throughout the year. Accordingly, the sum of the quarterly earnings per share data may not agree with the calculated full year earnings per share.
(a) Includes a $17.3 million pre-tax gain ($10.3 million after-tax, or $0.03 per diluted share) on the divestiture of the Company’s mutual fund data business and a $4.1 million gain on the divestiture of a product line.
(b) Fourth quarter 2006 includes a deferral of $23.8 million of revenue and $21.1 million of operating profit ($13.3 million after-tax, or $0.04 per diluted share) related to the transformation of Sweets from a primarily print catalog to bundled print and online services, which was recognized ratably throughout 2007.
(c) Includes a $43.7 million pre-tax charge ($27.3 million after-tax charge, or $0.08 per diluted share) for restructuring.
(d) In 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment,” which resulted in stock-based compensation expense of $54.0 million ($33.9 million after-tax
charge or $0.09 per diluted share), $23.0 million ($14.4 million after-tax charge or $0.04 per diluted share), $29.2 million ($18.3 million after-tax charge, or $0.05 per diluted share) and $30.0 million ($18.8 million after-tax charge or $0.05 per diluted share), in the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2006, respectively. The first quarter expense includes a one-time charge of $23.8 million ($14.9 million after-tax, or $0.04 per diluted share) for the elimination of the Company’s restoration stock option program.
(e) Includes a $15.4 million pre-tax charge ($9.7 million after-tax charge, or $0.03 per diluted share) for restructuring.
(f) Includes a $16.1 million pre-tax charge ($10.1 million after-tax charge, or $0.03 per diluted share) for restructuring.
(g) Includes a $6.8 million pre-tax gain ($4.2 million after-tax gain, or $0.01 per diluted share) on the sale of Corporate Value Consulting.
(h) Includes a $23.2 million pre-tax charge ($14.6 million after-tax charge, or $0.04 per diluted share) for restructuring and a $5.5 million pre-tax loss ($3.3 million after-tax) on the sale of the Healthcare Information Group.


79


 

Eleven-Year Financial Review
                 
(in thousands, except per share data, operating statistics and number of employees)   2007     2006  
Operating Results by Segment and Income Statistics
               
Revenue
               
McGraw-Hill Education (a)
  $ 2,705,831     $ 2,524,151  
Financial Services
    3,046,229       2,746,442  
Information & Media (b)
    1,020,221       984,545  
 
Total Revenue
    6,772,281       6,255,138  
 
Operating Profit
               
McGraw-Hill Education
    399,990       329,125  
Financial Services
    1,359,477       1,202,289  
Information & Media (b)
    63,467       49,888  
 
Operating Profit
    1,822,934       1,581,302  
 
General corporate (expense)/income (i)
    (159,821 )     (162,848 )
Interest expense — net
    (40,581 )     (13,631 )
 
Income From Continuing Operations Before Taxes On Income (b,c,d,e,f,j,k,l,m,n,o,p)
    1,622,532       1,404,823  
Provision for taxes on income (g,h)
    608,973       522,592  
 
Income From Continuing Operations Before Extraordinary Item and Cumulative Adjustment
    1,013,559       882,231  
 
Discontinued Operations:
               
Net (loss)/earnings from discontinued operations (i)
           
 
Income Before Extraordinary Item and Cumulative Adjustment
    1,013,559       882,231  
 
Early extinguishment of debt, net of tax (q)
           
Cumulative effect on prior years of changes in accounting (q)
           
 
Net Income
  $ 1,013,559     $ 882,231  
 
Basic Earnings per Share
               
Income from continuing operations before extraordinary item and cumulative adjustment
  $ 3.01     $ 2.47  
Discontinued operations (i)
           
 
Income before extraordinary item and cumulative adjustment
  $ 3.01     $ 2.47  
Extraordinary item and cumulative adjustment (q)
           
 
Net income
  $ 3.01     $ 2.47  
 
Diluted Earnings per Share
               
Income from continuing operations before extraordinary item and cumulative adjustment
  $ 2.94     $ 2.40  
Discontinued operations (i)
           
 
Income before extraordinary item and cumulative adjustment
  $ 2.94     $ 2.40  
Extraordinary item and cumulative adjustment (q)
           
 
Net income
  $ 2.94     $ 2.40  
Dividends per share of common stock
  $ 0.82     $ 0.73  
 
Operating Statistics
               
Return on average shareholders’ equity (r)
    47.3 %     30.5 %
Income from continuing operations before taxes as a percentage of revenue
    24.0 %     22.5 %
Income before extraordinary item and cumulative adjustment as a percentage of revenue
    15.0 %     14.1 %
 
Balance Sheet Data
               
Working capital
  $ (323,825 )   $ (210,078 )
Total assets
    6,357,336       6,042,890  
Total debt
    1,197,447       2,681  
Shareholders’ equity (r)
  $ 1,606,650     $ 2,679,618  
 
Number of Employees
    21,171       20,214  
 

(a) In 2004, prior period revenues were reclassified in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force 00-10, “Accounting for Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs,” resulting in an increase in revenue for all years presented.
(b) 2006 revenue of $23.8 million and operating profit of $21.1 million shifted to 2007 due to the transformation of Sweets from a primarily print catalog to a bundled print and online service.
(c) 2007 income from continuing operations before taxes on income includes a $17.3 million pre-tax gain ($10.3 million after-tax, or $0.03 per diluted share) on the sale of a mutual fund data business, and a $43.7 million pre-tax charge ($27.3 million after-tax, or $0.08 per diluted share) for restructuring, which is included in the following: McGraw-Hill Education of $16.3 million pre-tax; Financial Services of $18.8 million pre-tax; Information & Media of $6.7 million pre-tax; and Corporate of $1.9 million pre-tax.
(d) In 2006, as a result of the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Statement No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment,” the Company incurred stock-based compensation expense of $136.2 million ($85.5 million after-tax, or $0.23 per diluted share), which was charged to the following: McGraw-Hill Education of $31.6 million pre-tax; Financial Services of $38.3 million pre-tax; Information & Media of $22.9 million pre-tax; and Corporate of $43.4 million pre-tax. Included in this expense is the impact of the elimination of the Company’s restoration stock option program of $23.8 million ($14.9 million after-tax, or $0.04 per diluted share), which impacted the segments by $4.2 million pre-tax to McGraw-Hill Education, $2.1 million pre-tax to Financial Services, $2.7 million pre-tax to Information & Media and the remainder to Corporate. Also included in the expense is restricted performance stock expense of $66.0 million ($41.5 million after-tax, or $0.11 per diluted share) as compared with
$51.1 million ($32.1 million after-tax, or $0.08 per diluted share) in 2005. The breakout by segment is as follows: McGraw-Hill Education, $16.8 million pre-tax in 2006 and $12.0 million pre-tax in 2005; Financial Services $20.2 million pre-tax in 2006 and $8.4 million pre-tax in 2005; Information & Media, $12.1 million pre-tax in 2006 and $8.8 million pre-tax in 2005; and Corporate, $16.9 million pre-tax in 2006 and $21.9 million pre-tax in 2005.
(e) 2006 income from continuing operations before taxes on income includes a $31.5 million pre-tax charge ($19.8 million after-tax, or $0.06 per diluted share) for restructuring, which is included in the following: McGraw-Hill Education of $16.0 million pre-tax; Information & Media of $8.7 million pre-tax; and Corporate of $6.8 million pre-tax.
(f) 2005 income from continuing operations before taxes on income includes the following items: a $6.8 million pre-tax gain ($4.2 million after-tax, or $0.01 per diluted share) on the sale of the Corporate Value Consulting business, a $5.5 million loss ($3.3 million after-tax) on the sale of the Healthcare Information Group, and a $23.2 million pre-tax charge ($14.6 million after-tax, or $0.04 per diluted share) for restructuring.
(g) 2005 includes a $10 million ($0.03 per diluted share) increase in income taxes on the repatriation of funds.
(h) 2004 includes a non-cash benefit of approximately $20 million ($0.05 per diluted share) as a result of the Company’s completion of various federal, state and local, and foreign tax audit cycles. In the first quarter of 2004, the Company accordingly removed approximately $20 million from its accrued income tax liability accounts. This non-cash item resulted in a reduction to the overall effective tax rate from continuing operations to 35.3%.


80


 

 
                                                                         
    2005     2004     2003     2002     2001     2000     1999     1998     1997  
 
 
                                                                       
 
                                                                       
 
  $ 2,671,732     $ 2,395,513     $ 2,348,624     $ 2,342,528     $ 2,289,622     $ 2,038,594     $ 1,786,220     $ 1,660,050     $ 1,611,873  
 
    2,400,809       2,055,288       1,769,093       1,555,726       1,398,303       1,205,038       1,163,644       1,037,026       878,259  
 
    931,101       799,737       772,603       809,439       846,063       1,007,552       1,030,015       1,015,598       1,035,834  
 
 
    6,003,642       5,250,538       4,890,320       4,707,693       4,533,988       4,251,184       3,979,879       3,712,674       3,525,966  
 
 
                                                                       
 
    410,213       340,067       321,751       332,949       273,339       307,672       273,667       202,076       187,722  
 
    1,019,201       839,398       667,597       560,845       425,911       383,025       358,155       338,655       245,150  
 
    60,576       119,313       109,841       118,052       65,003       212,921       185,551       139,352       158,879  
 
 
    1,489,990       1,298,778       1,099,189       1,011,846       764,253       903,618       817,373       680,083       591,751  
 
 
    (124,826 )     (124,088 )     38,185       (91,934 )     (93,062 )     (91,380 )     (83,280 )     (80,685 )     (75,342 )
 
    (5,202 )     (5,785 )     (7,097 )     (22,517 )     (55,070 )     (52,841 )     (42,013 )     (47,961 )     (52,542 )
 
 
    1,359,962       1,168,905       1,130,277       897,395       616,121       759,397       692,080       551,437       463,867  
 
    515,656       412,495       442,466       325,429       238,436       292,367       269,911       215,061       177,610  
 
 
                                                                       
 
    844,306       756,410       687,811       571,966       377,685       467,030       422,169       336,376       286,257  
 
 
                                                                       
 
          (587 )     (161 )     4,794       (654 )     4,886       3,405       2,935       2,442  
 
 
    844,306       755,823       687,650       576,760       377,031       471,916       425,574       339,311       288,699  
 
 
                                              (8,716 )      
 
                                  (68,122 )                  
 
 
  $ 844,306     $ 755,823     $ 687,650     $ 576,760     $ 377,031     $ 403,794     $ 425,574     $ 330,595     $ 288,699  
 
 
                                                                       
 
  $ 2.25     $ 1.99     $ 1.81     $ 1.48     $ 0.97     $ 1.21     $ 1.07     $ 0.85     $ 0.72  
 
                      0.01             0.01       0.01       0.01       0.01  
 
 
  $ 2.25     $ 1.99     $ 1.81     $ 1.49     $ 0.97     $ 1.22     $ 1.08     $ 0.86     $ 0.73  
 
                                  (0.18 )           (0.02 )      
 
 
  $ 2.25     $ 1.99     $ 1.81     $ 1.49     $ 0.97     $ 1.04     $ 1.08     $ 0.84     $ 0.73  
 
 
                                                                       
 
  $ 2.21     $ 1.96     $ 1.79     $ 1.47     $ 0.96     $ 1.19     $ 1.06     $ 0.84     $ 0.71  
 
                      0.01             0.01       0.01       0.01       0.01  
 
 
  $ 2.21     $ 1.96     $ 1.79     $ 1.48     $ 0.96     $ 1.20     $ 1.07     $ 0.85     $ 0.72  
 
                                  (0.17 )           (0.02 )      
 
 
  $ 2.21     $ 1.96     $ 1.79     $ 1.48     $ 0.96     $ 1.03     $ 1.07     $ 0.83     $ 0.72  
 
  $ 0.66     $ 0.60     $ 0.54     $ 0.51     $ 0.49     $ 0.47     $ 0.43     $ 0.39     $ 0.36  
 
 
                                                                       
 
    27.7 %     27.8 %     29.6 %     29.4 %     20.7 %     23.5 %     26.7 %     22.9 %     20.8 %
 
    22.7 %     22.3 %     23.1 %     19.1 %     13.6 %     17.9 %     17.4 %     14.9 %     13.2 %
 
    14.1 %     14.4 %     14.1 %     12.3 %     8.3 %     11.1 %     10.7 %     9.1 %     8.2 %
 
 
                                                                       
 
  $ 366,113     $ 479,168     $ 262,418     $ (100,984 )   $ (63,446 )   $ 20,905     $ (14,731 )   $ 94,497     $ 217,912  
 
    6,395,808       5,841,281       5,342,473       4,974,146       5,098,537       4,865,855       4,046,765       3,741,608       3,660,810  
 
    3,286       5,126       26,344       578,337       1,056,524       1,045,377       536,449       527,597       684,425  
 
  $ 3,113,148     $ 2,984,513     $ 2,557,051     $ 2,165,822     $ 1,853,885     $ 1,761,044     $ 1,648,490     $ 1,508,995     $ 1,394,384  
 
 
    19,600       17,253       16,068       16,505       17,135       16,761       16,376       15,897       15,690  
 

(i) In 2003, the Company adopted the Discontinued Operations presentation, outlined in the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Statement No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.” Revenue and operating profit of S&P ComStock and the juvenile retail publishing business historically included in the Financial Services and McGraw-Hill Education segments, respectively, were restated as discontinued operations. 2003 discontinued operations include $87.5 million on the divestiture of S&P ComStock ($57.2 million after-tax gain or $0.15 per diluted share), and an $81.1 million loss on the planned disposition of the juvenile retail publishing business ($57.3 million after-tax loss or $0.15 per diluted share), which was subsequently sold on January 30, 2004. Discontinued operations in years 2002—2000 reflect net after-tax earnings/(loss) from the operations of S&P ComStock and the juvenile retail publishing business and 1999—1997 reflect net after-tax earnings/(loss) from the operations of S&P Comstock. Discontinued operations in 2004 reflect the net after-tax loss from the operations of the juvenile retail publishing business in January 2004 before the sale of the business.
(j) 2003 income from continuing operations before taxes on income includes a pre-tax gain on sale of real estate of $131.3 million ($58.4 million after-tax gain, or $0.15 per diluted share).
(k) 2002 income from continuing operations before taxes on income reflects a $14.5 million pre-tax loss ($2.0 million after-tax benefit, or $0.01 per diluted share) on the disposition of MMS International.
(l) 2001 income from continuing operations before taxes on income reflects the following items: a $159.0 million pre-tax charge for restructuring and asset write-downs; an $8.8 million pre-tax gain on the disposition of DRI; a $22.8 million pre-tax loss on
the closing of Blue List, the contribution of Rational Investors and the write-down of selected assets; and a $6.9 million pre-tax gain on the sale of a building.
(m) 2000 income from continuing operations before taxes on income reflects a $16.6 million gain on the sale of Tower Group International.
(n) 1999 income from continuing operations before taxes on income reflects a $39.7 million gain on the sale of the Petrochemical publications.
(o) 1998 income from continuing operations before taxes on income reflects a $26.7 million gain on sale of a building and a $16.0 million charge at Continuing Education Center for write-down of assets due to a continuing decline in enrollments.
(p) 1997 income from continuing operations before taxes on income reflects a $33.2 million provision for the consolidation of office space in New York City and a $20.4 million gain on the sale of Datapro Information Services.
(q) The cumulative adjustment in 2000 reflects the adoption of SAB 101, “Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements.” The extraordinary item in 1998 relates to costs for the early extinguishment of $155 million of the Company’s 9.43% Notes during the third quarter.
(r) In 2006, the Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Statement No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans,” which resulted in a reduction of shareholders’ equity of $69.4 million, after-tax.
Note: Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified for comparability purposes. All per share amounts have been restated to reflect the Company’s two-for-one stock split, completed on May 17, 2005.


81


 

Shareholder Information

Annual Meeting and Webcast
The annual meeting will be held at 11 a.m. EST on Wednesday, April 30, 2008 at the Corporation’s world headquarters: 1221 Avenue of the Americas, Auditorium, Second Floor New York, NY 10020-1095
     The annual meeting will also be Webcast at www.mcgraw-hill.com
Shareholder Services
Registered shareholders may contact BNY Mellon Shareowner Services, the Corporation’s transfer agent, for assistance. Please note that The Bank of New York Company, Inc. and Mellon Financial Corporation merged on July 2, 2007. The combined stock transfer and equity administration business is now known as BNY Mellon Shareowner Services.
     
Online:
  www.stockbny.com
 
E-mail:
  shareowners@bankofny.com
 
Telephone:
  U.S. and Canada (toll-free): 1.888.201.5538
 
  Outside the U.S. and Canada: 1.212.815.3700
 
  TDD for the hearing impaired: 1.888.269.5221
Please enter “2137” when prompted for The McGraw-Hill Companies’ four-digit company number.
     
Mail:
  BNY Mellon Shareowner Services
 
  P.O. Box 11258
 
  New York, NY 10286-1258
     Effective May 19, 2008, the new Web site address for online shareholder account access will be www.bnymellon.com/shareowner/isd and the e-mail address will be shareowners@bnymellon.com. The new international number will be 1.201.680.6685 and the new TDD for the hearing impaired will be 1.201.680.6610. The telephone number for the U.S. and Canada remains 1.888.201.5538.
Direct Stock Purchase and Dividend Reinvestment Plan
This program offers a convenient, low-cost way to invest in the Corporation’s common stock. Participants can purchase and sell shares directly through the program, make optional cash investments weekly, reinvest dividends, and send certificates to the transfer agent for safekeeping.
     To view the prospectus and online enrollment site go to www.stockbny.com. To request that materials be mailed, contact BNY Mellon Shareowner Services.
Investor Relations Web Site
Go to www.mcgraw-hill.com/investor_relations to find:
  Dividend and stock split history
 
  Stock quotes and charts
 
  Investor Fact Book
 
  Management presentations
 
  Corporate Governance
 
  Financial reports, including the annual report, proxy statement and SEC filings
 
  Financial news releases
 
  Investor e-mail alerts
 
  RSS news feeds
Investor Kit
The investor kit includes the current annual report, proxy statement, Form 10-Q, Form 10-K, current earnings release, and direct stock purchase and dividend reinvestment program.
     To view the kit online, go to www.mcgraw-hill.com/investor_relations and click on Digital Investor Kit. To request that printed copies be mailed, contact Investor Relations:
     
Online:
  www.mcgraw-hill.com/investor_relations
 
E-mail:
  investor_relations@mcgraw-hill.com
 
Telephone:
  U.S. and Canada (toll-free): 1.866.436.8502, option #3
 
  Outside U.S. and Canada:1.212.512.2192
 
Mail:
  The McGraw-Hill Companies
 
  Investor Relations
 
  1221 Avenue of the Americas
 
  New York, NY 10020-1095
News Media Inquiries
The Corporation’s latest news and information is available online. For additional information, contact Corporate Affairs:
     
Online:
  www.mcgraw-hill.com/media
 
Telephone:
  U.S. and International: 1.212.512.2826
 
Mail:
  The McGraw-Hill Companies
 
  Corporate Affairs
 
  1221 Avenue of the Americas
 
  New York, NY 10020-1095
Certifications
The Corporation has filed the required certifications under Sections 302 and 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 as Exhibits 31.1, 31.2 and 32 to our annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007. After the 2008 annual meeting of shareholders, the Corporation intends to file with the New York Stock Exchange the CEO certification regarding the Corporation’s compliance with the NYSE’s corporate governance listing standards as required by NYSE rule 303A.12. Last year, the Corporation filed this CEO certification with the NYSE on May 17, 2007.
Stock Exchange Listing (NYSE: MHP)
Shares of the Corporation’s common stock are traded primarily on the New York Stock Exchange. MHP is the ticker symbol for the Corporation’s common stock.
High and Low Sales Prices of The McGraw-Hill Companies’ Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange*
                         
    2007     2006     2005
 
First Quarter
  $ 69.98-61.06     $ 59.57-46.37     $ 48.00-42.81  
Second Quarter
  $ 72.50-60.16     $ 58.75-47.80     $ 45.67-40.51  
Third Quarter
  $ 68.81-47.15     $ 58.30-48.40     $ 48.75-43.01  
Fourth Quarter
  $ 55.14-43.46     $ 69.25-57.28     $ 53.97-45.60  
 
Year
  $ 72.50-43.46     $ 69.25-46.37     $ 53.97-40.51  
 
* The New York Stock Exchange is the principal market on which the Corporation’s shares are traded. The price reflects the two-for-one stock-split completed on May 17, 2005.


82


 

(IMAGE)


 

(IMAGE)

 

Exhibit (21)
THE McGRAW-HILL COMPANIES, INC.
Subsidiaries of Registrant
Listed below are all the subsidiaries of Registrant, except certain inactive subsidiaries and certain other McGraw-Hill’s subsidiaries which are not included in the listing because considered in the aggregate they do not constitute a significant subsidiary as of the end of the year covered by this Report.
         
    State or   Percentage
    Jurisdiction   of Voting
    of   Securities
    Incorporation   Owned
The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.
  New York   Registrant
BizNet.TV, Inc.
  New York    100
Capital IQ, Inc.
  Delaware    100
*Capital IQ Information Systems (India) Pvt. Ltd.
  India    100
*CapitalKey Advisors (Europe) Limited
  United Kingdom    100
ClariFI, Inc.
  Delaware    100
*ClariFI UK Ltd.
  United Kingdom    100
CTB/McGraw-Hill LLC
  Delaware    100
Funds Research USA, LLC
  Delaware    100
Grow.net, Inc.
  Delaware    100
International Advertising/McGraw-Hill, Inc.
  Delaware    100
J.D. Power and Associates
  Delaware    100
*J.D. Power Asia Pacific, Inc.
  Japan    100
*J.D. Power and Associates, GmbH
  Germany    100
*J.D. Power Australia Pty Ltd
  Australia   50
*J.D. Power Automotive Forecasting U.K. Limited
  United Kingdom    100
*Power Information Network, LLC
  Delaware    100
*Power Information Network, Inc.
  Delaware    100
McGraw-Hill Broadcasting Company, Inc.
  New York    100
McGraw-Hill Interamericana, Inc.
  New York    100
McGraw-Hill International Enterprises, Inc.
  New York    100
*McGraw-Hill Interamericana do Brasil Ltda.
  Brazil    100
*McGraw-Hill Korea, Inc.
  Korea    100
*McGraw-Hill (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd
  Malaysia    100
*Standard & Poor’s Malaysia Sdn. Bhd.
  Malaysia    100
*The McGraw-Hill Companies (Canada) Corp.
  Nova Scotia, Canada   100
McGraw-Hill News Bureaus, Inc.
  New York    100
McGraw-Hill New York, Inc.
  New York    100
McGraw-Hill Publications Overseas Corporation
  New York    100
McGraw-Hill Real Estate, Inc.
  New York    100
McGraw-Hill Ventures, Inc.
  Delaware    100
Money Market Directories, Inc.
  New York    100
S & P India LLC
  Delaware    100
Standard & Poor’s Europe, Inc.
  Delaware    100
Standard & Poor’s Hong Kong LLC
  Delaware    100
Standard & Poor’s International, LLC
  Delaware    100
*CRISIL, Ltd.
  India   51.5
*CRISIL MarketWire Ltd.
  India    100
*Gas Strategies
  United Kingdom    100
*Alphatania Ltd.
  United Kingdom    100
*Gas Matters Ltd.
  United Kingdom    100
*Gas Strategies Consulting Ltd.
  United Kingdom    100
*Overview Outreach Ltd.
  United Kingdom    100
*Irevna Ltd.
  United Kingdom    100

22


 

             
    State or   Percentage
    Jurisdiction   of Voting
    of   Securities
    Incorporation   Owned
*Irevna, LLC
  Delaware      100  
*Crisil Irevna Argentina S.A.
  Argentina      100  
*Standard & Poor’s Information Services (Beijing) Co., Ltd.
  China      100  
*Taiwan Ratings Corporation
  Taiwan     51  
Standard & Poor’s International Services, Inc.
  Delaware      100  
Standard & Poor’s Investment Advisory Services LLC
  Delaware      100  
Standard & Poor’s, LLC
  Delaware      100  
Standard & Poor’s Securities Evaluations, Inc.
  New York      100  
Sunshine International, Inc.
  Delaware      100  
Vista Research, Inc.
  Delaware      100  
WaterRock Insurance, LLC
  Vermont      100  
Beijing Business E-win Information & Consultant Co.
  China     50  
Editora McGraw-Hill de Portugal, Ltda.
  Portugal      100  
Editorial Interamericana, S.A.
  Colombia      100  
Funds Research SRL
  Argentina      100  
Lands End Publishing
  New Zealand      100  
McGraw-Hill Australia Pty Limited
  Australia      100  
*McGraw-Hill Book Company New Zealand Limited
  New Zealand      100  
*Mimosa Publications Pty Ltd.
  Australia      100  
*Carringbush Publications Pty Ltd.
  Australia      100  
*Dragon Media International Pty Ltd.
  Australia      100  
*Platypus Media Pty Ltd.
  Australia      100  
*Yarra Pty Ltd.
  Australia      100  
*Standard & Poor’s (Australia) Pty Ltd.
  Australia      100  
*Standard & Poor’s Information Services (Australia) Pty Ltd.
  Australia      100  
McGraw-Hill Cayman Finance Ltd.
  Cayman Islands      100  
McGraw-Hill Education Private (India) Limited
  India     66.25  
McGraw-Hill Holdings Europe Limited
  United Kingdom      100  
*McGraw-Hill Finance Europe Limited
  United Kingdom      100  
*McGraw-Hill Iberia, Inc.
  Delaware      100  
*McGraw-Hill/Interamericana de Espana, S.A.
  Spain      100  
*Standard & Poor’s Espana, S.A.
  Spain      100  
*McGraw-Hill International (U.K.) Limited
  United Kingdom      100  
*Open International Publishing Limited
  United Kingdom      100  
*Standard & Poor’s AB
  Sweden      100  
*Standard & Poor’s EA Ratings
  Russia      100  
*The McGraw-Hill Companies GmbH
  Germany      100  
*The McGraw-Hill Companies SA
  France      100  
*The McGraw-Hill Companies S.r.l.
  Italy      100  
*The McGraw-Hill Companies Limited
  United Kingdom      100  
*Xebec Multi Media Solutions Limited
  United Kingdom      100  
*The McGraw-Hill Companies Switzerland GmbH
  Switzerland      100  
McGraw-Hill Information Systems Company of Canada Limited
  Ontario, Canada      100  
McGraw-Hill/Interamericana de Chile Limitada
  Chile      100  
McGraw-Hill/Interamericana de Venezuela S.A.
  Venezuela      100  
McGraw-Hill/Interamericana Editores, S.A. de C.V.
  Mexico      100  
*Grupo McGraw-Hill, S.A. de C.V.
  Mexico      100  
McGraw-Hill/Interamericana, S.A.
  Panama      100  
McGraw-Hill Ryerson Limited
  Ontario, Canada     70.1  

23


 

         
    State or   Percentage
    Jurisdiction   of Voting
    of   Securities
    Incorporation   Owned
MHFSCO, Ltd.
  U.S. Virgin Islands    100
S&P Ratings and Analysts Private Limited
  India    100
Shortland Publications
  New Zealand    100
Standard & Poor’s Maalot Ltd.
  Israel    100
Standard & Poor’s, S.A. de C.V.
  Mexico    100
*Grupo Standard & Poor’s, S.A. de C.V.
  Mexico    100
 
*   Subsidiary of a subsidiary.

24

 

Exhibit (23)
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (“Company”) of our reports dated February 26, 2008, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., included in the 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.
Our audits also included the financial statement schedule of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. listed in Item 15 (a)(2). This schedule is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits. In our opinion, as to which the date is February 26, 2008, the financial statement schedule referred to above, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:
(1)   Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-33667) pertaining to the Debt Securities of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.,
 
(2)   Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-146981) pertaining to the Debt Securities of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.,
 
(3)   Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 33-22344) pertaining to the 1987 Key Employee Stock Incentive Plan,
 
(4)   Registration Statements (Form S-8 No. 33-49743, No. 333-30043 and No. 333-40502) pertaining to the 1993 Employee Stock Incentive Plan,
 
(5)   Registration Statements (Form S-8 No. 333-92224 and No. 333-116993) pertaining to the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan,
 
(6)   Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-06871) pertaining to the Director Deferred Stock Ownership Plan,
 
(7)   Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 33-50856) pertaining to The Savings Incentive Plan of McGraw-Hill, Inc. and its Subsidiaries, The Employee Retirement Account Plan of McGraw-Hill, Inc. and its Subsidiaries, The Standard & Poor’s Savings Incentive Plan for Represented Employees, The Standard & Poor’s Employee Retirement Account Plan for Represented Employees, The Employees’ Investment Plan of McGraw-Hill Broadcasting Company, Inc. and its Subsidiaries, and
 
(8)   Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-126465) pertaining to The Savings Incentive Plan of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and its Subsidiaries, The Employee Retirement Account Plan of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and its Subsidiaries, The Standard & Poor’s Savings Incentive Plan for Represented Employees, and The Standard & Poor’s Employee Retirement Account Plan for Represented Employees;
of our report dated February 26, 2008, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. incorporated herein by reference, our report dated February 26, 2008, with respect to the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., incorporated herein by reference, and our report included in the preceding paragraph above with respect to the financial statement schedule included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2007.
/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
New York, New York
February 26, 2008

25

 

Exhibit (31.1)
Annual Certification Pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
I, Harold W. McGraw III, certify that:
1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.;
 
2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  (a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  (b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  (c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  (d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  (a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  (b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: February 29, 2008
         
     
  /s/ Harold W. McGraw III    
  Harold W. McGraw III   
  Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer 
 

26

 

         
Exhibit (31.2)
Annual Certification Pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
I, Robert J. Bahash, certify that:
1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.;
 
2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  (a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  (b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  (c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  (d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  (a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  (b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: February 29, 2008
         
     
  /s/ Robert J. Bahash    
  Robert J. Bahash   
  Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer 
 

27

 

         
Exhibit (32)
Annual Certification Pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
     Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code), each of the undersigned officers of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (the “Company”), does hereby certify, to such officer’s knowledge, that:
     The annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007 of the Company fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
         
     
Dated: February 29, 2008  /s/ Harold W. McGraw III    
  Harold W. McGraw III   
  Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer 
 
 
         
     
Dated: February 29, 2008  /s/ Robert J. Bahash    
  Robert J. Bahash   
  Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer 
 
 
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and will be retained by The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request

28